THE CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK By WILLIAM ARTHUR v \ Author of "The New Building Estimator" NEW YORK DAVID WILLIAMS COMPANY 239 WEST 39-TH STREET 1911 COPYRIGHT 1911 BY DAVID WILLIAMS COMPANY THE QUINN A 600F.N CO. PRESS PREFACE THE CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK is divided into three parts. The first deals with the Contractor as a Business Man; the second, with the Contractor as a Constructor, which is not a trained architect, by any means; and the third, with the Contractor as a Citizen and Taxpayer. The titles of the chapters show what subjects are considered to be of most value to him in his \arious spheres. The business affairs gone over in the first book have to be attended to by every contractor. He has to deal witli archi- tects and owners; he has to buy from supply men; to keep at least some record of his work in books; and to pay for insurance and bonds. After reading the part on liability in- surance he is more apt than ever to attend carefully to this branch, for here neglect may be ruinous, no matter how care- fully other arrangements are made, and other parts of a business carried through. In the second book the contractor can find certainty, instead of what he often makes guesswork, on plain construction. It is written in a way to be easily understood. There are many books with formulas that might as well be written in Latin as English, so far as average contractors are concerned. Yet such men have done a great amount of plan drawing and building independent of 'an architect, and will go on doing so for quite a long while to come. It is believed that Book II is of much value to constructors of this kind. It is true that we have more than 30,000 archi- tects, draftsmen, and designers; but there are between 600,000 and 700,000 carpenters; 250,000 saw-mill, planing-mill, and other wood- workers ; 17,000 masons; 40,000 plasterers; and 300,000 iron and steel workers. Thousands of these men make plans; and probably half of the active builders do so at one time or another. By following the instructions in Book II they will put up at least safe buildings. The plans for the artistic ones will continue to be made by the " regulars." iii 241 309 iv PREFACE The third book is given over to subjects that are specially interesting to the building fraternity, and yet are of a broader scope than anything dealing with strictly technical work would be. There are no men who can help to fight the terrific fire waste better than builders, and it is necessary to keep them acquainted with the actual situation that is a disgrace to the United States. The educational chapters will be found interesting and useful. There is no good reason why the building business, in one branch or another, should pay such a heavy proportion of taxes and get such little recognition from the high school and library authorities. In the city of New York alone, for example, we are told in The Building Age, January, 1910, that the sum of $446,428,657 was expended in building during four years. In the same publication for February, 1910, we are informed that the total figures for fifty cities for 1909 were $719,189,175. In Greater New York alone the total was $272,175,754. The architects, contractors, supply men, and tradesmen who handle that im- mense amount of business can have any kind of schools they please, if they work and fight for them as the farmers did for their agricultural colleges until they had to be established. The chapter on Big Contracts is to show that the men of old were greater builders than we are. We outshine them in other ways. OMAHA, NEBRASKA, January, 1911. CONTENTS BOOK I THE CONTRACTOR AS A BUSINESS MAN CHAPTER PAGE I. Relations Between the Contractor and the Arch- itect 1 II. Relations Between the Contractor and the Owner or Real Estate Agent 14 III. Relations Between the Contractor and Dealers, and Subcontractors . . . . .22 IV. Relations Between the Contractor and His Work- men 26 V. Reading Plans and Specifications . . .32 VI. The Preparation of Estimates . . . .37 VII. Building Contracts 50 VIII. Nature of Contracts 54 IX. General Contracting or Subletting . . .61 X. Method of Work 66 XI. Buying of Material 71 XII. Best Paying Work 75 XIII. Speculative Building, or Ready-Made Houses . 79 XIV. Office Equipment 82 XV. Bookkeeping . . . . . . .89 XVI. About Keeping Costs 99 XVII. Builders' Law 106 XVIII. Insurance and Bonds 138 XIX. Hand and Machine Labor . .145 vi CONTENTS BOOK II THE CONTRACTOR AS A CONSTRUCTOR CHAPTER PAGE I. Weights, Measures, and Their Use . . .151 II. Foundations 191 III. The Superstructure ( 1 ) : Walls and Masonry . 209 IV. The Superstructure (2) : Floor Loads . . . 223 V. Loads upon Posts, Columns, Lintels, Rods, and Ropes 239 VI. Concrete Forms and Work . . . .267 VII. Construction Notes from the San Francisco Fire . 298 VIII. A Short Chapter 302 BOOK III THE CONTRACTOR AS A TAXPAYER I. Fire Loss and Safe Building 305 II. Where to Locate ... .315 III. The Ideal Education for a General Contractor . 321 IV. The High Schools, Libraries, and Tradesmen . . 335 V. A Little Library 342 VI. Big Contracts 348 VII. Miscellaneous 360 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK BOOK I THE CONTRACTOR AS A BUSINESS MAN CHAPTER I RELATIONS BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND THE ARCHITECT In college athletics we hear frequently of team work, when the men play together to the best advantage. They have to be reasonably well matched. The Percheron and the thorough- bred do not keep good step. This is the difficulty with the relations of the architect and the contractor, if we are to believe all we read. The one, we are sometimes told, is of blooded stock, and the other is great of girth and heavy of foot. According to good authority the builder is " rough and materialistic." It is clearly difficult to make such a team trot well abreast, but sometimes a little give and take smooths over difficulties. Builders should remember that the authorities in Belgium, at the International Congress in 1903, defined an architect as " An artist, a gentleman, and a man of affairs." Some contractors, in their wrath, would occasionally demur, and say that certain architects are anything but gentlemen, especially when they had finished a losing contract for them. Young Architects. One of the banes of a contractor's life is the architect newly let loose from school and full of educated ignorance. When the experienced architect deals with the ex- perienced contractor they make about the best team that can be looked for in the building line, and usually they get along 2, , , CONTRACTORS' AN ^BUILDERS' HANDBOOK wilh 'little 'fraction; 33 ut' ikh'e "young one may or may not have that great gift of common sense. No one can be more merciless than a theorist. Any architect, by a theoretical enforcement of all the provisions of his specifications, could ruin an ordinary contractor in a few jobs. Different Tasks. An architect's business is to design a building, and tell how it is to be built; a contractor's is to ex- ecute the design according to the drawings and specifications. The two spheres are interrelated, but different, and a special training is required for each. Flans and Plans. There is no trouble in working from the plans of a good, sensible architect; there is not only trouble but occasionally dismay in looking over some of the triumphs of the Beaux Arts heroes. They know too much for the average pocket-book, but time improves them. The Two Kinds. The " self-made " architect is not nearly so well trained as the one from the schools, but he is often more human, as it were. He will admit the possibility of being mis- taken; he is willing to listen to a suggestion of change for any good practical reason; while the graduate would only give the order, "This is the way; walk ye in it." With him there is nothing to arbitrate. Closed Shop. Contractors have to be careful how they attune themselves to the men who in reality furnish them work. Of the open shop the architect can easily make a closed shop to the contractor by refusing to allow the latter to figure in his office or, without going so far, give such short time on plans, or lay down such conditions as to make a careful estimate or fulfillment of a contract next to impossible. For thousands of years there has been trouble on this earth, and most of it comes from the abuse of power, on a large or small scale. It can be exercised on the basis of an eighth of an inch to the foot, so to speak, as well as full size. Architects are human. In a large city where there are many offices this course does not matter so much, but in a small town where there are only a few it is in reality an exercise of the boycott or the blacklist. In such cases it may be that the builder is at fault, or the architect may be too domineering and exacting. Between Two. The architect occupies a difficult position in one way: he stands between the owner and the builder, and while willing to do some things that the builder might desire, CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 3 is held in check by his client. For example, it is rather un- pleasant for a contractor to make up an estimate and put in a bid, yet never find out how his figures compare with those of his competitors, at least through the medium of the architect's office. The owner may want as few people as possible to know what his building is going to cost. He may be afraid of the assessor. As a matter of fairness, all bids should be opened and read in the presence of the bidders. It is the right way to do business. When a contractor finds that certain of his brethren always get the best work in an architect's office he should not waste his time there. Lightning does not ALWAYS strike in the same place; and neither do certain men ALWAYS have the lowest bids. List of Bidders. An architect can select a list of con- tractors he wishes to give him an estimate on a building, and the one who puts in the lowest bid is entitled to the work. Either this is true, or he should not be asked to waste his time making up the figures. Too Many. Like men in other lines, an architect has to learn to say no. Some of the magazines get five thousand MSS. in a year, while only about one in twenty can be published. The supply outruns the demand. So with build- ing contractors. Half a dozen proposals are enough on any building, yet there are often a score of men who are willing and anxious to estimate on the work. On account of the time it would take, if for nothing else, an architect has to decline to give his plans to everyone who applies for them. Kind of Bidders. But there are other reasons for refusing plans than the time one: every architect for the sake of future business has to try to get contractors to do his work without making trouble on account of liens, bad workman- ship, high charges for extras, and disputes of one kind or another. In time he weeds out those who have made him trouble in the past. An Opening. But, again, lest anyone should think that there is no chance of starting in a small contracting business for himself under such conditions and showing his ability and worth, it should be remembered that most architects, on at least fifty per cent, of their work, have clients who want $1.23 worth of building for $0.99. With an owner like that on one side, and an architect after his commission on 4 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK the other, and both looking for a third who thinks that twice two make five, there is no reason for discouragement. No matter how obliging an architect may be he finds it hard to supply this $0.99 trade; and instead of taking his list of bidders who are comparatively well off", and not in- clined to take contracts unless they get a reasonable price, he looks around among those who are starting in business and anxious to get any kind of work that offers more than wages, and more anxious still to get a footing in a good office. It is usually later on that they discover that twice two make only four probably when a suit for personal damages is started and they have no insurance. So that the field is always open. Blame. When disputes and mistakes do come up it does not always pay the contractor to swallow the blame unless he is clearly responsible. It is just about as well to let the architect have his share and take the chance of his frown. In nine cases out of ten, however, the best way for everybody is to make the least of the trouble. But the poor contractor should not always be obliged to pay the piper if he has not ordered the dance. The way out of mistakes is often decided by personal tem- perament. In certain European countries, where the news- papers are censored, there is always something appearing that displeases the authorities, and rather than have their neces- sary editors jailed, each office has a "jail editor," the man who takes all the blame and gets the cell and the bread and water. If a contractor feels like taking everything that comes in this way he would probably end either in the poor farm or like the old Scotchman who told his son that he made his fortune, " By bowing, sir ; by bowing." Details. One of the recurring troubles of a contractor is an armful of elaborate details made out after the contract is signed, sealed, and delivered. On a plan drawn to a scale of one-fourth of an inch to the foot, or worse still, one-eighth, a few light spider web scratches may mean $100.00 to the square inch. The only right way is to give out the details with the main plans when the figuring is being done, but in the hurry of the owner to get his building started this is often quite impossible, and the estimates must be made from the regular scale drawings. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 5 Most architects are reasonable enough to understand this situation, and either let stonecutters, planing-mill men, cornice makers, and others know what is expected, or else give num- bers in millbook, dimensions of stone, and so forth; but there are also the other kind of artistic gentlemen who, for the sake of enhancing their own reputation, rather like this blind- fold method. After a contract is signed they give their gargoyles and poppyheads, their machicolations and lacunars, their deep-cut moldings and projections, their consoles and entablatures, until the unfortunate contractor's head swims, and he feels sick clear down to the pit of his stomach. What is it but a sort of legalized robbery? If a contractor, and especially a young one, is making an estimate on a building from the usual scale drawings, he is quite within his rights when he asks the architect what the details are to be. No reasonable architect will refuse to give information ; if one of the wrong kind should be met, the best thing a contractor can do is to leave the plans behind him, or else put in such a figure as to make himself safe. It should always be remembered, however, that no verbal information has any binding force after a contract is signed. The plans and specifications, as interpreted by the man who made them, and who ia not likely to point out his own mistakes and prejudice the owner against himself, make up the final authority. Standards. Of course, on the majority of buildings the details are well enough understood. If the sizes of stone moldings, wood casings, cornice, and other parts of the build- ing are given, the particular shape of the molding does not matter so much. Any one of half a dozen styles may be chosen, as the one costs no more than the other. With special work it is different. Time. In all cases an architect should give out details as promptly as possible. Stone yards and planing-mills can not be expected to lay aside the work they are engaged in just as soon as a set of details for another building is pre- sented. Each job must, as a rule, take its turn, and an architect should not hinder a contractor by making it im- possible for him to get his work started. General Clauses. Another great trouble comes with the specification. It is clearly impossible for an architect to 6 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK specify every little item in a building, and he is often driven to what the politicians call glittering generalities. " Accord- ing to the satisfaction of the architect," " In a first-class workmanlike manner," " Materials of the best quality," are a few, and there are many others of a like nature. After a time the contractors come to understand what these ex- pressions mean. They are not to be literally understood, but are put into the platform to catch votes. The character of the office from which the specification comes has to be considered, and the estimate made out to suit. But it would be easy for an architect to put a stricter construction on his generalities than the one understood. A first-class quality of work in a western village or mining camp would not be accepted as such in a large city; and what suits in an ordinary city could not be made to pass in a millionaire's palace on Fifth Avenue, New York, where the masonry is as fine as that on the best government work, and the woodwork has to be as good as cabinet finish. It is clearly impossible to make any standard from such clauses, and in dealing with a new architect a contractor should be careful to find out just about what is expected. This is especially the case with the young ones. It would be ruinous to finish an ordinary building according to the method of the palaces: yet if the bricklaying, stone-cutting, sand- papering of the wood, and the quality of the painter's work were to be carried out as some clauses in a specification, rigidly interpreted, would have it done, there would be no escape. " Everything in connection with the building must be of the best material and workmanship." Well, what does that mean? Almost anything, according to the views of the architect. What is Included. Then come the usual clauses saying that the job is intended to be complete in every part, and that if anything is shown on the plans, even although it is not called for in the specifications, or vice versa, it must be done. Coming or going the idea is to catch the contractor. In the west, at all events, the plumbing fixtures, just to give one illustration, are shown on the plan, but not included in the general contractor's bid, because nothing is said about them in the specification. The plumbing is let in a separate contract. Can the general contractor be held to put in the plumbing? CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 7 Not unless it is specified. Yet the fixtures are shown clearly enough. Of course the contract usually provides that the contractor is to finish just such and such parts of a building, and omits plumbing, heating, or any work that is let sepa- rately; but if a man puts in a bid and does not clearly specify what he is going to do he might get into trouble, not, indeed, with such a clear case as plumbing, but with some items of lower cost that might be held to belong to the general contract. As will be found in a later chapter, a bid is virtually a contract as soon as it is accepted. These all-embracing clauses are necessary, in a way, be- cause no man or woman can possibly specify every trifling item in a building; but it is equally clear that whatever is not indicated by the plan as structurally necessary should be mentioned in the specification, if it amounts to anything at all. Nine times out of ten the owner will get a cheaper bid if everything is clearly understood and not left to guesswork; for in this case the contractor has to guess high enough to protect himself. Long Specifications. This does not mean that specifica- tions a mile long should be made, for too large a volume of instructions and warnings are apt to frighten bidders into making higher bids than are necessary. System. Government specifications are usually numbered line by line; and an index is a valuable feature of others. By these or like methods it is easy to refer to any clause or subject. Ordinary architects cannot be expected to do this kind of work, for they are not paid enough for it. Precedence. The specification describes the quality of the work and materials, and the sizes are given on the plans, but in case of any discrepancy the former takes precedence. Combination. Some railroads make both plans and speci- fications of the drawing sheets themselves. Bills of the material required are also put on in this way. When many buildings are to be erected at different times and in different parts of the country this is an economical way, when the work is done by the company itself, as it saves a great amount of labor, but the method has disadvantages. Contracts could not be let by it, as the specification is not nearly complete enough ; and it makes no allowance for 8 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK improvement in building. It is too much trouble to change tracings, and wood wainscoting is put on kitchens and halls long years after all progressive cities have banished such work from their codes, and substituted the more sanitary plaster which becomes as hard as a rock; and the most ex- pensive white pine is called for in an age when it has long been a luxury. If a contractor runs across any sheets of this kind he should be careful. What was, is not always what is. Certificate of Payment. An architect must give a con- tractor a certificate of payment as the work progresses, ac- cording to the contract. If he does not, the contractor may sue him, or sue upon the contract. It is usually a good idea for the architect and owner to make the payments as large, and to turn them over as promptly, as possible to the contractor, if he is reliable, and they should choose only such a one to do their work. He is thus able to pay his bills and do more business on a small amount of capital. But if every payment is made as small as possible, and is held back to the last minute, then the trouble starts for the man of limited means. In other words, it pays to work with instead of against the " other party to the contract." FORM OF CERTIFICATE Some architects have an excellent system of making out their certificates of payment. They have printed forms that are made out somewhat on the following lines: OMAHA, NEB., June 8, 1910. Order No. 4 on J. B. Brown, Owner. This order certifies that J. B. Smith, contractor, is entitled to $3,000.00 (three thousand dollars) on his contract with J. B. Brown, for building described in Uniform Contract, dated November 20, 1909. Total amount of contract $30,000.00 Extra No. 1, Jan. 3, 1910 450.00 $30,450.00 Deduction No. 1, Jan. 3, 1910 . 180.00 Statement at this date $30,270.00 Total value of work in place, June 8, 1910, $20,500.00. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK DATE No. 1, Dec. 18, 1909 No. 2, Jan. 8, 1910 No. 3, Feb. 7, 1910 No. 4, Mar. 1, 1910 No. 5, June 8, 1910 ESTIMATES RESERVE $2,400.00 3,300.00 5,800.00 3,000.00 6,000.00 $240.00 330.00 580.00 300.00 600.00 AMOUNT PAID $2,160.00 2,970.00 5,220.00 2,700.00 5,400.00 Total amount paid up to June 8, 1910 Total balance . $18,450.00 $11,820.00 It is a good idea to have on each estimate sheet a record of all the estimates previously paid, but on some buildings this might run out to too long a column. Letting the top part of the foregoing form remain unchanged, a shorter one might be arranged in this or some similar way: DATE ESTIMATES RESERVE AMOUNT PAID Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, as dated .... $14,500.00 $1,450.00 $13,050.00 No. 5, June 8, 1910 6,000.00 600.00 5,400.00 Total amount paid . . $18,450.00 Total balance $11,820.00 Each architect can work out a form for himself that may suit his requirements better than the foregoing suggested one. Blanks are, of course, left for names, dates, and amounts. A receipt should also be made out and signed by the con- tractor. It should run along the following lines: OMAHA, NEB., June 8, 1910. Received payment No. 5 of $6,000.00 (six thousand dollars) from J. B. Brown, owner, for partial payment on building described in Uniform Contract dated November 20, 1909. The attached statement is accepted as correct at date of June 8, 1910. J. B. SMITH, Contractor. 10 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Superintendent. When an architect has too much work to attend to himself, he hires a superintendent to oversee the outside part of it. The duty of the superintendent, divested of all round-about palaver, is simply to see that the plans and specifications are followed, and to assist in the interpretation and enforcement of any matters not clearly understood or dis- puted. But while he stands in the place of the architect, the final appeal is to the latter. Festus may lay down the law in Csesarea, but Caesar sits in Rome. Little Caesar. In government and state work, however, the superintendent has almost unlimited power. Ordinarily, we cannot sue the state without the consent of the legislature, and who wants to wait till it meets, even if sure of obtaining consent? This means that almost everything has to be sub- mitted to. Unless there is a reasonable and competent man in charge this condition is apt to be at times rather annoying. When he is merely elected on some political ticket the builder has small chance of any relief, and his bank account suffers. As the state usually makes out its own building contracts, and makes them one-sided, there is no chance of arbitration on any disputed question. There is nothing to arbitrate. For this reason, state and government contracts should never be taken at a close margin. An Architects' Union. In 1897 there was a license law for architects enacted in Illinois, and the endeavor has been made to get other states to fall into line. In 1909 the builders of Texas got together to oppose such a law for that state. Contractors sometimes make plans themselves, and earn a few dollars in that way. An eminent writer has said that, given the proper per- centage, men will commit murder for profit; and saying nothing whatever of the past history of our race, but looking merely at the list of 500,000 killed and mangled in the United States every year, when three-fourths of the butchery is unnecessary, and merely allowed to save money, we are forced to conclude that the writer was not so very far \vrong. Here, then, is the core of this question. Architects do not want to commit murder, but they want all the business they can get, and if they can establish a " closed shop " instead of the present "open shop" in most states, they will have CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 11 better chances. But that means, as a rule, that contractors will have to give up their plan-drawing, or else pass the examination. There are good features in such a law, and good reasons why it should pass. It would guarantee a safer class of con- struction than we sometimes see. Of course safe enough con- struction can be had in another way, that is, by laying down such provisions in the building codes, and making such a general law for the state as would embrace all towns and villages that have no regulations but the will of the owner or builder. This would insure good structural work, and, generally speaking, the license law does not go into the artistic side of architecture, but is chiefly concerned with questions of strength and sanitary safeguards. If it was not a matter that touched the pocketbook, there is no reason why contractors should not stand in favor of such an enactment in all states. They really have enough to do in their own sphere without entering that of the architect. But touch the pocketbook and you touch the heart, or rather the stomach and all the auxiliary, subsidiary, and accessory muscles, chords, and nerves related thereto. This is why contractors oppose an architects' union. They do not want to miss the chance of occasionally making a few dollars themselves, and they are not to blame. Do men not commit murder for money in a civilized way, of course? Contractors have found out that dollars do not grow on trees like apples. It costs $40.00 to become an architect in Illinois, and an annual fee of $5.00. This would buy a barrel of flour, some nice oranges, a hat with a feather in it, and quite a few other little nick-nacks. These United States have been built up to a considerable size without such a law, and why not just proceed along the old lines? Of course those who are practicing architecture previous to the passage of such a law are allowed to continue without an examination by paying $25.00. In every county where the architect erects a building in Illinois, he has to have his license recorded at the court- house, and this means more fees and annoyance. It is sur- prising how anxious men are for a closed shop, a monopoly. A fine of $50.00 to $500.00 per week is the penalty for drawing plans without a license in the territory already 12 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK closed. Bricklayers and carpenters may be bad, but archi- tects are merciless. Of course any builder may still make plans if he puts up the building himself with his force. He cannot practice architecture as an architect does, however. A union means war, in a sense. It means an organization principally for the benefit of its members, and only inci- dentally for the benefit of the public. All physicians have unions, and so do lawyers and preachers. Certain conditions must be complied with before one can practice medicine, law, or preach. Rules are laid down for the members. No matter how good a lawyer you may be, you cannot take cases until you have been admitted to the bar, or union. Such is the law, or custom. Of course professional men would like to have the public believe that they are on a much higher plane than mere ordinary mechanics, but the principle of their union is the same as the ones we hear more about. Incompatibility. In general, fair treatment of an archi- tect or superintendent is met in a like manner. But it must be remembered that there are people who can no more get along well together than cat and dog. In cases of this kind the best way is to conclude that in such a globe as ours, about 8,000 miles in diameter and 25,000 in circumference, there is vast room for growth and unlimited chances for avoiding each other if we are so disposed. " It was held," says a New England historian, " that persons who could not get on comfortably with their neighbors should seek other neighborhood." Acceptance. It is a good idea to get a written acceptance of a building from an architect. Of course the final payment settles the question, but a written acceptance is sometimes useful, though seldom given. Bad Foundations. A contractor is sometimes held liable if the foundations sink and the building goes to pieces. This is one reason why a written acceptance is valuable. Accord- ing to some of the courts a contractor should know his business well enough not to build a poor foundation. See- ing, however, that he does not make the plans, nor figure up the weights, nor proportion the footings, his best course, in doubtful cases, is to get the architect to authorize him in writing or before witnesses, to go ahead with the work. In CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 13 ordinary dwellings a 17-inch base on good soil will carry twice the weight that is ever likely to come upon it; but some soils are so bad that they would not properly support a hencoop. Bribery. This is one subject that would be pleasanter to leave untouched. Architects of a certain class are sometimes bribed by contractors. From of old it has been held that a man cannot touch pitch without being defiled; and neither can one man bribe another without paying the penalty him- self. Crime and punishment, Mr. Emerson told us, grow on the same stem. If you pluck the one, the other has to come with it, whether you believe it or not. The chain fastened to the wrist of the slave has the other unseen end linked safely around the arm of the slave owner. This is the law. You might as well attempt to pull the stars from above you as to try to change this law. Once upon a time there was a golden image set up in the plain of Dura, and everybody had to fall down and worship it or face punishment. Our new idol now is " Business," and " Success " as expressed in dollars. Success is pleasant, and it it natural to work and wish for it; but if it has to be based upon bribery one is better working in a ditch at ditch wages. If you should happen to run across Everybody's Magazine for October, 1907, you will find a story of charges for extras that will make the most hardened contractor gasp. One of the men connected with the business has since committed suicide, and there have been more than one who went to the next world unbidden rather than stay here and face his record. Photographs. The camera is being used by the large con- struction companies more and more to keep down disputes, if possible, or to make ready for them if they do come; and also to show progress. On two time jobs I had a few photo- graphs taken, and that settled all talk of penalty, for the owners were at fault. The contractors on the new Cook County Poor Infirmary, at Oak Forest, 111., took fifteen photos, twice a month, of the twenty-two buildings. They are 7" x 9", and there are altogether about 350 of them, bound and ready for use or reference at any time. Do not forget the photographer. He may save you from architect and owner. CHAPTER II RELATIONS BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER OR REAL ESTATE AGENT "Never build before you are five-and-f orty ; have five years income in hand before you lay a brick; and always calculate the expense at double the estimate." Knowledge. The average owner does not know nearly so much about building as the architect, and for this very reason is occasionally harder to deal with. With an owner, you may sometimes find it an easy matter to charge a tolerably heavy price for an extra, while looking as innocent as possible, but the rule works the other way also. You may be giving A. B. C., the owner, a reasonable price and the best of work- manship, but he has to take everything " upon suspicion," as it were, while the architect understands the situation. The owner may sometimes even believe that the two building allies are in a conspiracy to divorce him from some of his ready cash, when they are doing everything in their power to treat him fairly. There are many things about a building to a person un- familiar with it that do not seem quite right, and yet are so. I once had a man tell me that the kind of mortar he was acquainted with had a white color, and while the dark stuff I was using might be all right, he did not like the look of it. It was good cement, and for the purpose was twice as good as the lime mortar. He was getting a better job than he understood. Quality. Then, the timber may have some harmless wind shakes that look rather dangerous; and an occasional soft brick put in the center of a 21 -inch wall gives rise to a dread that the weight above will crush it to powder; and so on in many ways. Some owners who have built have been cheated, and it is a good old proverb that says, " Once bit, twice shy." 14 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 15 The dangers of inferior material and workmanship are, of course, principally in the lump sum contract, and with irre- sponsible contractors. If the owner takes the other kinds of contract, or deals with the right man under any kind, the risk is done away with. Reasons. Both architect and contractor should explain, as far as they can, why such and such qualities are used, and give the reasons for a high price. Take as an illustration, quarter-sawed flooring. Whether of yellow pine or oak it is much higher in price than the ordinary flat-grain material, but it is superior in quality. When an owner is shown that the edge grain yellow pine will wear down clear to the bottom without slivering, and is told of the waste necessary to man- ufacture it by first quartering the log, he understands why it is used and why the price is high, and is satisfied. There are a score of features all through a building that may be explained to an owner in this way. Time. One of the principal troubles between a contractor and an owner arises with the time taken to complete the contract. The owner, once he has finally concluded to build, wants his building just as soon as possible, and not un- frequently a little sooner. That he himself may have let months of good weather go past unused while he played see- saw does not count. After the order is given he wants results. He usually forgets that the contractor wants his profit at the earliest possible date also, and that he has no particular object in delaying work, but every incentive to complete it. It sometimes happens, however, that a contractor is pushed on other contracts, and has an insufficient force on the one belonging to A. B. C., the unfortunate victim, in which case he has just cause of complaint. Good Construction. But every builder knows that delays, unless too serious, are really to the advantage of the owner. I remember going to look at a building in the city of New York. A water tank had been filled on the roof when the walls were green, and the structure went to pieces. When story after story is added too quickly on a masonry building there is no time given for the materials to get the necessary bond, and the natural result follows when the load goes on top of the soft mass. In many cases the green walls are swung out of line through neglect of bracing, and sometimes 16 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK the whole building is thrown out of plumb. The famous lean- ing tower of Pisa was built plumb, but the ground yielded. Our masonry will not hold together like the old kind. No stronger buildings than the new reinforced concrete ones are erected, but quite a number of them have collapsed before they were finished. The usual reason was the removal of the forms too soon. Concrete goes on hardening for three years, but we pull out the supports in three days, and then hold up our hands when the dust flies and our work falls. All this haste does not pay an owner, but he insists upon speed, and quite often the trucks are bringing in the goods to overload the warehouse at the one door while the bricklayers are going out the other. She. It is the same with dwellings. In this case the WOMAN is the one who is to blame. She is in a great hurry to get into the new home. The one she is in may not be up-to-date any more than the dress of Abraham's day would be, and naturally she wants to get up with the procession. It is a laudable enough feeling, but when she insists upon rushing the work too much she is apt to have to pay a rather heavy price in the end for the " style " we all more or less like. There is no danger of collapse here, as a rule, but damp is the enemy. Time Limit. There is another kind of a time limit than the one the owner likes to set. This is the one the contractor should look out for. Prices rise sometimes. A few weeks or a few months may make quite a difference in the cost of the materials for a building. As a bid is practically a contract when it is accepted, it is not well to leave it too long in the hands of an owner or architect unless the bidder is sure of his ground. No one should expect a bid to hold good for more than, say, a month, and if a decision is not made before that time the contractor should protect himself. The best and easiest way is simply to set a time limit in the bid, if there is any risk of a rising market. Quality and Damp. When a contractor is behind time on a dwelling house he is really adding to its value. Before plastering he is giving the timbers time to dry, and after all we have discovered with our dry kilns and so forth, there is nothing that equals air-dried lumber. When every joist is green the trouble comes when the heat is turned on for CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 17 the first winter. Contractors have seen the shrinkage scores of times. The joists shrink, the plaster cracks, and if the wall paper is on that cracks also, an opening appears at the base, and the joints of the woodwork open. It is provoking, but green lumber and not the contractor is to blame. If it is said that he should buy only seasoned stuff, he might reply that it would be well to put this down in the specifica- tion. It is often found there, but everyone understands that if this provision were really enforced a much higher price would have to be paid for the lumber in a building. In rush seasons buildings often have to be held waiting for lum- ber. It comes soaking, and it is a case of take it or let the building stand. If the dry lumber clause were put in all specifications and rigidly enforced, the cost would soar in quite a few dwellings. The next best thing to do is to let the air get a chance of doing its old-time beneficent work. Yet the WOMAN keeps hammering away at the contractor to get the plaster on, and the wood finish on that as quickly as possible. The plaster should be bone-dry before the finish is put on. Millwork and hardwood floors are often ruined beyond hope of repair when laid in a damp building. Fine millwork absolutely will not hold together when put on damp walls. The contractor is not to blame when he refuses to put it on. It comes out of a dry kiln in the first place, and a warm mill in the next, and the change is too great. The enemy is not cold air, but dampness. Strict Construction Versus Equity. The question of time causes endless friction and petty quarreling between the owner and the contractor. Of course, the contractor should not sign time contracts that are too limited, but when a man has a wife and ten children depending upon him he has to shut his eyes and gulp down many other things besides the raw oysters that his soul loves. Technically, legally, the owner is right and the contractor wrong in this matter of building, sadly behind time set for completion; looked at in the broader sense, with an eye to the structure as a permanent and expensive investment, the contractor is really doing the owner a service. It takes time to season lumber and make good workmanship. Payments. When an owner pays a certain proportion of his contract price, he understands and the contractor under- 18 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK stands, that the right proportion of the money is to be turned over to the supply men and subcontractors. To take the money given by one owner to pay bills for the work of someone else is, generally speaking, dishonest. A strict mathematical line cannot be always drawn in the matter, for there are occasions when a temporary shortage will justify the con- tractor in making Peter pay Paul; but Peter does not want it done in that way. He likes to have his own bills paid with his own money. Payment for Extras. In most cases it is best to decide the price of extras before going ahead, and to get a written order for them. The amount settled on should be paid for in full as soon as the work is done, or at the first payment on the main contract afterwards. There is no reason for reserving ten or fifteen per cent, on extras. The owner is safe enough with this reserve on the original amount of the contract. It is bad practice to put off the settlement for all extras until the completion of the building. This course often means a fight. With the ten or fifteen per cent, reserve in the hands of the owner, the contractor is at a disadvantage. A quarrel over a fifty dollar extra might give an owner who wanted an excuse the chance of delaying a settlement for years. As things are now in most states a court fight carried to the limit means several years. Extras should, if possible, be settled upon before execution. " Short accounts make long friends." Keys. Some of our church friends have a good deal to say about " the po\ver of the keys." Contractors also have their key disputes. Is it legal to hold the keys and refuse ad- mission to the building until the last payment is turned over or arrangements made for it? The general conclusion is that this should be done only as a last resort. I once tried the key method on a bank building, under dire threats of some subcontractors who had part of a balance of about $18,000 coming to them. The bankers, who knew of other tricks than those relating to discount and interest, wrote to the hardware firm and got duplicates, moved over their bullion, notes, and wastepaper baskets, and one morning when I went down to keep watch and ward, I found the front door open and the bank doing business, not at the same old CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 19 stand, but at the new one. The payment was made shortly afterwards without any trouble. After all, there are better methods than the one that relies on the " power of the keys." Borrowing. But it should also be remembered that many a contractor has been put out of business by an unscrupulous owner who got into the building and then told him to go ahead and sue, or file a lien, or do anything else he pleased. A lien would draw interest at, say, seven per cent., and probably having already borrowed all that the building would stand, the owner made up another loan from the builder. With the delays possible in our " technicality " courts, it often takes years to get a decision, and in the meantime the builder may be seriously embarrassed, for it is not always possible to borrow money on the security of a lien. It is sometimes impossible to do so on government bonds. Security. Herein is a strange anomaly: The owner asks the builder for a large bond, yet the latter may have the more property of the two; why should he not get a bond in return that the owner would pay the amount of the contract as agreed? It may be said that the building is security, but so are the buildings that the contractor owns on his side of the question; and besides, what use has a contractor for a church, a hospital, or a large dwelling? The storekeeper may have many suits of clothes in his window, but if he sells none he has to go out of business. A contractor's business is to build houses usually for others. When a builder has any doubt about the ability of an owner to pay as agreed upon, he should ask that the money be deposited in a bank, subject to the certificates of the architect, or have some such arrangement for certainty of payment as the work progresses. There is no sense in going into trouble with open eyes. Public Work. When the public is the owner, as in gov- ernment, state, county, and municipal work, payment is gen- erally sure, but in some cases it is a long while in coming. Contractors should inquire if the warrants given are accepted on a cash basis at face value. A lien cannot be put on public work. Commission. When we come to the real estate man aa an agent of the owner there arises another little complication. 20 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK A percentage is expected on all work done. This is legal enough and proper enough under certain conditions. When our western boom burst in the nineties I went to a large city and opened a jobbing shop. A real estate man gave me a small piece of work as a starter, with a promise of more. The whole thing ran to only a few dollars, and when the bill was presented, he told me that I had forgotten his commission of ten per cent. I began to write it at the foot of the bill when he stopped proceedings, and said that he did not want it that way, but added to each item so that his name and commission would not appear at all. I refused to so arrange it, and that ended my dealings with him and also all prospect of work among his class. Since then I have been shown printed rules of a real estate exchange governing the conduct of the members, and the ten per cent, commission is there. Why not? Whether the agents get ten per cent, or twenty per cent, is a matter for them and the owners to decide. This charge is, of course, in addition to their regular charge for taking care of the property and drawing the rentals. If the owner is willing to pay it, the percentage is just as legitimate as the other one charged for selling the property. But if the commission is proper, why is it not put in the bill the same as any other item? Why leave that particular one to an understanding between the agent and the con- tractor? W T hy hide it? Where does the owner come in, except as to paying the bill? A contractor in making out bills of this kind should either mark down this percentage the same as anything else, or try some other work for a living. He is making it more difficult for every honest contractor to do business. It must sometimes amount to so much as to make a plain statement look a little off color. The jobbing contractor has often to do so much for ten per cent, himself that it may seem a little unreasonable to both him and the owner to turn over a like amount to the agent for doing practically nothing, but if both the others are agreeable that settles the matter for the contractor. It is none of his business. His part in it is merely to add the commission in plain black figures at the foot of the bill, coupled with the name of the happy man who gets it. In remodeling and heavy repair CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 21 work all we can do is to extend our congratulations to the much abused middle man. Here, if nowhere else, " he gets what is coming to him." Temperament. In public work one has to be careful of the kind of men he is going to deal with. Some of them are elected for only short periods and are so filled up with a sense of their greatness that they can feel the earth tremble as they walk. Not a few contractors have gone to figure work of this kind, and after " sizing up " the situation have re- frained from putting in a bid. If on state work, you cannot sue and have to swallow whatever comes along. It is well, therefore, to find out before going ahead whether you must deal with reasonable men or with little czars. CHAPTER III RELATIONS BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND DEALERS, AND SUBCONTRACTORS Change of Front. When you give a man power you soon find out what he is made of. When dealing with an architect or an owner the contractor has had to be reasonable, because the power lies with those who give him orders and pay him for his work. With the supply men and subcontractors he is on another footing. He is now a man to be handled with gloves. Try, Try Again. Some general contractors have acquired the habit of thinking that a subcontractor's time belongs to them. W 7 hen an architect keeps them figuring for a long period without results, and they instinctively know that something is wrong, they see the injustice of the situation; but when they take a subcontractor's or supply man's bid, make up their totals, get the contract, and refuse to turn over the share of it that morally belongs to those who have given them figures, the status seems to be changed. The right kind of contractors do not do this, but some wax rich on the practice. Fair treatment pays in the long run. What is known as " peddling of bids " does not pay, except in money quite often. Fairness. After a contract has been let on the basis of the accepted figures of supply men and subcontractors, a general contractor has, in a sense, no moral right over this part of the work. Of course he is right in demanding security, if he wishes, that the others shall be able to deliver their part of the work; but that being understood, he is morally held to give it to them without deduction from their figures, except that he may ask them to cut off something from their total if he has had to reduce his own. But in no case are they obliged to do this. He should first get their permission before doing any cutting. 22 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 23 In some cases the actual figures do not always decide which man is entitled to the work, but in most they do. There may be other reasons. Properly, however, the time to find but those other reasons is when making up the total of a general proposal. It might be found out, for example, that some subcontractor had quarreled with the owner, and that the latter \vould not allow him to lift a hand on another of his buildings, or that the subcontractor's son had eloped with and married the owner's daughter, and that her father " had it in " for anyone of the other family. Why should a general contractor put his head in a hornets' nest? In some cases his wise course is to go to the subcontractor and tell him that in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred they stood together, one and indivisible, but in this particular case he had to refuse to run the risk. Written Bids. All subcontractors should give written bids to the general contractor, and they should be made out " in accordance with the plans and specifications." Otherwise a subcontractor might say that he did not include this, that, or the other item that a general contractor has to be re- sponsible for. Some subcontractors seem to think that there is a hoodoo in pen and ink. Payments. Supply men are usually rich enough to lie out of their money for a longer time than subcontractors, who, as a rule, require their share as soon as the owner gives the total of the architect's order to the general contractor. This does not mean that the supply men should not get whatever they are entitled to as well as anybody else, for they should, but merely that they are better able to stand any delay than the ordinary subcontractor. An Example. One of the leading business men of Chicago, who told the story of his rise from a $65 start to handling a large annual trade, let us know one of his favorite methods of getting ahead. It was to keep the big supply men in his debt, and thus to make them as eager to see him forge to the front as he was himself. They wanted their money. This plan will work when only a few try it, but suppose everybody fell into line, what kind of a condition would it soon bring about in the business world? It would really be doing business on someone else's money. But if enough sup- plies were sold to justify it, many a rich dealer would be 24 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK well enough pleased with the arrangement, as the wholesalers were in the case above. One or Many? Perhaps a hint may be had as to one way of succeeding in contracting from the method of the Chicago business man. He interested the wholesalers in his success; and if the general contractor can interest all of the sub- contractors by some method by which their pocketbook would not suffer, he might obtain a force that would push him forward. Here comes up the question discussed in another chapter as to whether it is best to do all the work in a contract oneself, and thus cut off every profit, according to the Stand- ard Oil method, or spread it out and interest others in one's success. Borrowing Money. Does a banker come under the head of a supply man? In a book of this kind that seems to be his proper place if we are to recognize him at all. He supplies money. A great American orator once said that no business can continue to pay ten per cent, on borrowed money and live. It is, therefore, not considered wise to borrow too often at this rate. There are some who never borrow, like the Frenchman in the novel. He paid cash for everything and kept his head straight. But some troubles came up that threatened to conquer him, and he went to the banker for a loan. That awakened suspicion at once. His principle of never borrow- ing was well understood, and the banker correctly reasoned that there was something seriously wrong when he wanted it. The loan was refused, and the blow fell. I have read of others who, understanding this principle well enough, borrow from the bank when they do not require money, pay promptly, in order to make a reputation for themselves, and in case of a crisis they thus get a heavier loan than they are really entitled to. This is not dealing altogether fairly with the banker. If everybody else played a game of deceit the business world would not hold together. The banker has to rely upon the honesty of his customers as well as they have to rely upon his when they intrust him with their money, and things would move smoother all around if we exacted about the same fair dealing from ourselves as we demand from him. Many a man holds up his hands in CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 25 astonishment on reading of a dishonest banker who himself has been practically lying to that same banker for years. The best principle would seem to be to borrow when you really want the money, and be honest with the man who holds about the most responsible position in our modern life. A bank failure can wreck things in general quicker than any- thing else short of a cyclone or earthquake. Like to Like. The relation between the contractor and his subordinate tradesmen and dealers are not nearly so formal and hidebound as those between him and the architect, the superintendent, or the owner. They are all birds of a feather in this combination. Uusually there are no contracts between the lumbermen, millmen, and other dealers, and the general contractor. The figures, often verbally given, are held to be sufficient for him. CHAPTER IV RELATIONS BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS WORKMEN Courtesy. The Chicago merchant alluded to in the last chapter says, with respect to the handling of men, that we hear so much about, " I treat all my employees with respect. I believe in hiring good help and paying good salaries. As I walk through the different departments in my store my employees do not have to feel that they must brace up because the boss is coming around. They would far rather have me at home than abroad. I tell every man at the head of a department, ' Be kind to the help under you. Do not speak to them in any other way than I speak to you. Handle your help so that they will respect you, and so that they will regret your leaving my employ.' " Captain " Bill " Jones was Carnegie's best superintendent, and had thousands of men under him. With his experience for a guide, he said, " All haughty and disdainful treatment of men has a bad effect upon them " since they are men and not dogs, presumably. One railroad man, whose books are known all over the world, said that there is one true test by which you can tell a gentleman, and that is the way he treats those under him. Now all this seems to be so reasonable that it would not be necessary to add more but for the fact that another method of treatment is getting to be somewhat too popular. It is the domineering kind, ending in strikes, quarreling, and general disorganization which, in the long run, is rather severe on the pocketbook. The Other Way. For example, one writer says about handling men in engineering and building work, " It requires the same severity of discipline, the same show of harsh ex- terior, the same proneness to find fault rather than praise, in order to spur every man to action, as it does to spur the laborers under them to action." CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 27 1 do not believe tMs tyrannical course is necessary. A dis- gusting, discouraging fault-finding should be looked upon rather as an evidence of weakness and incompetency in the man at the end of the whiplet. Too many men have suc- ceeded, in all lines and scales of business, the other way to make any doubt possible on this point. Waste. What is the object of all this slave-driving policy, this ferocity of production? More wealth added to the public pile? Yet the incompetent management of industry is such now that in a single average year there are unnecessary fires enough to destroy one-third of all we build, when the other consequent totals of waste are added to the fire loss proper. The severity, and harsh exteriors, and fault-finding are not required so much for workingmen to-day as for so-called " business men," who are responsible for this delirium of waste. This fire bill is only one item of our national waste that is so great that some able men say that one-half of our effort might as well be considered lost. What is the use of pro- ducing more merely to destroy it? Yet we have the Legree type who seem to think that the whip is the only weapon that keeps a manual worker at his task. No wonder there are strikes all over the land. Manhood. One of the first things that all should under- stand is that the American republic is founded upon the theory that men are capable of governing themselves. This was a startling departure from the old system which, in many Euro- pean countries, classified them as subjects fit only to be gov- erned from above. There are some who sneer at this idea in the business world, but even in their pride of place they should remember that the republic they live in is founded upon pre- cisely this theory that the common man is better fitted, taken all in all, for running this government than the trained states- men of the old style who used their power generally for their own selfish advantage. A Contrast. Having quoted what might be called the American system as set forth by the Chicago merchant, it is but right that we should go to this same city for what, according to temperament, might be called poison or antidote. This is a fight thousands of years old, and not a mere temporary local question. As such it is worth some attention. 28 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK To set the other view in contrast some extracts from a Chicago publication are here given: " The majority of common laborers are like overgrown babies. . . . Minor cases of injustice may occur, but it is a free country. Aggrieved men have always the privilege of quitting." Yet the republic itself must be governed by the " overgrown babies." It is not free as yet, in many ways, and an arrogant invitation to anyone to quit will not have a tendency to improve either man or country. " A first-class foreman is generally ' Mr.' to his men. The feeling of the men may be one of respect, but it is certainly not love. . . . Good foremen are as scarce as hens' teeth, and it is unfortunate that the majority come from walks of life that forbid any intimacy or great show of friendliness on the part of their employer. Few of them are strong- headed enough to stand it. It is a fact that a foreman is seldom worth his salt after the second job. ... A foreman should be spoken to only twice if he is not giving satisfaction. The second reproof to be in the form of an invitation to ' come to the office.' " Now, the " name " business does not seem to cut much figure in some cases. " Bill " Jones got results and also " Charlie " Schwab. Yet many a " Mr." is an expensive luxury. He is so impressed with a sense of his own im- portance that he is not good for much else than strutting. After a long experience in building I am forced to admit that the " front " name is more popular than the frilled one, yet the masonry and woodwork go into place quicker than they do on not a few structures where all the formalities are observed in a style that would delight Alphonse Gaston, Esquire. The personal, friendly element does count for quite a good deal, and while a man may keep up on a pedestal and aloof from those under him if he chooses, that is not a sign of pre-eminent ability, but often of mere snobbery and educated ignorance. Abraham Lincoln did not fear contact with ordi- nary mortals. Two of Mr. Carnegie's managers, Mr. Schwab and Mr. Corey, illustrated, according to a magazine writer, the two different systems. Mr. Schwab was magnetic, and much of CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 29 his success was owing to his personal acquaintance with the men whom he knew as Tom or Jim, as the case might be, and who dreadful thought! spoke of him as "Charlie." Mr. Corey followed the other method of close analysis of costs, and men were to him No. 124, or 2546. Each was successful, but which represented the highest ideal in a republic? Does it need Mr. Carlyle to tell you once more that the civilization never yet endured which was based on the idea of so much money on Saturday night, and hand- washing afterwards? The old European idea was that statesmen were hard to find, but the American republic provided millions of them. The old idea is that foremen are hard to find also, but this is only one more decaying superstition. Which. You have now been given the two theories of "handling men," and this, in the often quoted phrase, being a free country, you can choose whichever you like best. The severe one is apt to have more strikes in its train, and to cost more money. After all, men are human, and cannot be dealt with like commodities. Engineer Folly. Somehow or other, an unusually large proportion of engineers proceed on the domineering plan. Perhaps it is because of handling so many men on earthwork, sewers, railroads, and such heavy undertakings that they take the Asiatic instead of the American view of industry. Of late years southern Europe and Japan have sent us shiploads of what some call undesirable citizens, and it may be that the tripod men have come to believe that all manual workers are of the same caste; but most of what they hold as to the value of harsh treatment will never succeed with American tradesmen on buildings. Day's Work. It should be understood that this better method of treatment does not mean that men should be allowed to loaf and neglect their work. I do not believe in that kind of friendliness. I compiled "The New Building Estimator " for the express purpose of keeping track of the amount of work a man should do in a day on a building. All that is meant is that a good day's work may be had from a man even if you treat him as a fellow "human," and not so much in the No. X 546, Shelf 24 style. 30 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Wages. In several cities there have been strong objections made to the payment of wages in checks by tradesmen, in the first place, and also by others not directly affected. The Chicago Federation of Labor has asked for payment in money, and so have many other bodies. In many ways this is the easiest method for the contractor, and also the safest, in that it gives him a record of payment to each man, in addition to whatever other entries he may have in his books. He gets his own payment in checks, and he is but giving to his men what he gets on a larger scale from the owner. This seems fair enough but he can bank in the middle of the day, and on any day of the week. The trouble comes for a workman when he tries to get his check cashed. All merchants do not care to take them, and cannot afford to keep cash enough on hand to do so, as there are still a few burglars in the land, and the bank balance may be low. The banks, even if open on a Saturday afternoon, are probably distant from the building. Savings banks take care of this trade by usually keeping open when the other banks are closed, but when a man is working on the outskirts of a city he does not feel like using up part of the only afternoon in the week he has for himself, and he becomes dissatisfied with the arrangement. The best way seems to be payment on the job in cash. The unions have properly settled the place of payment as the building upon which the men are working, but still accept checks. Robbery. Of course, there is the danger that a contractor may be robbed of his cash between the bank and the buildings. There is an insurance company which sells insurance against this danger, but by the time a contractor insures everything, it costs, in the phrase of some of them, " like the Sam Hill." With man}*" of them thie profits are not any too great as it is. Saloons. The saloon men are always ready to cash checks in their headquarters. This is one reason why so many object to such system of payment. They very properly do not want to go near saloons, and still less buy the goods, which is, of course, expected when the checks are cashed. Employers might easily arrange this matter. Some of them pay cash in the saloon itself. It is a good way for a con- tractor to advertise his own cheapness. Liquor is frowned CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 31 upon by too many railroads and large corporations in this electric age to make it safe to tamper with, unless a man is catering to the saloon and brewery trade, and wants to put up their buildings. Weekly Pay-day. In cities this is firmly established, but in some country districts payment is made only once in two weeks. The weekly 'pay-day is better in the building trades whatever it may be in some others. If a subcontractor, for example, objects to a general con- tractor keeping back his share of the estimate, and thus doing business on money not his own, the same man should see that if he keeps back the whole pay-roll more than a week, he also is working with money that belongs to others. Large corporations pay their employees only once a month, and the arrangement is suitable enough, but when they employ building tradesmen they usually have to follow the weekly custom. Profit Sharing. There are some manufactories which carry out a system of profit sharing with good effect, but it does not have much of a foothold in the building trades. Men change too frequently from one employer to another to make it work. It is rather an interesting fact, however, that Leclaire, the founder of the profit sharing system, was a house painter. He made it work well. Possibly not by " firing " men so much for a slight fault as by handling them in the better way that makes firing often unnecessary. Waste. There are men who never seem to care whether they use the right kind of material or not. If they want a small stone they cut a large one to suit; and a long timber is easily made a shorter one. They should be watched. CHAPTER V BEADING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS " Let a man learn as early as possible honestly to confess his ignorance, and he will be a gainer by it in the long run; otherwise the trick by which he veils it from others may become a habit by which he conceals it from himself." On Self-Culture. By Doing. " Reading and writing come by nature," was the saying of the man m the play who did not know how to do either. They do no come in this way, as our teeth do, but they can be learned. There are various ways of learning them. An American statesman told his countrymen, with respect to the resumption of specie payments, that the way to resume was just to resume. So we might say that the way to read plans is just to read them. When this is sufficient, why read page after page of instructions? I found the method to work in my case why not in yours? If you want to learn to swim, do you stay in your room and read books about this art which " once learned is never forgotten ? " No ; you go into the w r ater and strike out for yourself, less gracefully than an ordinary everyday, vulgar little frog, it is true, or a dog, a horse, or even a cat, but nevertheless you DO strike out, and in time you come to trust the water and yourself. Stickability. We hear a good deal about ability, and we should like to possess it, but not so much about stickability, which we may all have to a greater or less extent. Once about thirty of us were gathered in a class to learn shorthand, less well known before the age of the typewriter than now. We listened to a plain, straight-from-the-shoulder talk from an enthusiastic teacher. He gave us a message of encouragement, which is about the only kind that is worth anything at all for those who are trying to learn, and far CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 33 ahead of severity and harshness. He said that there were three styles taught, and his plan was to plunge his students into the reporting or highest style and be done with it. As the greater always included the less, so this style carried with it a knowledge of the baby versions. This made us swell our chests and feel like writing a hun- dred words a minute before we had seen the first stroke. If only two of us ever kept up our studies long enough to make a workable success of the art, it was not the want of ability on the part of the others, but of stickability alone. It is pleasant and easy to write this book by the system I learned as a boy. Attacking Plans. So with respect to reading plans and specifications, all I have to give to any novice is a message of encouragement, and to tell him not to be afraid of actual plans which are as easily read as any baby versions of them are, all coupled with the advice to cultivate stickability, and not be afraid to show ignorance by asking questions. An architect or builder of any account will be glad to explain difficulties. If he refuses, the reflection is on his character and not on that of the inquirer. Li Hung Chang was a famous statesman as far back as the time when General Grant visited China; and later on when he came to this country and saw Grant's tomb he distin- guished himself chiefly by asking questions. It is a sure way to gain information of some kind, and that is something we all need, for if Mr. Edison, the famous electrician and poured-cement house man can say that, accord- ing to his opinion, we really know just about one-billionth part of one per cent, about anything, then ordinary people need not be ashamed to ask the better informed for enlight- enment. If the first question does not bring the desired in- formation, succeeding ones will, for in desperation the busiest man will either " fire " you or answer to get rid of an interrogation point. Breaking Rules. " How are you going to find out what the rules of the House of Commons are ? " asked a follower of Mr. Parnell w r hen the latter was engaged in his stormy work. " By breaking them," was the answer. That is also a certain way of finding out an architect's rules. Among the first plans I worked from, there was Tr shown 34 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK after all the door sizes on the second floor plan. I did not know then that this meant Transom; and the partitions were finished and plastered before the error was discovered. I broke the rules, was shown my mistake, and paid for it by getting my hair and lungs filled with plaster and plaster dust in making things right. It is a sure method, but sometimes an expensive and inconvenient one. After that I always watched carefully for Tr. It was to me more important than the Mr. alluded to in the last chapter. Plaster dust is disagreeable. Anyone. There is no carpenter, bricklayer, plasterer, plumber, teamster, or man with the hoe who may not, if he pleases, learn to read plans as easily as he reads a newspaper or this book. The creation of plan readers may be difficult in Asia, under the old beliefs, but not in the United States now. There is nothing mysterious about the work, and there is no sense in trying to make it appear so. It is a message of encouragement that this chapter brings, an order to attack what might be termed the " reporting style " of the plan business by reading all the actual plans one comes across and scores of others in the trade papers, until the work becomes as easy as laying brick or driving a nail. One of the best ways also is to make plans oneself, no matter how rough they are at first. The REASONS for the RULES unfold them- selves as the work proceeds. Advantage. It should be remembered, too, that tradesmen, in general, have a clear advantage over draftsmen. There are many of them so unacquainted with the manner of putting a building together that they work half by guess and half by knowledge. The tradesman does the actual work and knows why such and such details are used, and why the construction has to follow certain lines. Trade Papers. One of the best ways of learning how to read plans is to take a good trade paper. Almost every number of some of them contains house plans, elevations, sections, and details, and by careful and constant study, any tradesman can master plan reading in this way quicker than he can by taking time to go through long-winded instructions about something that, with practice, is as easy as reading ordinary print. As with everything else, practice is necessary until a workable perfection has been attained, and once this CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 35 point is reached, the art of plan reading stays with its owner. Of course a contractor pays men to do a certain amount of work, and cannot afford to have them pass their time read- ing plans in working hours, but the trade papers give every opportunity for exercising in this art in the evenings. The man who understands plans is undoubtedly of more value to a contractor than the one who does not. A Few Hints. The plan gives the size of rooms, the thick- ness of walls, and shows if they are solid or hollow on a masonry building, indicates the position of the chimneys, ordinary openings, sliding-doors, and French windows; shows the distance and size of piers, and marks with dots what is either above or below the floor line, as girders below, and brackets or overhanging cornice above, when necessary to show this. This dotted work in the case of beamed ceilings may be very expensive, and has to be watched. Stairs that meet on the plan are broken off, and an arrow used to show which goes up and which down, and as there are a few architects who do not know how many risers it takes to give headroom, a contractor has to watch the stair arrangement, for changes that cost money, are sometimes necessary on this account. Soil-pipes are dotted in below the basement floor, and drains from the downspout to the street or cistern. It is important that the contractor should see how deep these have to be. Roofs. The roof plan is sometimes given on ordinary houses, and must be in large ones. A common method is to dot it in on the second floor or attic plan. Elevations. The elevations give a picture of the building based on the supposition that the eye is always on a level with every part shown. It is thus different from a per- spective, which should be the same as a photograph. There are often not more than two elevations given. Sections. In order to understand these drawings it is necessary to see on what line the section is taken on the plan. All heights of stories, window-sills, spacing of joists, bridging, thickness of walls, position of girders, and everything that can be seen by supposing a great knife to be slashed down through the house as through a cheese from ridge to the 36 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK footings is shown. The sectional drawings often require more attention than either the elevations or plans, which are usually self-explaining. Details. These drawings are so much larger than the others that their meaning can scarcely be misinterpreted. In some cases, as for stonework or millwork, they are made full size. Scales. I worked for several years making plans for buildings mostly on a scale of one-eighth of an inch to the foot; and some of one-sixteenth on account of size*. It would have been impossible to use a scale of one-quarter inch, for this would have made a sheet in some cases ten feet long, and it was considered best not to break the drawings. But for buildings of ordinary size a scale of one-quarter inch should be used. It is unfair to contractors to make them puzzle over hair lines on an eighth scale if one twice the size can be used. Specifications. The old proverb says that familiarity breeds contempt, but it is not wise for a contractor to become so familiar with specifications that he neglects to read them carefully. After I had read so many that the sight of one was wearying to the eyes, I once overlooked a few words as to the quality of flooring in a six-story building, and the bill came to about $150. The plan deals with sizes, but the specification tells of quality. So far as the plan is concerned one does not usually find out if the inside finish is to be yellow pine or mahogany. A single sentence may make a difference of $1,000. Therefore, do not neglect to read all that your friend, the architect, says to you. CHAPTER VI THE PREPARATION OF ESTIMATES Architect's Scale. Before taking off any quantities from the plan every contractor should get what few of them have an architect's scale. This is a better instrument for the work than a two-foot rule. The figures are all marked, ready for use, and there is no necessity for multiplying 111/4x4 to find that the total is 45 ft. on a quarter-inch scale. A plain boxwood scale costs about 90 cents at an ordinary store, but the mail order houses charge only about half that amount. The ones with celluloid edges may be bought for $1.50 up. They are worth the extra money. The flat ones are serviceable enough, but the triangular style has more scales. There is the natural scale, divided into sixteenths; s \ and T V, i/ 8 and % ; % and % ; i/ 2 and 1; ly a and 3-in. to the foot. Method. As a general rule, it is better to take off all the items on a plan before figuring up the cost. The desk or table can then be cleared off and room secured for mi 11 books and catalogs. EXCA.VATION On the supposition that a contractor is going to estimate all the work himself, the proper place to begin is with clearing off the lot, and the excavation. Old buildings may have to be removed, or trees cut down before the spade goes in the earth. Each job has to be considered by itself. Sizes. The size of the main part of the building is taken over the footings shown on the section, and not merely over the basement walls, and about a foot more added each way to give room for laying brick or putting in concrete. This method is continued over each part of the building, and after the areas have been added, the whole sum is multiplied 37 38 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK by the depth and divided by 27 to get the number of cubic yards. The total is then multiplied by the unit price, \vhich may be 15 cents or ten times as much, depending upon con- ditions. Even the exact sizes cannot be always relied on. I have often seen banks cave in, and add twenty-five per cent, to the total. Mud. Then water may arise, and there is a mud puddle to contend with. The measurement may be taken off accu- rately enough, but falling banks and mud may add fifty per cent, to such work as heavy piers. Sheet piling has often to be used to keep the earth back. Rock. But instead of mud there may be rock to blast" out. This shows how much the character of the soil has to do with excavation, and how exact sizes may have to be largely increased in soft soil. Levels. Another trouble is with the depth. In a prairie country the lots are usually level, but sometimes in all cities there are lots whose surface is very irregular. An architect occasionally gives the levels at selected stations, and the contractor can figure from them with more safety than by guessing for himself. Extras. The extra depth required for footings, boilers, furnaces, chimneys, outside stairs, window areas, cisterns, cesspools, must be estimated separately. Thermometer. There is a danger from the weather in excavation. A rainstorm may cause the contractor a heavy loss; and if the work has to be done in winter, and the ground is frozen, only about half a day's work is obtainable from the men. Sheet Piling. At the time of making the estimate it should be noted whether sheet piling is likely to be required, or pumping; and the length of the haul should be taken into account, or anything out of the ordinary run of digging a hole in the ground and throwing the material on the bank. Guessing. As an encouragement to inexperienced exca- vators I may state that I once saw bids from half a dozen old contractors on a large amount of work, and they ran all the way from 30 cents per cubic yard to $1. Flushing. With plenty of fall and permission from the authorities it is sometimes possible to flush out excavation CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 39 into the sewers at a cheaper rate than by the ordinary way of working. PILING If piles are used the number may be easily counted, and the borings given by the architect or the engineer determine the length. For some years I spaced enough to hold up an average city. A man from Amsterdam once astonished his hearers by saying that he came from a city that was built on the tops of trees. Trees are falling into disfavor for this purpose now. if we are to believe the fire-proof men who fight against wood piles and the grillage that is often spread on top. They prefer concrete all through. Their objection is to splin- tering of the head and shrinkage of the timbers, but if good piles are used and carefully driven, the heads are preserved intact, and the grillage cannot shrink much if below water, where it ought to be to keep it from rotting. A contractor's business, however, is to count his piles, to see what kind of wood they are to be, and to what depth they are to go, not from the surface of the ground, but from the w r ater level. If grillage is used it can be easily seen and the quantities taken off. Concrete Piles have an advantage in that they do not require to have the heads below water level, but may come clear to the surface of the ground. Lengths must be figured to suit each case. SEPARATE ITEMS Excavation, plastering, painting, or anything else after being figured up should be double lined at the end. and not carried forward into any other item. That is. the totals should not be carried from page to page in an estimate book, but each item should be left by itself to be added at the end to the summary. It is best to make estimates in a book, preferably a loose-leafed one. They are handy to refer to. CONCKETE FOOTINGS Next after excavation and piling, if used, come the foot- ings. If they are of concrete the exact cubic contents are 40 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK taken and expressed in cubic feet or yards, as the local custom decides. Measurement. The system of measurement all through " The New Building Estimator " is based on actual quantities without doubling corners and such extras. I know of a case where a long dispute went on over large concrete work on this question. The contractor, of course, wanted every corner doubled. An understanding should be had on this point be- fore going ahead. Perch. Do not use it for any work. Let it die. It has made too much trouble. In some parts it means 16% cubic feet, in others 22% and 24% or 25 are also used. There is too much chance of misunderstanding. The contractor who is used to allowing 16% may put in a bid on that basis, calling it a " perch," and find that the state law or custom where he is figuring away from his home may compel him to give 25. A cubic yard or foot is always safe. It would really be better if we could all get accustomed to use cubic feet, as they do in Chicago and many other places, for the work of turning into cubic yards would not then be necessary. Superstructure. If the superstructure should happen to be of concrete, reinforced or otherwise, the actual cubic con- tents should be taken off in the same way as for the base- ment, regardless of double corners and openings, and the unit price set to suit the class of work. The actual cost of a million dollars' worth of buildings of this class is given in detail in " The New Building Estimator." BRICKWORK Measurement. In this class of masonry the same system of taking actual contents only is followed, and multiplying the cubic feet by 22% to get the number of brick in wall measure. The actual number of brick required is different according to size. This question is gone into in detail in my " Estimator," where 23 pages are given to brick alone, with allowances for mortar, mortar color, pressed brick, chimneys, cesspools, boilers, and the cost of labor. Extra Care. With straight brickwork the measurement is simple, and the laying goes forward without much trouble, CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 41 but with mantels, cornices, corbels, fancy . molded pilasters, paneled work, and so on, the estimator has to be very careful. The cost of the molded brick is high, and the labor may run beyond all reason at the present rate of bricklayers' wages. Soft Brick. It is easy enough for an architect to say that no soft brick will be allowed in his work, but often difficult for the contractor to get hard ones. I was once sent about eight hundred miles to examine a kiln of brick held at $11 and worth, in an ordinary market $1.74, for hencoop foundations. There were few I could not break with my hands. Suppose a contractor can only find this kind locally, and has to haul hard ones several hundred miles? Theory. Once when I was building a schoolhouse a paper came out with headlines that were too large, "ROTTEN BRICK IN A WALL." There were a few, but they were in the center, where they did the most good and the least harm. It is not easy in some sections where the clay is poor to get brick of the right quality. After all, what harm do a few soft brick do in the center of a 17-inch wall? They will bear ten times the weight that will ever go on them. The danger lies rather with the poor mortar used. If extra good mortar is specified allowance should be made in the estimate for it. STONEWORK Rub"ble. This work also should be estimated by the cubic foot or yard, and not by the perch or cord. Take only actual contents, and price accordingly. There need be no trouble in measuring up the contents of a wall of a certain length, height, and thickness. It is merely a matter of applying the multiplication table. Heights. The heights of all stories in a masonry building should be taken from top to top of joists, because the walls are often thinner on the top stories, and the thick wall should go to the top of the joists to keep them in place, provide better anchorage, and block fire. Ashlar. This work is usually taken by the square foot instead of the cubic foot, and figured on the average thickness. Some courses are made thicker than others for a bond. At 42 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK the openings, the depth of the reveals often make thicker stones necessary. The area of an ashlar front is easily enough figured up. Odd Work. The trouble comes with something else than plain ashlar. It is the heavy entablatures, the round and square columns with their capitals, the molded belt courses and sills, the arcades, battlements, buttresses, and recessed work, finials, brackets, and everything of a special nature that has to be watched and priced to suit the style given by Angelo Wren, the celebrated architect. The safest way for a young estimator, and an old one also, at times, is to get a bid from a stone contractor, or rather from several who may differ thirty per cent, from each other. Sills. Ordinary door and window-sills are priced at so much per lineal foot. Flagstones are estimated by the square foot, according to thickness. Washing. In all masonry buildings washing down and pointing has to be included at so much a square foot. Floors and Walks. These are estimated by the square yard, and can scarcely be missed. If the floors are plain, the price ought to be easily set, but gutters, ridges, troughs, and such work often raise it to twice the plain figure. ACTUAL MEASUREMENT Why is it better than the old trade rule system? Let us look at the question. Variation. In the first place, the trade rules are different in almost every state. Missouri used to have, and may still have, special laws enacted by the legislature as to measure- ment, and other states may have the same thing. Under such laws the only way is to go ahead, in default of special agreement, and follow them. This means confusion all over the country in what should be as simple as the multiplication table. We are getting too close together to have so many different rules. There has long been a fight to standardize the bushel weights in various states, and other measure- ments; and builders ought to fall in line with their work. In the case of railroads running into several states there is too much annoyance \vith various trade rules, and actual quantities only are recognized. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 43 I know that the system of measurement is for special work like corners, openings, angles, corbels, and so on, where extra time is required. The extra cost is put in the measurement instead of the price. Time. Another trouble is in the waste of time in getting the actual quantities required. When I was estimating rail- road work there would come special " rushes " when a com- plete bill of material had to be got out on short notice. By the trade rule of estimating so much for each opening, accord- ing to size, doubling corners, allowing half the thickness of one wall where another runs into it at right angles, taking projections, cornices, pilasters, in such and such a way, and so on to the end of the dismal chapter of " exceptions to the general rule " that are worse than those of our old grammars, I had to figure once to get the wall measure, then go over the whole building again to deduct the area allowed for the openings, corners, and so forth, in order to get the actual number of brick required, the actual yardage of plaster, for the number of lath and tons of material, and I finally threw up the useless work. I have found large brick contractors who have done the same thing. Contractors like this system on account of the possibility of getting larger prices for extras. For the main contract they would just as soon figure by taking actual quantities and raising the price. The owner does not understand nor approve of this trade method. Water. The supply for masonry must be attended to. If a well has to be sunk the allowance should be made. Hauling. The question of hauling is often of great im- portance. How far, what kind of roads, what rate for teams, and such matters must not be neglected. I know of one contractor, up to that time successful, whose pocketbook was emptied by his having to build a short section of a railroad to connect with the main line. That item, and too low figuring on the rest of the work, landed him in the courts and trouble. CARPENTRY Direction. It is not always easy to find out at a glance in which direction an architect wants the joists and rafters 44 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK to run. When there is any chance of mistake it should be marked with an arrow. System. Of all the methods of arriving at the cost of carpentry the most accurate, if the slowest, is to take off the lumber, and allow the labor at so much per thousand feet, board measure, or per square. The square method is safe for old contractors. Framing. All plain structural material is easily seen and taken off. The principal difficulty is with the roof, where there is apt to be a good deal of waste on cut up work. This is easier done by the square. An easy system of measurement is set forth in my " Estimator." There, also, may be found all the allowances for extras required for siding, flooring, shingles, and other materials. It is not necessary to reprint them here. Slow Work. On a frame house it is a tedious business to take off all the lumber, and after some experience, a good many contractors resort to the square system. Studs, sheath- ing, paper, siding, are all figured up at a certain rate for a square, and then the surface of the building taken in the same way. So with floors and roof. This ought to be safe, for there should be enough profit to cover any little mistakes; but competition is so strong in this class of work that the lumber bill is usually taken off and sometimes figured down to the lowest basis. Millwork. The ordinary contractor usually leaves mill- work for the experts, but the experienced one knows that they sometimes differ so much that he might just about as well risk making the estimate himself. The difficulty is with special work made to details, and not with the stock lists. Millbooks are given to contractors, and when they know the discounts, there is little trouble with doors, *sash, and ordinary materials. The mail order houses send a millbook to anyone. They give net prices without freight. A full list of prices to assist the contractor is given in " The New Building Estimator " ; and special work attended to as far as it can be. Hardwood Floors. So much of this kind of finish is now done that the contractor should be careful about his figures. When labor will run to $15 per square all over a first floor, CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 45 the total cuts into the allowance in the estimate in a dis- couraging way. STBUCTUBAL STEEL AND IEON WORK Here, again, on a job of any size, the builder is safer when he gets a complete bid from the iron contractor. The latter does not usually include anchors and the lighter items. Columns and Beams. Of course, on plain columns and beams anyone with a table of weights can easily get the cast iron, and the weight of the beams is marked per foot. If the price is known at the point of delivery there is no occa- sion to go to the foundry for a figure. When a contractor figures the work himself he is not tied to anyone, and if he gets the contract may look where he pleases for a cheap sub-bid. PLASTEBING This work, if plain, is about as easily figured as anything can be. It is but a question of finding the number of square yards. Even this labor may be dispensed with, for in my " Estimator " there is a series of tables with the number of yards all figured out for several thousand different sizes of rooms, and different heights from 7-0 to 12-0. By using this system there is less chance of mistake than with the old method. The openings had to be included in the tables, for no two rooms are the same, and only straight walls and ceilings could be figured. The price may be arranged to suit. PAINTING After a general contractor takes off the square feet of ceiling, floors, siding, roofs, and other large surfaces in a building, he already has a good basis to work on for a paint estimate. He knows better than the ordinary painter where to look for the work. From the beginning he should make up his mind to figure his own plaster, paint, and such work, if plain, and take the chance of getting his figure cut by the subcontractor. It takes too much time to run around for 46 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK figures, and sometimes the ones got by telephone are not stood by. The wires or something else may be crossed. This does not mean that he should necessarily do his own plastering and painting. That is another question. After a few houses have been built the paint estimate may often be decided upon without any figuring. HARDWARE It is rather a tedious matter to take off hardware that differs in every room of a large, fine house. The better plan is for the architect to specify a certain sum for this, and let the owner select it. If this is not done, and fine hardware is specified, the safest way is to make out a list and have it figured, or get the manufacturers' catalog, with a discount sheet. This is not usually sent out to any but retailers. For ordinary houses contractors can often guess at the right amount, or allow so much per opening, after the nail and bolt allowance is settled. Sometimes the profit on the contract has to suffer a little to make up for any deficiency, but not much on such a small item. RATE OF PROFIT All through this matter of estimating we run against one strange fact. It is, of course, best to know exactly what every item costs, but it is a little inconsistent to find trifles estimated down to the last cent and then a guess made at a profit ranging all the way from five to ten per cent. If willing to gamble at such a w r ide margin on the profit, why not just a little on the hardware or painting to save the time and complete the bid? NET COST I prefer the system that first gets at the net cost all through and then adds the profit in a lump sum at the end of the total estimate. Others put the profit on each item as they go along. ROOFING This branch is estimated by the unit of a square of 100 square feet, or a space equal to 10 by 10 feet. Slate, tile, CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 47 shingles, and patent roofs of all kinds are taken in this way. Plumbing. The usual practice is to let plumbing and heating separate from the main contract. If they have to be included, the general contractor gets a bid from the men who handle these lines. If he figures the work himself and there are long lines of water pipe, he should be careful about the weights per foot, as they vary considerably. He should also get the local list of sewer pipe. There is a western and an eastern list. Special Work. Other necessary parts of a building con- tract, like galvanized iron, tiling, and fire-proofing, are usually figured on by subcontractors, and bids given to the general contractor for his total. The prices of such work are given in the " Estimator," and labor costs as well, so that anyone may make up estimates for himself, subject to such changes as his experience in his locality sees to be necessary. Lumber, for example, is cheaper in Washington and Georgia than in Nebraska or Kansas; and slate is cheaper in the eastern states than on the Pacific Coast. Making up Bids. Get the actual cost of lumber, concrete, plaster, and all factors of a bid, and add as much percentage for profit as the local conditions will allow. It will not be too much where there is any competition. The system we see recommended in some engineering works of putting down at least 4 per cent, for office expenses, 4 per cent, for foreman, and anywhere from 15 to 30 for profit cannot be followed for ordinary building work. At most, 10 is allowed and this has to cover everything. Many would be well pleased to do plain work for 6. Low Bids. On the other hand, it is not wise to go too low. The " plungers " often startle us by making large for- tunes, but most of them fail. Putting in Bids. Hand in a bid before the time set for the opening. Many hold theirs back till the latest hour, and this is sometimes a wise course. Subcontractors should get their bids in to a general con- tractor in time for him to make up his total. He is often embarrassed by having to wait, and takes risks by sometimes using a sub-bid that is not altogether clear. Suppose the 48 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK subcontractor cannot be found by person or telephone, and the main bid has to reach the architect in half an hour, what is to be done? If the general contractor puts in the bid and the subcontractor backs out, what then? As will be found in another chapter, a bid is virtually a contract as soon as it is accepted, and the backing out course can only be done with the permission of the owner, who may like to see a low bid from a responsible man. If a subcontractor cannot trust a general contractor with a bid in time for the latter to make up a safe total and get any explanations that are necessary, he ought to refuse to have anything to do with him. It is worse than provoking to have a complete bid all made out and have to wait to the last minute for a certain figure. All the other careful work is useless without that figure, and the hour of opening bids is close at hand, yet one man will often delay everything. General contractors are not to be blamed if they give up the system of relying upon others and figure their own work. Bids should be typewritten if possible, but the figure counts for more than the style. Subcontractors should give written bids to general contractors just as the latter have to do to the architect or owner. A bid, if accepted, being an en- forcible contract, why should the one who supplies a part of it not be liable for that part just as the other is for the total? A verbal bid is enforcible, but requires witnesses, while a written one is clear in itself. Extras. There are always some extras to be taken into consideration. If you add them all someone else will get the contract. There is the question of heating in winter, for example. Someone has to pay for it. Which one? Then there are sheds for lime and tools; and also one for the hoisting engine, if there is one. There may be a sidewalk to put around the building, or a fence; trees might have to be protected. In some cases there might be storage to pay on millwork. In others depreciation of machinery might have to be taken into account. There might be legal ex- penses; there would be washing of windows to some extent, and cleaning up around the building. There might be a rise of wages consequent upon the formation of a labor union CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 49 in non-union territory. There would be a telephone and office rent, and so on to the end of the possible extra list. If everything is added, as it should be, then the profit must be cut, or else the bid might as well not be put in. Quantity Surveyors. At least one large New York firm has quantities taken off by its office force, and submits them to subcontractors for prices. This saves giving out plans and waste of time of subcontractors, all taking off the same items. The system has a good deal to commend it. When from six to ten general contractors and several times as many subcontractors sit down to one poor set of plans, it means that a great deal of brain matter is wasted. There is too much duplication of effort. The problem of the twenti- eth century is to be the elimination of waste. We have not yet come to the system, although it has long been in force in England. There have been court fights over the question as to whether the quantities are to be considered reliable documents, and whether the builder should get extras if they are not complete. The general understanding is that they are only guides, and that the contractor must look over the plans himself, or else put in a high enough profit to cover any deficiency. As a general rule, the surveyors take off quantities care- fully enough for any contractor. A good plan might be to have two sets of quantities made, and use the one as a check on the other. Two men would thus do the work of thirty or forty. CHAPTER VII BUILDING CONTRACTS Mortgages. Every time a builder signs a contract he places a lien, as it were, on his property, if he has any. Many of them know this, and keep their property in their wife's name, so that in case of trouble it will still be in the family. Reversing the idea of the man in civil war days who was willing to sacrifice all his wife's relations on the altar of his beloved country, they are willing to sacrifice everybody elsVs property to keep their wife's safe. Variety. If a thousand lawyers were gathered together, and each asked to make a building contract, there would be at least 999 varieties, and many of them would be so one- sided as to be dangerous to all except the man who paid for the legal work. If you can, therefore, hire a lawyer to make your contract, and try to persuade the owner to sign it as it stands. The owner would likely object, and here we come to a conflict of interests, to two men each trying to " get the best of the deal." Uniform Contract. Architects and contractors had so much of this kind of work, and so many court disputes over building contracts that they finally drew up an instrument which they copyrighted in 1893 under the name of " The Uniform Contract." It is recommended for general use by the American Institute of Architects and the National Asso- ciation of Builders. This contract has been used ever since it was issued with increasing satisfaction to builders all over the United States. They do not have to take it to a lawyer for examination before they sign it. They know that it has been tested and tried by scores of lawyers, and by an army of architects, con- tractors, and owners. It is fair to all sides as fair a contract as can be devised. It is not perfect, for almost any lawyer could pick flaws in it, but it is the best obtainable and it is always ready and always safe. 50 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 51 Two Sides. Many an owner would like an instrument that favored him more, but human nature is apt to forget that there are two parties to a contract, and that the one has rights as well as the other. One Side. It is not a just contract that gives the sole power of settling disputes to one party. A man is likely to settle most of the disputes in favor of himself or the one who pays him. If it is replied that men are fair enough to do right, it might be held that the best way for them to show their fairness is to be willing to submit disputes, if necessary, to arbitration. How would it do, for a little variety, to make the contractor the sole judge of disputes in state or railroad contracts? Loss. I remember, when I was working as a journeyman for a firm of contractors, that the owner furnished part of the material for a large building. He failed to get it for a long while after it was required. In the meantime the mill- work came and had to be stored and paid for. The banker, who was at fault, instead of paying the contractor for loss of time charged him interest on the money he had to borrow to pay for the millwork. The Uniform Contract provides that the owner must reimburse the contractor for such loss. It is an instrument that works both ways. Payment. The final payment on a building has to be made in a certain number of days after completion, under this contract, but the owner is entitled to keep back as much money as will clear any liens or just claims. Insurance. The owner also takes out full insurance in his own name and in the name of the contractor against loss or damage by fire, for materials already in the building or on the premises. Best Contract. This U. C. is the best for a contractor. It costs only fifty cents for twenty-five copies. This is surely a cheap enough rate for legal work. It is now (1911) sold only by E. G. Soltmann, 125 East 42nd Street, New York. It was formerly handled by The Inland Architect. Owner's Side. The interests of the owner have been taken care of by the architects. Blanks. Of course blank spaces are left for a description of the building, architect's name, and other matter that is different for each particular building. A legal description 52 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK of the property should also be inserted in the usual manner. Two copies should be made out one for the owner, and the other for the contractor. Subcontract. The success of the U. C. has been so gratify- ing that the Builders' Uniform Subcontract has been drafted on the lines of the older one. This is for use between the general and the subcontractor. Signed Contracts. It is better to have a signed contract for a building than to go ahead without one. It is true that many buildings are erected simply on the basis of the con- tractor's bid, made out " according to the plans and specifica- tions of the architect"; but when copies of an excellent contract are so cheap, why not use them? A bid is seldom made out with the idea that it is of itself to take the place of a formal contract, or it might have several conditions in it that are usually lacking. What provision is made for insurance, and who is to pay for it? In how many days after the building is accepted is the final payment to be made? How much of a reserve is there to be? There are a score of questions that might come up and cause friction. Danger. But even with the U. C. there may be danger. Safety lies in the printed part which is always the same, and is only three sheets long; but the blank spaces may be filled up in such a way as to lay the contractor by the heels. Is time enough given for the completion of the work? Do you wish to so subdivide the time as to say that each story shall be finished, or the roof put on, or the plaster completed at a certain date? A contractor might be hindered on one story and make it up on the next. How do you wish the payments to be made? Whenever a heavy bill of material is put in place, or a brick story is finished, or at the end of each month? What reserve are you willing to stand? Would you be willing to hang yourself if the building was not finished for a month after the time set? Sometimes contractors become sarcastic and say that any kind of a contract that is presented will be signed by their simple brethren. Specifications. Occasionally unreasonable conditions ap- pear in the specifications. The only safe way is to state in the bid that such and such provisions will not be carried out, and if the contract is awarded, what is seriously wrong can CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 53 be pointed out. As a bid is a contract, it is bad policy to put it in " according to plans and specifications," and then try to change what does not suit before the contract is signed. If your bid is based on the conditions laid down, what right have you to expect them to be changed? It should be remembered that after a contract is signed an architect has no right to change his own specifications. In the U. C. both plans and specifications are accepted as a part of the contract, and they must be signed and thus identified. Properly speaking, a specification should not encroach upon the contractual field at all as some of them do. The accept- ance of unreasonable conditions here may nullify much of the advantage of having a good contract form. This whole business would seem to be a kind of a three- linked chain. The plans make the first link; the specifica- tions describe their quality; and the contract, as the third link, binds the whole together. Talk. Probably in about a thousand years some con- tractors will come to understand that verbal agreements with an architect are not worth the breath that made them after the contract is signed, and the plans and specifications thus accepted. An architect may be held, even after the contract is signed, for a verbal interpretation of any technical phrase, or something of that kind he has given; but the plain intent and meaning of the plans and specifications govern, and no contractor should feel hurt that they do, regardless of what he has been verbally told. CHAPTER VIII NATURE OF CONTRACTS Stated, or Lump Sum. The ordinary contract is for a lump sum, and the contractor can gain or lose much or little as he may. He agrees to complete the building for so much, usually gives security that he can do so, and that ends it, or rather begins it. When the bids are opened under this system the contract is supposed to be awarded to the lowest man, who makes what he can out of it. From this time on his interest is to make as much as possible, and the owner's is to get a good quality of workmanship in a reasonable time. Opposing Interests. Of course, the character of the builder is a good asset. It would not be right to say that it does not matter whether he makes good work or not, pays his bills or leaves liens behind him, and completes his contracts in some- what near the specified time; but all this being remembered, it is yet true that the interests of the owner and the con- tractor, under the lump sum system, are opposed to each other. After the figures are set the one wants to give as little as he can, and the other wants to get as much as possible. Total Cost. In spite of this, the lump sum contract has a strong hold upon the public. If a man is going to invest a large sum of money in a building he wants to know before he goes ahead just how much it is going to be. One hears of merchants who have been ruined by outrageous bills for extras through incomplete plans and specifications. You can not blame an owner if he wants assurance from a reputable contractor that his building will not overrun a certain amount of money. He can then allow beyond the face of the pro- posal any reasonable percentage which may be looked for on account of changes or extras. This stated, or lump sum, system has endured for centuries in spite of rascally con- tractors and grasping owners. 54 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 55 Percentage Plan. This system makes the contractor secure, but is sometimes rather costly to the owner. The men occa- sionally find out that it is a time or day labor job, and act accordingly. But they forget that by making such work expensive they lessen the demand for it, and increase the demand for the harder work under the lump sum contract. The temptation under the percentage plan is to make the work as costly as possible, for the higher the cost, the greater the percentage the contractor has for his own pocket, and human nature is not yet perfect. The undertaker has, of course, to look grave under all circumstances, even while business is "rushing." But away deep down? Eh? Mutuality. But the interests of the two high contracting parties are closer together than under the stated sum system. The buying of the material alone, or the opportunity to get it bought according to his wishes, for one thing, soothes the owner; and if he wishes he can put on twice as many men to hurry up the work as the contractor could afford to do. He pays the bills. Under the lump sum the contractor does not want the owner to know anything about the price of material, for there is, or should be, a profit on that as well as on anything else. Contractors like this plan, and it is a good one, but owners are not favorably disposed towards it, unless one here and there who wants good materials and workmanship in a per- manent investment. Amount. The percentage varies. Ten per cent, on the actual cost is a sort of a standard, and sometimes as low as six is gladly accepted on plain work. These figures do not include office expenses. There is no risk of losing money, and the percentage is often cut to the owner's advantage. On alteration and repair work this is really a much better arrangement for both parties than the first plan. It is hard to figure some changes. I heard yesterday of two bids on alterations. One was for $22,000 and the other for $13,000. Cost Plus a Fixed Sum System. This is the system that Mr. Gilbreth is making popular, and whatever may be said of it otherwise, he does not let it suffer for lack of advertising. He insists that it is the only proper form of contract, and that there should not be any guaranteed maximum of cost in connection with it. 56 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK The owner states the amount he proposes to invest, and the contractor states how much he wants for the use of his organization, machinery, tools, etc. Of course, the contractor can look over the plans for himself and see if the owner's estimate is about right before giving his figure. " The lump sum contract," says Mr. Gilbreth, " is a license to support lawyers and a privilege to pay court costs, and if there were no more lump sum contracts, one half of the lawyers would have to abandon their calling for some other work." This exponent of the Cost Plus System says that the right name for the lump sum contract would be, " The lump- sum-plus-extra-work-plus-time-extension - plus - lawyers'- bills " contract. Many a man has signed such contracts, and many a square mile has been covered with work done under them, without thinking that there was such a long name hidden near. " The entire theory of the Cost Plus a Fixed Sum contract," says Mr. Gilbreth, " is that the owner shall have his own way in any and all matters pertaining to his work. He shall have the right to decide what materials shall be bought, and whether or not they shall be bought of the lowest bidder. He shall have the right to have the contractor put on as many or as few men as the owner wants, regardless of whether or not there are strikes. His decision shall be final regarding the paying of bonuses for the quick delivery of material, and his decision shall be final on all matters pertaining to the conduct of the job." This entire fixed sum, whatever it is, must be net profit, without deduction for office expenses, or anything else. Profits. But Mr. Gilbreth is wrong in saying that lump sum contractors figure on two profits first, the regular one, and second, the one for risk, on account of unfavorable cir- cumstances that may develop. Alas, and alas! There is by far too much competition for any such heavy profits in ordi- nary building work. One profit is all that it will stand, and very often that one is not so large as it should be. Comparison. It is not likely that this plan will supersede the old lump sum one, but nevertheless it is a good way of doing work, perhaps the best of the three systems. No matter how things go, the owner knows that the contractor CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 57 will make only a certain amount of money. He is interested in keeping costs down; there is no desire for extras, but rather a hope to finish without them, for they delay the happy hour when the last installment of the money will be turned over; where there can be no quarreling over the price of extras a better feeling exists; and if the owner is rich enough to pay cash for his materials he may get the trade discount but this applies as well, of course, to the percentage plan. Time. Another advantage is the gain in time. The work on the foundation can go ahead while the plans are being prepared for the upper stories. So also under the percentage plan. But under the lump sum they must be complete before contractors can make up their figures; although the basement is often let in a separate contract to hurry things up. Hobson's Choice. Mr. Gilbreth will not take any other kind of contracts. He is afraid of being led into temptation. He says, " We found that there was a tendency to put our best superintendents and our apprentices who could do a man's work for an apprentice's pay, and our best plant on lump sum contracts, and the second-class foremen, ' old pensioners/ and the rest of the plant on the Cost-plus contracts. To do away with this ' tendency,' we made it an iron-bound rule to take no more lump sum contracts under any conditions whatever, regardless of how much profit there might be in them, and we will not award a subcontract for labor or material on the cost-plus basis if the sub- contractor has any lump sum contracts being constructed simultaneously." There you have it in white and black the Cost Plus being white as the newly fallen snow, and all other systems black as the raven. Few contractors can afford to say that they will not take contracts except upon one system. Most of them are ready to take it on any system that promises good results, lump, sum, percentage, cost plus, or catch-as-catch-can. Maximum. It is all well enough to say that no guaranteed maximum figure shall be given, but men with a few dollars, short of a million simply cannot afford to go blindly into any building project. They must know how much it is going to cost. It is idle to say that an architect's figure should be 58 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK sufficient. An architect is not a contractor, and is not held financially responsible if his estimate is exceeded twenty-five or fifty per cent. His commission is paid on the percentage plan, and by the rules of the largest association of architects this plan is the only one he is allowed to follow. Mr. Gilbreth says that the " fixed sum " to be paid is fixed in a guaranteed maximum contract only in case the maximum is not reached, and thus the interests of the parties are once more opposed, as in the lump sum system. Every change in the plans brings up the question of extras, and the lawyers have to be brought in. Choice. Merely for the independence of unnecessary con- trol many a contractor would prefer the old-style lump sum if he had his choice. He has been accustomed to take re- sponsibility for his estimates so long that he is not afraid to continue. If he loses, that is his own business, and so likewise if he gains. Public Work. As things are now arranged practically all city, county, state, and national work must be done under competitive bidding. This means the lump sum contract. Average Bid. Once, away back in a town by the name of Timbuctoo, Africa, we shall call it to avoid Anti-Trust decla- mation, contractors became tired fighting one another and competing in a world where combination is gaining ground every day. The Geniuses among them evolved the system of the Average Bid. Before the actual bids were handed in there was a sort of a seance among the bidders, and the figures were laid down, cartes sur table. Supposing there were half a dozen bids, they were added together, divided by six, and the one nearest the average made out the winning bid, which he handed in to the architect with as grave a visage as the circumstances called for. The ether bids were raised above the average one and put in with a gravity that did not have to be assumed. No returns were expected. This was but a variation of the unjust straw bid style. In taking bids, the implied understanding is that there is to be an honest competition, and this was not. The arrangement fell to pieces after several jobs had been captured by " scabs " outside the union. One of the amusing things we run across to keep us cheerful in this world on a CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 59 rainy day is the sight of some contractors denouncing labor unions. As the proverb says, it makes a difference 1 whose pig is stuck. Fair Value. Probably this average bid is nearer the true value of a building than either the lowest or highest, but if an owner can get a responsible man to put up his building five or ten per cent, lower than the average he does not care to enter into academic questions. Trusts. In spite of the denunciation of trusts we hear on all sides this incident shows that even in Timbuctoo the desire for a kind of a trust is not unknown among those who hate the large ones. It makes a WONDERFUL difference whose pig is stuck. Trustification is the system of the hour, and is going to increase. Farming and building would seem to be two great industries that are hard to trustify. Unit Price. Sometimes the work is done on a unit price of so much per thousand for brick, per yard for plaster and paint, per pound for steel and iron, and so on; but if an owner is not accustomed to trade methods of measurement he is apt to have a much larger bill than he expects. He should specify actual quantities and measurement only. Official Schedules. A variation of the unit price idea is found in the system that some engineers have of making out a schedule of the costs, adding a certain amount for builder's profit, and then putting the total at 100. Bids are taken on this basis, and the nearest to the figures get the contract. In New York, August, 1907, a building costing $160,000 was let by the city to a contractor on this basis. The average of the bids ran to 99.3 per cent, of the engineer's figures, which are given to the bidders. The lowest was 92 and the highest 111. Like the surveyor's quantity system it is a good plan to save reckless bidding, but the difference between 92 and 111 is large enough to satisfy everybody. This is a public recog- nition of the Average Bid, and justifies the course pursued in Timbuctoo back in the last century. Africa led the world then. We are slowly coming to her ideal. Unfair Bidding. When the unit price system is followed there have been many cases where the contractors put in the Unbalanced Bid with which all states, counties, and cities 60 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK are more or less familiar in tenders for groceries, printing, and everything else. If a bidder suspects that there is to be a much larger quantity of plaster, suppose, than what is called for on the schedule he can put in a price on some other items below what they are worth, if again he is sure that far less of them will be required than is listed, and a very high price on plaster. He can thus bring his total lower than that of the competitor who gives a fair price on each item. When he gets the contract, he loses on, say, 100 yards of paint which he does for 3 cents, but makes it up on 100 yards of plaster at 881/2 cents. Of course there must be enough of the small items listed to cover the difference. Cases have been known where, say, 2,000 yards of paint were listed in the schedule, while those on the inside knew that the authorities would do only 100. And so on with other items. The engineering system alluded to above is a good check on any work of this kind. It is easy enough to establish a fair price for every item, and hand it out on a basis of 100. Then bids below a certain percentage would be thrown aside. The original idea in Timbuctoo was to set a certain per- centage above or below which all figures would be discarded. Delenda est Timbuctoo! CHAPTER IX GENERAL CONTRACTING OR SUBLETTING Sharing Nothing. It is said that one of the maxims of the Standard Oil corporation is to allow a profit to nobody in the business of refining oil. The large building contracting firms follow this system, as a rule, by hiring mechanics directly, and putting a competent foreman over them, with a superintendent over all. Sharing Part. Another method commonly in vogue among general contractors is to make their own estimates, and after they receive the contract, sublet the most of the work, often retaining for themselves only the masonry, if they happen to be bricklayers, or the carpentry if they are carpenters. Sharing More. Still another method, and probably the one most relied on all over the land, is for the general con- tractor to estimate the work for his own trade, and take bids on all the other branches before he makes up his total. Subletting may, of course, also be done under the cost plus and the percentage plans discussed in the last chapter. After the general contractor settles with the owner, he turns to the subcontractors and arranges his contracts with them. Profit and Loss. Each system has its good and bad points. There are many who would like in their little spheres to be as the Standard Oil is nationally, in this respect, but they lack the necessary capital, and rebates are not so popu- lar as formerly. And so it is that the local minnow cannot always follow the course of the national whale. To keep vaulting ambition from o'erleaping itself, one of our commercial agencies reports that a very large percentage of failures in business come from the attempt to do too much on too small a capital. Why should anyone ruin himself financially in trying to grasp too much? For the majority of beginners especially, the live and let live policy 61 62 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK is clearly the most advisable. With more experience and larger capital they may come to the time when they can grasp every loose dollar they see. Advantage. Of course, the advantages of the first system are not altogether confined to the opportunity of making more money than is possible under the subletting plan. When a subcontractor handles a part of the work there is often friction as to when certain things shall be done, and the main contractor is occasionally held back by waiting on an indispensable, though often a small item; while the man who sublets nothing can manage to suit himself, and his interest will not permit him to hold up a complete building waiting for a carpenter contractor to lay some joists, or for a few bricklayers to build a wall story high. Risk. Then there is the risk of the failure of subcon- tractors avoided under this plan. No matter how careful a general contractor is with his own estimates, if he bases three-fourths of his bid on the accepted figures of subcontrac- tors there is always a danger that someone will go by the board and fail to complete his contract. Surety Bond. It may be replied that by taking a bond from a subcontractor this risk might be avoided, and probably it is true, but as a practical matter it is safe to say that in nine cases out of ten bonds are not asked from subcon- tractors by those who have to give a bond themselves to finish the whole building. There is a happy-go-lucky method of doing business among men who are so well acquainted with each other as contractors are, and the legal side of the ques- tion is usually overlooked. The general contractor is tied up as hard as the lawyers can do it ; but while subcontractors know this, many of them would feel hurt if asked to give the same security on a part of the building as the owner demands on the whole. The safe course is to deal only with men who have some property in their own names, and not in those of their wives, and character enough to make good any loss, sooner or later. Liability. A much more serious danger than that of failure is that from fire and accident, especially the latter. A general contractor is usually included in any damage suits against a subcontractor. This subject is discussed in another chapter. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 63 Friction. Another risk eliminated by one contractor hand- ling everything is that due to the human nature that we all more or less have. Some men take to each other as David and Jonathan or Damon and Pythias did; others meet, and in their dislike for each other seem to forget that they belong to the same race. While, theoretically, the owner and the subcontractor are supposed to have nothing to do with each other, as they are only connected through the general con- tractor; as a matter of fact, they meet and sometimes fight over extras, delays, the quality of the work, or the finding of the North Pole, in default of anything else. The chances of disagreement are lessened when only one man or firm deals with another. Supplies. But even the largest firms cannot manufacture all their materials. They, in their turn, have to deal with supply houses and lumber companies. Steel rails, lumber, plaster, stone, plumbing goods, marble, elevators, and other materials are seldom made by any building firm. Good System. The next best system is for the general contractor to make his own complete estimates, and sublet after he gets the contract. He can then get lower figures than when merely putting in a bid and taking his chances with others on getting the work. Risk. By this method, however, there is a chance for a general contractor to occasionally lose a contract that he might have had by taking some extra low figure from a subcontractor; but, taking it all around, there are chances that he himself might make a lower figure than anyone else, and thus get the work. Beginners. The best system for the young contractor is to be modest at first, and to take bids from the various tradesmen. By this system a fair idea of costs will gradually work itself in on the mind, just as spelling is usually better learned by reading than by rote, and when experience has done its work the other way of estimating the complete structure can be adopted. Dividing TTp. Another system is for the owner to give out his work in detail. The contractor for each branch thus deals directly with the owner. He would sign the Uniform Contract instead of the Subcontract, as with a general contractor. This is a fair system, and in some parts of the country 64 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK it is closely adhered to. The carpenter, for example, takes only the woodwork, and thus gets a smaller profit on the contract, but he can attend to more buildings with his capital. The owner has to see that each one has liability insurance instead of the general contractor only under the other system. There is sometimes trouble caused by delay. The one blames the other and there is no expert like the general contractor to crack the whip and settle disputes. Day's Work. Still another system is for the owner to buy his own material, put foremen in charge, and do the work by the day, or rather the hour, which is the unit in all build- ing work. He can thus secure a good quality of work, but if the wrong kind of men are dealt with the pocketbook has to suffer. I once knew of a case where the labor on brickwork for a very rich owner cost $29 per 1,000 instead of less than one-fourth of this, which would have been enough for a contractor. Experience. A contractor should not undertake to do work outside of his own trade until he has a reasonably fair idea of what an average day's work is for a mechanic in other trades. A good foreman helps wonderfully, but it is safer when the contractor knows a little himself. Two Ways. An endeavor has sometimes been made by Builders' Exchanges to have bids taken either complete or separately, but not both together. In other words, if A. B., the owner, wanted his work done by a general contractor only, he would take complete bids; but if he wanted to let it out to subcontractors, he would have to take bids only from them and not from the general contractor at the same time. In a way, this is reasonable. It is easy enough for an owner to gather sub-bids together and show to the general contractor that his total is greater than the sum of his sepa- rate bid and the combined sub-bids. He naturally has to add a profit for handling all the other work and being responsible for it. If the owner chooses to take the responsibility for the execution of the work, fire risk, damage suits, liens, delays, and other troubles incident to the business, then he should deal directly with the subcontractors, as a matter of course, but not expect the general contractor to risk damage suits and endless trouble for nothing. Many an owner has found CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 65 out that it paid him to have a responsible general contractor between him and the deep sea. Others of them see through the game well enough; they want all the security, but want it for nothing. They want the carpenter to be content with the profit on the carpenter work alone, but like a good fellow to be responsible for all the other branches, and save the owner from a summons to answer a suit for $25,000 damages for a man killed when putting on $23.50 worth of tin. CHAPTER X METHOD OF WORK Starting. When the contracts are awarded, the next thing is to start the building as promptly as possible. Laying out Work. For cottages and small buildings an engineer is seldom required. The contractor lays out the lines himself. In cities the sidewalks give a straight line, on at least one side. This is accurate enough for practical pur- poses, and the front of the building is laid out parallel with it at the required distance back. Temporary stakes are then driven far enough outside of the sides that the digging will not disturb them. A line is stretched across the front and tied to the stakes, and the side lines are run down at right angles to it, or " square " from it, according to the width of the building. Then the rear line is stretched across parallel with the one on the front. This finishes the main part of an ordinary building, and the offsets and angles are measured from it. Stakes. Any kind of a strip of wood is suitable 1 x 2, or 2x2. They should be driven in, clear of any excavating line, so that they will not be disturbed. Squaring. Most carpenters know how to square the corners by using a 10-ft. measuring pole. The diagram will explain the method. The line AB is laid out parallel with the sidewalk at the right distance back for the main front wall of the house. The stakes are driven at A, B, and a mason's cord stretched. On this cord, stick in a pin at C, where the corner of the house is to be. Measure off the width of the house and put a mark at D, or stick in another pin. From C to G, mark off 8 feet. Run down a side line from C to E, and let it stretch over far enough to reach I and K. Make the line fast to a temporary stake at C, or hold it fast there by the hand, and mark 6 feet down to H. Take the 10-ft. pole, and with one end at G swing it round until the 6-ft. 66 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 67 point just touches the other end. The line CE will then be square with the line AB. Drive stakes at I, K, and make fast. This gives the two main lines, and the rest is easy. The distances are just measured from them. The ground is marked L F_ 1 for digging, the lines removed, but the stakes I, J and K, L ; A, B and M, N are left to get the exact lines when the brick- work begins. The engineer proceeds in another way, and drives a nail in the top of the stakes to keep the exact lines. Projections. For bay windows and such work a template is often made so that the mason may have a good guide to go by. Level. A builder's level is a useful instrument around a structure of any size, as it saves leveling by the ordinary straightedge, and is more accurate. 68 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Lot Line. When a building is to come close to, or on the lot line, the only safe way is to get an engineer, and preferably cne acquainted with the city data and all the mistakes in street lines, lots, and so on, to give the exact position. of the corners. In some cases where " spite work " has had its innings, brick walls have had to be chiseled off when they over- lapped on the other property. Courts have had much to do with this lot line question. Never build on the line without first getting a good engineer. It is too dangerous. Footings. It is not safe to run over even for the footings, no matter how advantageous it may seem to be, without a legal agreement giving permission for the extension. Telephone. If the building is large and far removed from the business center of town or the supply yards, it pays to put in a telephone. It sometimes s.aves its cost in a week. Tool House. A tool house and a lime house are built if the size of the building justifies them. In rainy climates the roof of the lime house must be protected. Water. Connections must be made by the plumber in cities, and a supply provided for in country districts. Excavation. Contractors prefer, as a rule, to let out the excavation to a local man who has his own teams, plows, scrapers, and labor force accustomed to the work. Liens. Some of the grading contractors have to be watched to see that they pay wages as they should, or else there may be a crop of liens to harvest. Delivery of Material. As large a supply of material as possible should be assembled on the ground ready for the men when the excavation is finished, but not so much as to make rehandling necessary. Many a foundation has been blocked for weeks waiting on a few frames, ironwork, or something of that kind. Placing of Material. Brick, lumber, and such heavy stuff can sometimes be so placed around a building as to avoid long wheeling or carrying ; and the lime house should be placed in a position where the whole building can be best served. In cases where a hoist is used, this is close to the opening leading to it. Power. On a building of such size as to make use of a motor or hoisting engine, brick, lumber, frames, steel beams, CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 69 and other materials should be placed where they can be most conveniently fed to the machine. Number of Men. In the " Estimator " the amount of con- crete that men can mix, of brick they can lay, and the pro- portion of laborers required for bricklayers and plasterers are given, and this gives a fair idea of the number of men re- quired to finish a foundation in a certain time. Forms. If concrete is used for a base and the ground is soft, or the top of the walls comes higher than the banks, forms must be set up. Occasionally the inside of the wall only is planked up, and the concrete is then poured in between the solid bank and the wood; but some authorities object to this, and want the wood on both sides. Bolts. I have come to respect bolts more than I used to. In a frame building it is often necessary to build them in at the right height to receive the sill. It would be a good idea in a masonry wall to build in bolts to hold back each side of a door frame. The ordinary anchors cannot be tightened up if the frame bulges out in the center. Why not just build in a bolt to draw it back against the masonry at any time ? Wind. In stormy countries it is to the interest of the contractor to see for himself that there is a wind stop around all frames, and that the mortar is slushed carefully in. Why have the ill-will of an owner over such a small matter as that? Joists. While the masonry has been going on the car- penters have been getting ready all the heavy framing, in order to waste no time with laying off the masons. It is often possible to get one side ready and turn the gang over to that while the other is being prepared. The walls are run up, the roof put on, the sash put in all in the ordinary course that every carpenter knows, and that need not be gone over here. System. The business world of our day is full of " Sys- tem " ; indeed, we hear so much about it that it is a matter of suprise that any work can be got done, for every energy would seem to be required to systematize things. There are quite a number of slick gentlemen who are making a good living working this " system " fad by day and by night in relays, and like the apostle, they magnify their calling. We cannot blame them too much. 70 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Yet the regular workers on a building have forgotten more about how it should be done than the system mongers have ever learned, with their three turns to the right for one to the left. Delay. It seems to be almost unavoidable at the end. Some trifling order may be placed in the east for a particular installation, and no amount of system will force a rich manufacturer to lay aside his regular orders and take up a small one earlier than its time on the list; or the finished hardware is still in the factory, in spite of the fact that the order had been given months ahead of the date when it was likely to be required. Patience is an excellent virtue, but a rather trying one for the owner who wants his building, and for the contractor who needs the reserved percentage to fill a gap elsewhere. CHAPTER XI BUYING OF MATERIAL Modern Ways. Buy cheap and sell dear is the old motto ; but buy cheap in large quantities and sell cheap is the one that is making the department stores and mail order houses of our time so large. This system has revolutionized things in the last quarter of a century. The country stores that used to charge an unreasonably high rate of profit are now forced by the new competition to keep within reasonable bounds. Building Material. There are at least two mail order concerns in Chicago that send all kinds of ordinary building material, including lumber and millwork, anywhere within the borders of the United States and Canada. Stone and brick are not sold in this way just yet, but they may be soon. Another firm in Iowa sends lumber and millwork anywhere. The two great mail order houses in Chicago recently re- ceived 18,000,000 letters in one year, and they contained $77,000,000. They sent out 4,000,000 catalogs. Their orders have doubled in three years. They are worth watching. High Prices. It used to be the case that the country builder was at the mercy of the local supply houses, but now if he cannot get a reasonable figure from them he can try Chicago or Iowa. A Scale. I never had occasion to buy from these great houses except once as a trial test. An architect's scale, for which the local price was $2.50, and the special rate to draftsmen, $2, I got for $1.40. It had the same maker's name upon it, and was of good quality. Local Interest. Now, it is much better for contractors, farmers, and others to purchase everything they can from the local dealers, for a gain of $50 in a lumber bill might cause the loss of a contract to build the lumberman's house, but the situation is such now that no one need pay unreasonable prices, and that should be understood. 71 72 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Cash. But all dealings with these supply houses have to be on a cash basis. It is well to remember that the local lum- berman will frequently discount a bill two per cent., or more, and thus cut down the cost of the lumber. If the one is priced on a cash basis the other should be also. Method. The way to buy building material then, it is clear, is to follow the method of the great department stores and mail order houses, and buy cheap in large quantities. Advice of this kind is like telling the average man to go to Europe, as the Atlantic is free to anybody. Certain con- ditions must be fulfilled before the Atlantic can be crossed; and a large bank account is necessary to buy an order of corresponding size. Monopoly. It used to be rather difficult for a contractor to get a car of lumber or millwork directly from the saw- or planing-mill, for the local men held the whip over the railroad and the wholesale dealer. They had to choose between the regular demand of the lumbermen and the occasional order of the tradesmen. Naturally they stuck to their best cus- tomer. Stone. This material is now manufactured so much by saws that it ordinarily does not pay the contractor to have anything to do with cutting it. The best plan is to go to the yards and purchase it ready to set in the building. On work that has to be hand cut, however, many contractors follow the custom of cutting the stone at the site of the building. Plumbing. The supplies for this trade are sold only to the men in the business, but here, again, the mail order houses break the chain and sell to anybody. The trouble in some cities is that only a licensed plumber can do the work, and they insist upon buying the supplies themselves. There is a profit in the material. Bills of Material. After a contract is signed a complete bill of material should be made out for those parts of a building that are not to be sublet. With brickwork or masonry the danger is not so great if more than what is called for on the first list is required, for the brick are usually bought at so much per thousand, and the cement, sand, and lime at an agreed unit price; but the lumber and millwork bill should be complete, as extras run higher than the prices CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 73 set on the main contract when the dealer is naturally anxious to secure the trade. Properly, the rate for extra lumber should not be higher any more than for extra brick. If so, why? Paint supplies, hardware, and such items should be bought in one bill for the same reason that better rates are thus obtained. Quality. Serious trouble is sometimes caused on account of the quality of the material sent to a building. Brick and cement are sometimes rejected by the car-load; lumber is graded differently in various sections of the country, and an architect's specification is not always clear. He gets con- fused with the grades as well as the rest of us. The Forest Service, Washington, D. C., sells for fifteen cents a book of 126 good sized pages entitled, " Rules and Specifications for the Grading of Lumber." A good deal can be packed in 126 pages, and our memories are short. This book gives the grades all over the United States, and if a contractor is estimating on work far away from the field to which he is accustomed he should make sure of the grading of the lumber. The architect's idea and his own may be entirely different. F. 0. B. In buying heavy material it should be carefully understood whether the price is at the point of purchase or Free On Board, that is, with freight paid, at the job. Some- times supply men send cars to the job, and the contractor has to pay the freight, to be later deducted from the sub- contractor's price. This means that the contractor must have money to pay with before he gets the material in the cars. Point of Purchase and Time. It is not always safe to buy materials too far away from the job, especially for a time contract. The dealer does not usually bind himself to time as you do. All the risk he takes is your frown, which does not amount to much. I have seen buildings stand for a couple of months waiting for special lumber when the general contractor was held by a time contract. The penalties are not usually exacted, but a settlement may be refused until some deduction is made. The owner has his side of the question to consider. He may be paying rent that he expected to save. 74 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Payment. The time of payment to dealers should be understood. It generally is when the contractor gets an estimate on the material supplied. Lien Law. The danger comes when the time for filing a lien expires. This law gives the dealer security on the build- ing, but he must file his claim in a certain number of days after the delivery of material. The contractor can delay proceedings by ordering a 2" x 6" scantling, or 100 brick, or a sack of cement, and thus bring the last delivery up to date. In general, dealers are reasonable with contractors, for their own interest makes them so, apart from other considerations. CHAPTER XII BEST PAYING WORK Under the percentage or cost plus plans all work pays well. Here we deal with the work mostly done under the lump sum system. Houses. Beginning with dwellings, the ordinary road for a journeyman who starts contracting is to small business buildings, and from these on to larger and larger ones. Details. There is no end to the trouble connected with the construction of private houses. From the time the brickwork begins to the putting on of the hardware there are many de- tails to attend to. Contractors do not like this work if they can get a plainer kind. Some of them are afraid of women, who watch the new houses and suggest too many improvements. Competition. As almost every bricklayer and carpenter starts on this class of work the competition is severe, and the prices are low. Brick Stores and Flats are next, and are much more de- sirable. There are fewer competitors, and they know better what work costs. Prices are consequently a little higher, and not only so, but the details are practically all the same. One floor after another is laid out according to the same plan, much less watchfulness is thus required, and the risk of mistakes greatly reduced. Schools are of the same nature, for almost every room is alike. The work is straight, and as large certified checks are often required with bids, this keeps out some undesirable competition and gives an opportunity of getting a better price. Great care should be exercised in making out a bid with a certified check, for in case of mistake it is sometimes hard to get it back, and as the bank deducts the amount from the contractor's account, he is sometimes likely to be embarrassed for ready money if it is held up for months. In state and government work a surety bond is occasionally called for 75 76 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK instead of a check, and the cost should be added to the estimate. Best Work. Then come business buildings, offices, ware- houses, hotels, and such structures. This is really the best class of work to engage in, but requires capital. The struc- tures are large and the details are often heavy and plain. It is all straight sailing, for brickwork, cut stone, girders, joists, doors, windows, and steel beams are all about the same. If the work is in the popular style of reinforced concrete con- struction there is likely to be even a less departure from plainness, as that is almost an essential part of such buildings. Undesirables. Some contractors fight shy of putting up a building for an architect while others are fond of that kind of work, which would seem 'to indicate that there are men with different views in the business. Contractors have also a kind of prejudice against church buildings. They have to pay the current rates for material and labor on churches as well as on saloons or warehouses, but somehow the building committees are inclined to ask for and expect cut rates, and also a little donation for the good of the cause in settling up. All this might be taken as a part of the day's work, but final payments are often unreasonably delayed, owing to the inability to collect the subscriptions which make the building possible. Contractors cannot afford to neglect this field, however, for there is a great deal of such building done. During the first nine months of 1909, for example, $13,000,000 worth of churches were built or planned in the fourteen southern states alone, if we include the District of Columbia, Oklahoma, and Texas. Ninety were built in the latter state, at a cost of $2,500,000. There are many steers in Texas, but also quite a few churches. Capital. In purchasing material we saw that the rule is very plain. It is, Buy cheap in large quantities. It is easy enough to point out what kind of work pays best also, but in both cases a good sized bank account is required before going far. Jobbing. There is a large field here for those who like to make the old look new. Almost all buildings need to CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 77 be repaired or changed in course of time, in one feature or another. Each new tenant has some special requirements. Customers. If a good class of owners is found the work pays well enough, but it needs more attention than new work, and is often made up of such small items as tries the patience. A man may have to be sent several miles to rehang a door or plane a sash. The work of itself is probably not worth more than fifty cents, but the time going and coming, and the necessary profit on the transaction runs up a bill that is often unsatisfactory to the owner. Slow Progress. Another unpleasant feature is that jobbing is different from new work in the time taken. At the end of the week there seems to be far too little done. The con- tractor cannot help this, and neither can the men. It belongs to the nature of the business. Collections. Besides other troubles there is often too much time taken in collecting a small bill. Often more time is wasted than the profit amounts to. Yet, with all its disadvantages, there are firms in large cities that do nothing else than jobbing, and they make it pay well. They have to charge high prices, and consider not merely the time at the work itself, but going and coming, telephone rent, shop rent, insurance, and everything else but sentiment. Tips. One unpleasant feature of the business in very large cities is the necessity for tipping. Some of the underlings in large establishments can help or hinder considerably, and rather than be annoyed by them contractors have been known to slip a few dollars into their uneasy palm to get the work done quicker and cheaper. Prospects. Some good contracts may come through the acquaintance made in jobbing. For this reason many keep on with the work even when they do not expect to make much profit out of it directly. Location. A shop in the central part of town is better than one on the outskirts, but now that we have telephones the difference is not so great as formerly. But most of the trade comes from the thickly settled districts, and the head- quarters should be near them, and also near the hardware and other stores. Government Work. Another class of work that lies outside the field of the ordinary contractor is that done by the 78 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK national government or state. It requires more capital than many have, and the conditions are stricter than with com- mercial building. The superintendent has more power, and there is less chance of appealing from his decision with suc- cess, and none to take the injustice to law. It often happens that officers of the army, navy, or some other branch of the government are appointed as superintend- ents, and they are better acquainted with quite a few other things than with buildings. There is an excellent field here for those with plenty of capital. They have the satisfaction of putting up a class of buildings that will last, and the com- petition is with men who usually take work only for a good price. Unchanged Conditions. The government must treat all alike, and thus cannot change conditions as readily as a private owner can do. The idea is to do the work according to the rules laid down by the United States, as represented by cer- tain humans who eat bread like the rest of us; and we must put in bids and carry through the contract as they want and not as we think best. If the contractor refuses to go ahead the government will put men in to finish the work at his expense or that of his surety. He has no lien, and the bond required is about fifty per cent, of the contract price. An amount per day is stated as liquidated damages in case the work is not finished in time. Advantages. On the other hand, the plans and specifica- tions are clear, and the details are plentiful and complete; the time and amount of payments are settled beforehand and sure; and the reserve is usually only ten per cent.; if the contractor really gets " stuck " he is paid for the materials delivered on the ground as well as installed in the building, in order to help him out with ready cash. It is rather a poor idea to get too low on government work, however. It should either be figured high enough to cover all contingencies or let alone. CHAPTER XIII SPECULATIVE BUILDING, OR READY-MADE HOUSES Dangers. Many people now buy their houses as they buy their clothes ready-made. They make their money begin to draw interest or save rent within a few days after it is paid over instead of waiting for several months before the house can be finished. They gain by this course, but honest con- tractors know that they also lose something. They do not know the quality of the material in the house and whether there is enough of it in places that are covered; and the painter has often to be called back in rather too brief a period. Profit. Some contractors make fortunes in this line of work. They are subject to no owner's whims and interfer- ences; and in general they are independent of an architect. If they do hire one they can set aside his ideas whenever they are so disposed. Method. The method followed by many in cities is to buy cheap lots and borrow money from the loan association to erect the building. The purchaser usually pays to the builder the whole selling price, less the loan from the association, which he assumes. The builder, with his money in his pocket, is then free to go elsewhere and erect another house, or several. The purchaser pays $1.10 per hundred dollars of the loan per month. This extinguishes principal and interest in about ten years. Thus if the amount borrowed was $1,000 the monthly rate would be $11. Most of the loans are paid in about seven years. Expenses. Of course the owner has to take care of the house, pay the taxes, repairs, and other expenses, and he has also to stand the usual depreciation of property. Nevertheless, tens of thousands of people get homes in just this way, and there is thus a large field for a builder. 79 80 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Cheap Work. One of the best equipments of a speculative builder is an easy conscience. There are some of them who do good work, but most of it is of an inferior quality. They paper the walls, however, and thus hide some defects. If this class of building is well done it will cost just as much as that built under other methods, and the price will have to be raised to suit. The idea in buying these houses is too often to get a cheap bargain, and the house itself has to suffer. Buying. Here the caution about buying material, given in another chapter, is applicable. It is to buy cheap in large quan- tities. The speculative builder usually does buy cheap, and hire lower priced men than the large builder is allowed to on account of the labor unions. Most building of this kind is done by a volunteer force, as it were, and not by the regulars; and the conditions that are almost forced upon the larger contractors do not usually apply to the builders of ready- made houses. Risk. There is the risk that the houses may not sell. One sees some that stand for a whole year vacant and unsold. The monthly payments to the loan company have still to be kept up, however. The contractor who is short of money ought to be sure of his sales before going too deep. Real Estate Men. Some real estate firms do a very large business in this line, but they have better facilitie.s for making sales than a builder, for it does not pay him to sell through others and thus cut the commission out of his profits. Abstract. As the customers of a speculative builder are almost sure to ask for an abstract of title, no land should be bought without one brought up to date. It is better to have the title guaranteed by a company that makes a business of doing this work. This, however, is one of the things that is usually left undone. Lot Values. In buying property it should be remembered that lots in an ordinary residence section never increase be- yond a limited value. Where houses are built close together, as in the poorer sections of a city, the price of the lots after reaching a certain figure remains there. The trolley car gives a chance of a better lot further out for less money. location. The character of the neighborhood should also determine to a large extent the cost of the building. Roughly CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 81 speaking, the following table gives an approximate idea of what the value of a residence should be in proportion to that of a lot. LAND FRONTAGE COST OF RESIDENCE $ 250 30 ft. $1,000 to $1,500 500 30 ft. 1,800 to 2,500 1,000 40 ft. 3,000 to 4,000 1,500 50 ft. 4,500 to 5,500 2,000 50 ft. 6,000 to 8,000 Tract of Land. The speculative builder who can work on a large enough scale can determine the character of a whole neighborhood by buying a sufficient acreage to control the development himself. This is where large profits are often made, not merely on the cost of the houses, but on the rise of the land in value. In this field, as in so many others, the man with money can make money. Depreciation. If a contractor puts up a building for rent he should remember that there is a law of depreciation. From iy 2 to 3 per cent, has to be charged off the value of the property, and repairs, insurance, and taxes have to be considered. When the probable vacancies are taken into ac- count, the net return is not so much more than can be had by investing in city bonds or mortgages, which mean less trouble. Houses, we know, should not decay so soon as they do, if they are well built and taken care of, but we have to average things up in general, and remember that no one takes as good care of your house as you do yourself. CHAPTER XIV OFFICE EQUIPMENT Growth. The city of Omaha in which I write has about 125,000 people, not including South Omaha with about 26,000 more. The first postmaster of Omaha died only a few years ago, and his office was in his hat. He used to carry around the letters for the town there, and hand them to his con- stituents as they met. In this case a big head would have been a better equipment than it usually is. Many a contractor of our day has an office in his inside pocket. He is afraid to use the hat around a building. This means that a good deal of business may be conducted on a very small equipment. It is but right that we should start out on that basis. System. The " system " men are hard at work after even the small contractor. It is well, but do not spend $1.43y 2 to keep track of 98 cents. It does not pay. Too much system is like having ten trowels to lay 1,000 brick. All system and no results comes to be like a Spanish dinner all tablecloth, and nothing to eat. Somewhere between the style that carries everything in its hat and the other that works by too many rules is about right. A top heavy system is out of place for a light business. When working on a plant for railroad shops I saw that the Motive Power people put in 100-ton cranes to lift locomotives and carry them to any place desired. Some heavy cranes have what are called auxiliary hoists to take up light weights. It does not pay to turn on the power for a 100-ton crane to lift a wheelbarrow. Paving stones should not be used to kill flies, nor sledges to drive a tack; and neither should the small office be run on the same lines as the large one. Beginning. Begin on the auxiliary hoist business, and nothing will hinder you from looking forward to the time when you will be a 100-ton contractor with a splendid system made out to suit your own wants. 82 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 83 Stationery. About the first thing needed, even in a small business, is some printed matter envelopes, letterheads, and cards. A fairly good quality of material should be used, but nothing too expensive. In spite of the paper manufacturers, and the printers, contractors know that the size of the bid is the main thing, and not the kind of paper it is made out on. Safety: Exchange. If an office can be afforded to begin with, it is a good idea to get one in a fireproof building. Rents are high in such places, and all over the country con- tractors have found it a good plan to join together in an exchange where there is plenty of room and each one gets a mail box. The average builder has to spend too much time on his outside work to require a large office. An exchange satisfies his requirement better than an individual office would, for there is always a secretary to attend the telephone, and it serves as a meeting place with subcontractors, and thus saves time. The cost is much less than on the individual system. It is also a safe place to keep records if the building is fireproof. Books. Another advantage of an exchange is that a good library can be looked through to settle any trade question or get information. Not that a library will help a contractor to make more money; in fact, in spite of the college advertise- ments, it is probably true, as a well-known stone mason said nearly a century ago, that the fewer books a man is acquainted with, the more money he is likely to make. He concentrates his mind on one subject instead of spreading his attention over many. The real money-maker is like a hog he roots always in the ground. His snout is not turned after air castles. When a crown is presented to him in the heaven that all good contractors are going to, he will be caught, as usual, looking down and not up, looking in and not out, and thus reversing the good Chautauqua motto, and shaming the trade. But the trade books save time, and this is as good as money. There are " Sweet's Index," " Arthur's Estimator," many lum- ber reckoners, and other valuable tools of trade. For example, there is an " Expeditious Measurer," by Nash, that gives the cubic contents of stones of all sizes. It is a time saver for those who have to figure up stone in the usual way. This is an age of electricity, vacuum cleaners, flying ships, and many other wonders, and why waste your brain matter 84 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK figuring up stone, lumber or plaster if someone had tabulated it all for you? I once bought a lumber reckoner with tables figured up to 100 pieces, and instead of doing the work myself I merely turned over to the right page. To figure up stone by the duodecimal or any other method, and lumber in the usual way is like carrying up brick in a hod. We now use motors and hoists. Dictionary. A good unabridged dictionary is sometimes useful. In cities we see old editions sold for a dollar. A Thousand Authors. Every contractor should write a book of his own. It would be called a Price Book. Prices would be jotted down and dated, and in course of time a book of this kind would be valuable, especially when one went away from home and catalogs, or had to make an approximate estimate for an architect on plans that could not be taken out of his office. The removable leaf book is an improvement upon the ordinary style. Equipment. There is no limit to what might be purchased, and the system men are making matters worse every day. A contractor could soon make a showroom of his office if he bought everything that was recommended to him. More Safety. Most of them, ho\vever, if they do not have an office in a fireproof building, should have a safe, or at least a safety deposit vault which costs only from $3 to $5 per year. Is it worth while to risk valuable papers for such a small amount? We might change the form of the old question and ask, When is a safe not a safe? The answer would be, When it gets into a fire, if we accept the U. S. Government report at San Francisco. The tenants would have been better without safes, according to the expert. They merely gave a false feeling of security. He says, " The only vaults I saw that came through a really fierce fire without damage were those built of brickwork. Even these vaults did not always protect their contents, however." The same thing happened at Baltimore. Safe Vaults. I have drawn plans for vaults with two 9-inch walls and an air space between, and considered them safe enough, but not since reading the San Francisco report. Each wall ought to be at least 13 inches thick, laid in Portland cement mortar, with a 2-inch air space. The roof should have 13-inch arches covered with heavy concrete. This would cost CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 85 probably 4100 extra on a fair sized vault, but why build one at all unless it is to be safe? Raising the Limit. When we draw a check we limit the amount, but there are men whose business is to raise our limit. They change the figures and the writing. It is some- times easily done. They even perforate more figures, in front or behind those already on the check. Perforated checks are at least an additional safeguard, but cases have been known where the perforations have been filled. Limit Line. The best device for preventing check raising seems to be a limit line, such as, Not over twenty dollars. When acid proof ink is pressed into the slits that are cut out it is practically impossible to change the figures. Risk. The danger is greater than is imagined. In 1908 the sum of $5,000,000 was stolen by this means. A cypher added to 7 makes 70, and ty put on the end of seven makes the job complete. Yet the treasurer of a large railroad com- pany told me in October, 1910, that he had never seen a raised check presented among tens of thousands of good ones. Examples. In 1903 a check drawn for $100 was raised to $8,100. The man who drew it found his account $8,000 short at the end of the month. He sued the bank, but the courts held against him. That experience cost him $8,000 and legal expenses. The law is that the bank is responsible for the payment of a forged check, but not for a check correctly signed. If the amount has been raised that is held to be owing to the careless- ness of the man who drew the check. He should have pro- tected himself. In another case, interesting to contractors, a Chicago cement company drew a check and had it certified for $27, and it was raised to $27,000. It was dated January 29, 1909. The check raisers then drew $17,000 from the account. In this check after " Twenty-seven " a long blank space was left, and then " and no. " i n the usual way. In the space considerately left for him before the " and," the artist merely put " Thous.," and this, according to the rules of the spelling book, made " Thou- sand." There was also a space left between the $27 and the fo, and it was filled in with "000," which made every- thing correct according to Hoyle, the great authority on banking. 86 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK In the $100 check the same method was followed. Too much space was left between the $ and the 100, and the 8 just fitted. The writing " One hundred," instead of being kept as closely as possible to the left hand end of the check was put in the center, and a long line drawn before, as well as after it. Part of the line was removed with acid, pre- sumably, or probably with ordinary ink eradicator, and " Eighty " filled in. This is the new " Black Art." Paper. We are told that no kind of paper protects against this work. Burglary used to be the favorite way of getting money illegally, that is, outside the realms of " high finance," but forgery and check raising have taken the place of that risky business. Only a few years ago there used to be more cases of burglary than forgery; in 1908 there were seven cases of forgery and check raising to one of burglary. Like light- ning, this affliction might never affect you, but it might strike to-morrow. Drawing Checks. While the artists seem to be hard to beat we might at least observe a few ordinary precautions in draw- ing checks, and not lead them into temptation. First of all, write heavily. Do not make a check payable to bearer if it can be avoided. It may be lost; it may get into strange hands. Do not leave a blank space after the name so that " or bearer " may be added. Either spread the name out to fill the space or use heavy lines. Put the figures as closely after the $ mark as they will go. Write them so closely together that " 1 " cannot be put in between. After the amount put the fraction hard against it, and put it "plumb." Thus it would be ^, ^, ^V, or whatever the figure was, and not no/100, 13/100, 87/100. In the last style the figures before the 100 might be erased and give room for one or two to be added to the main amount. Of course, after all is said, we must remember that ordinary ink can easily be taken off. The old joke used to be " Every- thing is burnt except the policy," and the new trouble is that everything can be taken off except the signature. How is a banker to know that you do not have a clerk to fill out the body of the check, as many have, and leave only the signature for yourself? The difference in writing is no guide for him. The signature only counts. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 87 Machine. A limiting machine costs about $30 to $35- All Builders' Exchanges might easily have one. Procuring. Sometimes the mail boxes of a business district are rifled to get checks; and pay checks for workmen fall into other hands than those they are meant for. This is one of the disadvantages of paying by check. When you give a check to a business firm you know that it will go straight from it to the bank, but it is different with the others. An Ohio bank gave a stranger a draft for $10, and had to pay $10,000, and "go busted." A bank in Chicago paid $15,000 on a western draft that was made out for $3. Files. A few cases for letters are desirable. They do not take up much room, and letters filed, preferably according to subject, are easily found. Of course, when there are many dealings with one particular firm, they might be filed under its name. When a letter is taken out for some time, a " dummy " should be substituted, with date and name or initials of one who received it. In large offices only one person is allowed to touch the files, so that letters and drawings may not be misplaced. In an office where there are several thousand draw- ings and as many letters, one put in the wrong place may mean a search of days. System. It would save much trouble when writing to large firms with several departments to use a different letter for each subject. One envelope might be used for several letters, if necessary, but an order for toilet soap should not be put on the same page as one for millwork. Elsewhere it is stated that two mail order houses received 18,000,000 letters in a year. Those who have seen the great plants in Chicago know that they carry on an immense business. One department opens the letters, but they have to be distributed among many, and it is better to address the right one. So with railroads, wholesale houses, and other great establishments. If you wish to save time send your communication to the right place. Then with hundreds and thousands of letters to file, large firms have numbers or alphabet letters to guide them to the filing case. In replying to any such letters reference should be made to the number or whatever it is. How would you like to search through such files to get the original letters to which yours is the reply? Probably you waited two months 88 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK before answering. But if you put down the signs at the head of their letter X D, 2385 they will place you in three seconds. Typewriter. As already noted, the amount of the bid is what counts, and not the quality of the paper or the Spencerian brand of the writing; and while a typewriter is desirable for making out bids, etc., it is not really necessary. Nevertheless, it looks " business-like," and $25 will buy a second-hand one. Copy. By using a machine, a carbon copy may be made of all bids and important correspondence. It does not need the court records to inform us that human memory is short. A short record is valuable, and carbon copies are easily made. An Adding Machine is not seen so often as it should be. For some years, in a railroad office, I was one myself. A few departments get expensive machines and merely press a key to get a column of correct figures, but builders are not among the elect. There are machines which sell for several hundred dollars and others for $25. Addition is a dangerous thing for a contractor to trifle with. Card Index. Under proper conditions a card index is use- ful. It can be made a permanent Price Book that has to stay in the office of the contractor. There are contractors who have a great deal of information in their possession, but they cannot find it. It is buried in the mass of dead records. When Oliver Goldsmith got some money, he used to roll the gold pieces around his room so that some of them might fall into the chinks of the floor, or behind the rotten wainscoting. Then when he ran short of money, he went down on his knees and searched. When he found a coin he rejoiced with great joy. Many contractors are like Oliver. They get valuable information and scatter it they don't know where. Then comes the search. There is a better way. Telephone. A " phone " is usually considered necessary in these days. When the builders join together in an exchange one phone serves for the whole crowd. CHAPTER XV BOOKKEEPING Learning. During the evenings of one winter I went to a business college to learn the art of keeping books. The system followed was double entry. I used it for several years, and found it to work well, but there is more trouble connected with it than is altogether agreeable for a busy contractor who cannot hire a clerk. The Trial Balance has to be taken off whenever a squaring up is desired, and Justice with the scales in her hand is not more exacting than a trial balance in double entry bookkeeping. Much time is wasted in hunting for the few cents that seem to be anywhere but where they should be. There is a book entitled, " Fifty Rules for Errors in Trial Balances," and a five-foot shelf might be filled with others on the same absorbing question. What requires so much elab- oration and attention is too complicated for a man who has a gang of tradesmen waiting for him. It does not pay to lose $10 to get an error of 5 cents rectified. Theorists. The business colleges give too much detail. What is needed is a simpler system than they teach. The question is not, "How much clerical work can I use?" but " How little can I get along with ? " Now, the double entry system is the best to be had, for it checks as it goes. The accounts must balance. But a small contractor does not need it, and probably nine out of ten use a simpler method. All that is required is a system of record, and sharp eyes can see that the balance is maintained, although there is no check as in the double system. Variety. There are a thousand and one variations of the systems. Each business house has some pet one of its own. What is set forth below is merely for a suggestion. Each one can figure out something for his own use that may be better or worse. 90 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK A Type. For an illustration of a record system one build- ing will do as well as another. What serves for a $2,000 one will also work for another that costs $200,000. Let us take one at $2,300, as fewer figures will be needed than with a more expensive structure. We shall assume that the general contractor takes this frame house in the way they are often taken, that is, including everything except plumbing and heating. Opening of the Books. This is supposed to be something dreadfully mysterious. W T hen his sister asked the little boy for the core of the apple, he replied, " There ain't goin' to be no core." So here, there ain't goin' to be no opening. Put your name and address at the beginning of the books that they may be identified, deposit your money in the bank, which gives a bank book as a record of cash on hand, and the books, and you are ready for business. We proceed as below, after supposing the contractor to be as far along as his 14th contract. The 1st or the 50th would be handled in the same way. Day Book. First of all, the contractor should have a Day Book, or Blotter, in which he should set down EVERY item. Ink should be used, if possible, but pencil is often made to serve. Pencil marks can be erased, however, and an erasure should never be seen in a set of books, on any system. If a mistake is made, a line should be drawn through it, so that the writing may still be seen, and no erasing done, or the judge in court will hold against the records. A Ledger is also required, and that is all. After the con- tractor gets further along he can start a double entry system with Day Book, Journal, Cash Book, and Ledger. Cash. It is a good idea to keep all cash transactions separate, and a column is used for that purpose. Contract No. 14. Suppose, then, that a carpenter contrac- tor receives a contract for building a house for J. B. Phidias. The Uniform Contract is used, and that is a good record. Indeed, when we consider bank book record, contract records, bids, monthly statements of dealers, and time book, we could almost safely follow the plan that some pride themselves upon, and keep no books. We might let the others, who have more time, do that for us. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 91 Starting. On any page of the Day Book, and on any side, if it is wide enough for a double column, we can begin to make our entries. If one side is not wide enough to hold the two columns, we can carry the writing clear across to the other. If you open an ordinary book, you will see that printers always put the even numbers of the page on the left hand side, and the odd on the right, just as in this book, for example. We should open the Day Book and make our entry on the even number side, and carry it across to the odd number side, in case the one page was not wide enough for the two columns. This looks plain enough. CONTRACT NO. 14 Nov. 2, 1909. Signed Contract No. 14 with J. B. Phidias $2,300.00 " " " Bought lumber for No. 14 from M. A. Pinchot 430.00 " " " Signed Uniform Subcon- tract for masonry on No. 14 with B. A. Brick 240.00 " " " Let contract for excavation on No. 14 to J. P. Trench at 30 cents per yd- " " " Let contract for millwork on No. 14 to O. F. Osh- kosh 200.00 " 3 " Signed U. Subcontract for plaster on No. 14 with R. S. Acme 149.50 " " " Bought bill hardware on No. 14 from E. F. Sar- geant 59.50 " " " Signed U. Subcontract for paint on No. 14 with 0. B. Murillo 151.00 " " " Let contract for electric wiring on No. 14 to W. A. Ampere 36.00 " " " Let tin work on No. 14 to O. S. Taylor 43.00 92 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Nov. 3, 1909. Bought mantel and hearth set for No. 14 from O. N. Nelson $48.00 " 6 " Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14 $ 16.40 " 13 " Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14 43.20 " " " Paid B. A. Brick on No. 14 100.00 " 20 " Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14 48.00 1 " 25 " Rec'd from J. B. Phidias on No. 14 320.00 "27 " Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14 30.20 " 30 " Paid J. P. Trench for ex- cavation on No. 14 in full, 100 yds. at 30 cents 30.00 " " " Paid to M. A. Pinchot on No. 14 100.00 Dec. 4, 1909. Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14 34.10 " 7 " Agreed on price of Extra No. 1, on No. 14 with J. B. Phidias (masonry at stair) 34.20 " " " Gave stair extra masonry on No. 14 to B. A. Brick 24.30 " " " Bought office supplies (charge to No. 14) 1.05 "11 " Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14 27.80 " 17 " Paid B. A. Brick on No. 14 68.00 " 18 " Paid carpenters' wages on No. 14 21.00 " 24 " Rec'd from J. B. Phidias on No. 14 450.00 " " " Paid M. A. Pinchot on No. 14 120.00 " " " Paid carpenters' wages on No. 14 . 21.00 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 93 Dec. 31, 1909. Paid for express on No. 14 $ 1.30 " " " Bought extra lumber on No. 14 as per bill rec'd from M. A. Pinchot $13.20 Jan. 4, 1910. Paid R. S. Acme for plaster on No. 14 100.00 " 8 " Paid carpenters' wages on No. 14 16.40 "13 " Rec'd from J. B. Phidias on No. 14 380.00 " " " Paid O. F. Oshkosh on No. 14 100.00 " " " " O. S. Taylor on No. 14 35.00 " " " W. A. Ampere on No. 14 30.00 " " " " O. B. Murillo 70.00 " " " " E. F. Sargeant 20.00 " " " Deducted from B. A. Brick contract on No. 14 for basement floor 17.00 " " " Deducted for change in base- ment floor from contract on No. 14 with J. B. Phidias 15.00 "15 " Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14..- 85.00 " 22 " Paid for carpenters' wages on No. 14 93.00 " " " Rec'd from J. B. Phidias on No. 14 600.00 " " " Paid M. A. Pinchot on No. 14 80.00 " " " " O. F. Oshkosh on No. 14 40.00 " " " " B. A. Brick on No. 14 30.00 " " " " carpenters' wages on No. 14 30.00 " 29 " Paid carpenters' wages on No. 14... ' 8.50 " " " Rec'd payment in full from J. B. Phidias on No. 14. . 569.20 " " " Paid M. A. Pinchot in full on No, 14 . 143.20 94 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Jatt. 29, 1910. Paid 0. F. Oshkosh in full on No. 14 | " " " Paid O. S. Taylor in full on No. 14 " " " Paid W. A. Ampere in full on No. 14 " " " Paid E. F. Sargeant in full on No. 14 " " " Paid R. S. Acme in full on No. 14 " " " Paid O. B. Murillo in full on No. 14 " " " Paid B. A. Brick in full on No. 14 " " " Paid 0. N. Nelson in full on No. 14.. EEMAEKS Lists as Records. Bills of material are bought from lists made out and kept by the contractor. There is no use re- peating these in the books. Any extra received during the month may be considered as bought in a lump, and set down without being detailed out, like the item of $13.20 on December 31. This may have come on various dates all through the month. The lumberman does his daily bookkeeping, but the contractor can take advantage of the summaries at the end of the month and enter the complete item at once. So with hardware or anything else. Even if bills are sent upon de- livery it is easy enough to let them accumulate. The dealer will not forget the total when the time comes. Number. The advantage of setting a number to a job is that it can be easily identified in this way, and a number is far shorter than a name. In the illustration above only one building is listed, but there might be two or three going on. Numbers 11, 12, 13 would thus have to appear all through mixed in the Day Book with 14, and they must be kept separate. But while this number is put in the ledger heading of the account of Phidias it is not in that of any of the others, because the chances are that while there may be only one contract with Phidias, there might be several with dealers CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 95 and subcontractors, and the heading of No. 14 would not suit if 12 or 15 had to appear also. Everything. Each item, no matter on which job, should be marked down in this Day Book just as it comes up under the date, and by using numbers there is no danger of getting things mixed. Sometimes, as with giving out contracts on November 2, and making payments on January 29, a good many entries can be made for the one job, and this is better when it can be done than mixing numbers. Everything must be carefully checked off from the Day Book to the Ledger, or Statement, or Master Card, for there is no safe check like the double entry one here. An item of wages, for example, might be in the Day Book and not be transferred to the Master Card. In such a case the profits would look larger than they really were. In getting monthly statements contractors should insist that extras should appear by themselves, and not mixed with the main bill. There is no occasion for having anything more to do with that till the settlement at the end. If the separate items on a main bill are charged to a contractor as delivered he has quite a time identifying them and finding out if they are charged in detail as they are as a whole. He should, of course, pay on it as he gets his estimates, but refuse to dis- sect it to please any bookkeeper. I once had a long struggle with one of this kind. Ledger. Now comes our " Ledger," or rather, our State- ment, for it is not a ledger. One was prepared and thrown aside for this book. To be of any value to busy con- tractors this suggested plan must be simple and take little time. At the end of each month, or as often as desired a " balance " can be worked out in the following way : DATE NAME CONTRACT NO. AM'T REC'l> BALANCE 14 AND EXTRAS TO DATE DUE Jan. 1, 1910. J. B. Phidias $2,334.20 $770.00 $1,564.20 The same form suits for the subcontractors, but the number of the contract may vary in the heading, as they may have several contracts going on with our supposed general con- tractor. 96 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK CONTRACTS AMOUNT DATE NAME AND REC D EXTRAS TO DATE BALANCE DUE Jan. 1, 1910. Pinchot on No. 14 $443.20 $220.00 $223.20 " " " Brick on No. 14 264.30 168.00 96.30 " " " O. S. Taylor on No. 14 43.00 43.00 " " " Carp'r wages on No. 14 241.70 This system is carried down until each name is taken care of. If several buildings are subcontracted for by Taylor, suppose, the entries can be made on the same sheet. Thus No. 15 would come below 14, and lower numbers, like 12, would come before it. NAME James B. Phidias, Contract No. 14. ACCOUNT NO. 8 ADDRESS Chicago, HI. SHEET NO. 1. DATE ITEMS PAGE DEBIT DATE ITEMS PAGE CREDI1 1909 1909 Nov. 2 Contract 2 3 00 Nov. 25 Cash 3 20 Dec. 7 Extra, No. 1 3 4 20 Dec. 1910- Jan. 24 " 4 50 \ 13 13 Deduction 1 5 \ 11 Cash 3 80 \ " 29 it 6 00 \ " 29 " 5 69 2 3 3 4 W 2 3 34 NAME M. A. Pinchot, ACCOUNT NO. 82. ADDRESS Chicago. III. SHEET NO. 1. 1909 1909 Nov. 30 Cash on 14 - - 1 1 2 00 Nov. 2 Lumber on 14 4 30 Dec. 1910- Jan. 24 " " 00 Dec. 31 Extra on 14 1 3 22 " " 8 00 \ " 29 " " 1 4 3 20 X 4 4 3 20 \ 4 4_3 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 97 A separate sheet could be made out for each job, but this would not show the amount connected with each name. Small contractors do not carry on so very many jobs at the same time. Even with half a dozen jobs one sheet like the above could be made to serve. There might be that number of entries under Pinchot, for example, for jobs running from 14 to 19, and to find out his balance it would only be necessary to add them together. Ledger. If desired a Ledger Statement could be made out for any account that has many entries. The foregoing form is suitable. But this would just be for convenience in seeing how things stood under one name separate from the others. Checks. When they are returned from the bank, paste them in the stub book, and thus establish another record that is not hard to keep. MASTER CARD OF NO. 14 Nov. 2, 1909. Contract price Dec. 7, 1909. Extra, No. 1 $34.20 Jan. 12, 1910. Deduction No. 1 15.00 Total of contract and extras Nov. 2, 1909. Pinchot Dec. 31 " Nov. 2 " Dec. 7 " Jan. 13, 1910. $2,300.00 19.20 $2,319.20 Pinchot extra Brick Brick extra Brick deduction $24.30 17.00 Nov. 2, 1909. " 3 " " 30 Dec. 7 " 31 Oshkosh Acme Sargeant Murillo Ampere Taylor Nelson Trench Office suppli( Express Total carpenters' wages $430.00 13.20 240.00 7.30 200.00 149.50 59.50 151.00 36.00 43.00 48.00 30.00 1.05 1.30 474.60 $1,884.45 Profit $434.75 98 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Master Card. When some large builders finish a job they make what they call a Master Card. This shows how a contract " panned out." It gives a concise statement of everything in connection with it. The foregoing one shows No. 14 in detail. Expenses. There might be deductions to be taken from this. Part of the office expenses if more than one job was going on, that is, if there was an office; liability and fire insurance, if the owner did not take the latter out as agreed in the U. C.; the purchase of tools, if charged in proportion against the job, which is not the usual custom on small work; and other little incidentals. Loose Leaves. If from this auxiliary hoist system of bookkeeping the contractor should go forward to the 120-ton crane one for some of the cranes took that load the loose leaf ledger should be considered. It is getting more popular every year. It is easier handled than the ordinary book, and a leaf can be taken out and replaced without any trouble. When a contract is finished, and there are not likely to be any more dealings under that name, the sheet is put out of the way in a binder, and one does not have to turn it over as long as the book lasts. Only open accounts are handled. Another advantage is that one does not have to estimate how many pages to give to the letter "E," for example, or S, or W. There is usually waste of space in a bound ledger by a bad estimate, or special requirements, such as a car-load of Smiths coming to town. Then when the bound ledger is filled and there are many open accounts in it, they have all to be transferred to the new one. There are no such transfers necessary in the loose leaf book. If an account runs for a long while it is kept up by number- ing the sheets, as Sheet 1, Sheet 2, Sheet 3, and so on; and only the last sheet need be handled, as the others may be put in a binder in the fireproof vault. A Card Index Ledger is also used. It is on the same system as the loose leaf one. CHAPTER XVI ABOUT KEEPING COSTS No System. I remember a contractor who kept from forty to fifty houses going up, and he could never tell how he came out on each building. He followed the lump system so much that he lumped everything together, heads I win, tails I loose. He " went broke." Too Much System. There .is another kind of a class arising to vex our souls in these days. They time men with stop watches like horses running a race. The motions of a bricklayer's elbow are photographed, and, as a matter of course, his rear elevation snapped at the same time; and thousands of pictures and buckets of " data " are filled, in- dexed, cross-indexed, tabulated, and even published to startle a somnolent world. Between. Somewhere between these two extremes is a safe place for a contractor who knows his men and what they should do in a day. It is long since that shrewd business man, Benjamin Franklin, told us that the eye of the em- ployer is worth a good deal. He does not need a stop watch. This does not mean that he should not keep a reasonable account of the quantities handled, for he should, but it does mean that there is a limit to that. There are too many men with only a clerical experience laying down heavy tasks for backs that, after all, are just flesh and blood. The Quality. Some engineers have taken to this system with a fondness that is pathetic; and they know best how their large undertakings should be handled; but their system is not required, and could not be afforded for the average building of the average contractor. In truth, after a long experience among engineers and their methods of handling building work, I discovered that their labor costs anywhere from 20 to 500 per cent, more than a Guilder could or would pay. 99 100 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK As a general rule, I should say that for grading, heavy excavations, heavy concrete, pile driving, and whatever is done by common laborers, the engineer is superior to the building contractor, because he does far more of that work and is familiar with the machinery and the methods of handling it. This means an engineer of experience. But when we reach high priced building tradesmen, the engineer, nine times out of ten, is a failure. His " force bill," as he calls it, runs outrageously high. Luxury. The kind of an organization that seems to be necessary for the engineer is out of place on ordinary build- ings. On their large contracts they have chief engineer, assistant chief engineer, resident engineer, superintendent, manager, foreman, sub-foreman, timekeeper, sub-timekeeper, chief clerk, under clerks, chief cook, ordinary cook, and a little regiment of bottle washers. About one week of that system would land a poor building contractor before the U. S. Commissioner in bankruptcy. An Example. Looking back over such a city as this one of Omaha, which I have seen grow from 25,000 to five times as much, it is really surprising to consider with what little amount of record keeping, bookkeeping, and general red tape all the buildings have been erected. It is safe to say that on four-fifths of the building work of the United States the stop watch system is of practically no account. The men are watched by the " boss " on the job. This cannot be done by the large construction companies, for they have buildings going on all over the country. They are on the border line that separates building of the ordinary type from engineering, and require their own record system. Foremen. We are told that foremen on engineering work cost from 5 to 15 per cent, of the total wages paid; on a small building the foreman works with the men. On a large one his brains have to do more than his hands. Office Expenses. Again, we learn that on engineering work office expenses are from 4 to 8 per cent, of the total cost. This continent has been covered with build- ings from the Atlantic to the Pacific with very little office expense. All .this illustrates the difference between engineering and the common type of building work. The necessarily elaborate CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 101 organization of the one is sharply cofitoasted'witn^thV com- pulsory simplicity of the other. How Much. About how much cost keeping should be done by a contractor carrying on a few buildings, and on the ground himself every day? It goes without saying that a separate account should be kept of the different items, such as plaster, painting, and tin work. I have seen large build- ings erected where no one could tell how much each item cost by itself. Excavation. If a contractor does this himself, at the close of each day he should make a fair estimate of the amount of earth displaced, and by dividing it by the total wages he can get close to the price the work is going to cost him. Special work, such as clearing off a lot and cutting down trees, should have been allowed separately and checked as it goes on. A few days before I wrote this I saw two men cut down a maple about 2'-0" in diameter, and the work took them about a day. To cut it up in 2-ft. lengths meant another day, but a contractor can sometimes get his trees cut down for nothing for the sake of the wood. Average. Work goes a little slower just when it begins or ends, and the first day's output is likely to be smaller than the general average will be later on. Filing. The cost of the complete work should be filed with the rate per yard and the wages per hour. It is then ready to refer to for any other excavation in that neighborhood, or under the same conditions elsewhere. The time should be kept on special work such as filling in around the building or sloping off. Concrete. There might be quite a difference in excavation owing to the nature of the soil; but the placing of concrete should come nearer to the average maintained over the country. Full figures are given in the " Estimator " for all kinds of work done by hand or machine. The size of the building has to be taken into account. On a small amount of work the men hardly get warmed up to it before they have to quit. The price per yard is naturally a little higher than on large jobs. Averaging. After allowing for the time required to make mixing boards and get started, an average can be struck at the end of the day's work and the unit price established. 102 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK ThV amount " of stc-ne,' s^fid 1 , and cement should be noted on several jobs until the contractor knows what is required. After that he can let the record business die a natural death, so far as this material is concerned. Forms. This work is dangerous. In the " Estimator " the actual cost of many jobs of form work is given, and in such detailed shape that it would apply to millions of dollars' worth of contracts if necessary. The detailed figures are from the leading construction companies of the United States. The cost of labor, lumber, nails, concrete, placing steel on reinforced concrete buildings all these things are set down. Do not trifle with form work. You cannot expect to equal the record of the companies which make a specialty of the new kind of structures, but it is well to know what their forms cost them. You have then a fair guide to watch the ones you make. Masonry. Foundation rubble should be measured by the cubic yard and watched each day so that the contractor may not find out too late that the cost is going above the estimate. We do not need to follow the slave-driving pol- icy to let any loafer know that his quantities are being w r atched. The materials remain close enough to require no watching after the contractor gets acquainted with the business. The time is the vital point. Brickwork. This is easier measured than complicated form work. There is no trouble in seeing if the men are doing what they should. I have seen many returns from brick buildings where the labor ran far above what it should have done. It was not checked in time as it ought to have been. The time is given in the " Estimator " for all classes of work. Carpentry. A fair idea of the time taken on plain timbers, planking, sheeting, shingles, floors, etc., should be noted as the work goes on. But if a contractor is around among his men his time is worth far more in guiding them than in watching how many minutes it takes to lay each particular joist. At the end of the day this can be done, averaged over the total. A good carpenter contractor KNOWS by his experience better than the roll-top desk experts how much material is being CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 103 handled and whether the men are speeding up, sleeping, or averaging fairly well. The quantities of material required for given surfaces do not vary much, and, after a certain experience, any record system is merely a waste of time. Since the time of Rameses a flooring board of a certain width covers a certain surface; and the allowance for waste, is it not set forth in the " Estimator " ? There may be a danger of stealing in some localities, but apart from this or anything of a like nature, the quantities are what our engineering friends call " con- stants." Finish. On inside work this personal watchfulness applies even more than on the kind already noted. In some buildings there are so many different kinds of openings and odd work that to keep an account of finishing them would be merely piling up useless records. The same style might never come up again, and when it did, we could shut our eyes and risk it. One of the amusing men in this business is he who says he can tell just exactly what some special design will cost for labor. Standards. Of course, on large business buildings with all the openings about the same size or style, a record is of high value. By averaging the time we can get good figures for such another structure. Lathing and Plastering. The measurement of the work of these trades is simple, and the amount to be done per day is set down in the " Estimator " for metal and wood lath ; and divided for first, second, and third coats on plaster. Painting. A good foreman is better than a record system on this work, unless it is of the plainest kind. More time might be wasted in measuring the other kind than the results were worth. A record can be kept on plain outside work, and floors, doors, and plaster in the inside, but when we come to moldings, grilles, balusters, and such special designs, it is of more importance to see that the men keep busy than to try to measure the surface they cover. Filing. What is useful in time records should be filed, and also what is special relating to material. What does not come under these heads should be thrown away. There are some establishments that would be much benefited by a fire that burned half their records and " data." 104 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK There is such an infinity of detail about building, however, that no one should trust to memory alone, but should record whatever is of value to supplement a card index, price book, and " The New Building Estimator." Time Sheets. In a small business it is not usual to have time sheets, but it is necessary in a large one. During my apprenticeship I had to fill one out at the end of each day and hand it to the foreman. The name of the job was given, the kind of work done, and the number of hours occupied at it. This was essential in the large establishment where I worked, with saw-mill, planing-mill, joiner shop, and buildings going on, to find out how each contract came out. It is a good system when the business gets large enough to justify it. But a contractor himself could not find time to do the clerical work and attend all the circus parades at the same time. Cutting Down Costs. Every contractor wants his labor done at as cheap a total as possible. He thus makes larger profits. This is a legitimate desire. But it should be re- membered that if by some miracle men could do twice as much, the work would be figured at half price, and things would simply be as before. Profits would not be any greater. One method of reaching low totals that has finally struck the building trades seems to me to be entirely wrong. Others think it right. This is the " athletic contest," when one gang of men is pitted against another and the whip cracks for a start. Even flags are used, large and small, to wave from the building with the best record on straight work done in a day, where several buildings are going on at the same time. An Example. If you will read Munsey's Magazine for June, 1906, you will find an account of how Andrew Carnegie " goaded the heads of all departments into a still more frenzied race for dividends." " Faster, faster," he cried, and made them presents and criticised their slowness. During all that time he was making 40 per cent, on his investment. It is an old trait of this race that sickening greed would not be pleased with 400 per cent., although human flesh and blood was driven to the limit to make it. In the number for July, 1906, we are told that Mr. Carnegie " stimulated competition almost to the point of ferocity." " Every job was a race," CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 105 There are men who think that such ferocity is unworthy of this republic, and there are others who believe in it. In 1908 or 1909 the " Pittsburg Survey" was made possible by money furnished by Mrs. Russell Sage. The other side of the 40 per cent, business was shown. It is a terrible story. If men are to be driven like slaves, and the end is to be such contrasts, they are finally going to shut their teeth and put a stop to it, and to several other things at the same time. I have been among tradesmen all my life. My advice to the flag heroes would be, Stop it. Bad as a loafer is there is yet a worse on this earth. Instead of driving furiously like Jehu, the son of Nimshi, how would it do to save the fire waste of several hundreds of millions a year? There is not much sense in producing at a faster and faster gait merely to burn. CHAPTER XVII BUILDERS' LAW " Experienced contractors will bear the writer out in saying that more contractors have been ruined because of legal difficulties than by reason of physical ones." The Business of Contracting, McCullough. Authorities. Upon slight notice any lawyer could gather together a score of fat volumes of court decisions relating, in one way or another, to buildings. All that will be found in this chapter are a few " pointers " to keep builders away from law as much as possible. Danger. It has been said that the only proper way of doing business now is with a lawyer looking over your shoulder to keep you straight. It was for this reason that the Uniform and Subcontracts were so strongly recommended in a former chapter. The Commas. Not long ago there were some criminals in Missouri convicted of stealing from the city of St. Louis, and sentenced to the penitentiary. They were released on an appeal. The judge found that " the " was missing from one part of the proceedings, and that in another part there was an " e " too many. Some day the people will sweep this kind of law where it belongs. This instance, out of many of a like nature, is cited to show contractors that " law " is an uncertain thing to tamper with. If possible, keep away from it. It also means that any of the following laws in this chapter may be upheld or set aside according to the humor of a judge. If he wants to set them aside he can find a reason easily enough. General. First of all, for reference, we shall set down a few laws that apply to all businesses alike. One of the first principles laid down in the usual schedule printed is that ignorance of the law excuses no one. Con- 106 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 107 tractors should remember that. Yet in 1909 a man in Kansas was sentenced for an offense against the postal laws after the local postmaster had told him his matter was mailable. It is sometimes hard to know what the law is, even when ignorance of it leads to punishment. The law compels no one to do impossibilities. It is a fraud to conceal a fraud. A signature made with lead pencil is good in law. A returned check is not a receipt; and a receipt for money paid is not always conclusive. A principal is responsible for the acts of his agent. An agreement without consideration of value is void. An oral, or " word of mouth," agreement must be proved by evidence, but a written agreement proves itself. This is why general contractors should not be expected to take sub- bids orally. They should get written bids. A contract made with a minor is voidable. State Laws. A reasonable familiarity with the laws re- lating to building in the state in which work is done is almost necessary. In Missouri, for example, the legislature settled the questions of measurement of quantities. Legal holidays should also be noted. There are no national legal holidays, not even on the Fourth of July, or Thanks- giving. So far as the president's proclamation goes, Thanks- giving is legal only in the District of Columbia and in the territories. So far as the United States are concerned a con- tractor need observe no holidays in the various states; and when working for the United States on ground to which they have legal title, he is independent of the state government. But it is well to see if the number of hours per day that may be worked is not specified. The eight-hour day is general, and, in most U. S. work, compulsory. The hours allowed on state work should also be noted. Machinery that costs a heavy price may be workable only eight hours instead of ten as expected. CONTRACTS A proposal, or offer, or bid, of a contractor is the first step towards a contract. This tender put in may be withdrawn at any time before it is accepted. No matter if the architect 108 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK refuses to give it up, if the demand for its return before witnesses or in writing is made before its acceptance, the con- tractor cannot be held to enter into contract. Verbal Bid. If a bid of this kind is made it must be accepted at once, or the contractor cannot be held. If it is accepted at once, or in writing, he can be held. There may, of course, be a time set within which .the contractor will enter into contract, as with an option given on property, for ex- ample, but when that time has expired without acceptance the contractor is free of all obligation. Unless there is some consideration paid, the party giving an option on real estate, etc., is not bound, but can sell the property to anyone before the time specified. Acceptance. If A mails an acceptance of a bid or option from B, the time is dated from the hour of mailing and not from the time that B receives the letter. Although B may already have sent away a letter withdrawing his offer, he is held to enter into contract if A's letter was mailed before he received the notice of B's withdrawal. But if A has set down any new conditions, then B is clear. The acceptance must come on the basis of the offer. Government Work. So important is this letter of accept- ance that in government work it is referred to and made a part of the formal contract; and the letter of proposal is also thus mentioned. It is therefore necessary that everyone sending in a proposal should understand that he is held to complete the building if it is accepted. Bids are Contracts. This shows that for all practical purposes bids are really contracts as soon as they are accepted. If you have made some mistake and the owner wants to take some " snap judgment " on you, as it were, all he has to do is verbally to accept your bid or mail you a letter accepting it as it stands, and you are held to carry through the work. But a conditional acceptance by A does not bind B. I once had to back out. The carpenter labor was carefully figured, but not included in the total. On the same building another contractor had backed out, owing to some mistake, and when I went to the architect as No. 2 with one more tale of sorrow he was not in the pleasantest humor, for his com- mission was vanishing out of his sight. I could have been held. So look out for your bids. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 109 A building contract is an agreement between two or more parties, and may be either written or verbal. What you do when you mail or hand in a bid is to perform your part of the contract, and naturally as soon as the owner agrees with you the bargain is made. You can hold him, and he can hold you. It is a pity if one contractor has left out all the great plate glass front, and another has forgotten that car- penters need money on Saturday night, but the owner thinks you competent to do what your bid says and will be much obliged if you will go ahead. Title. The person who signs the contract for a building with a contractor must have the title or lease to the ground upon which the building is to be erected. Otherwise the con- tractor may lose all he puts in it. All permanent structures belong to the freehold, or land, and cannot be taken off. To a layman, this seems a severe and unjust law, but it is well that contractors especially should understand it. Even if some of them built a frame house on the wrong ground it would not be quite so bad if it could be moved off, but our legal friends have us tied up rather tight on this proposition. Therefore, do not build on the wrong ground, or you may not only lose the structure, but the real owner may sue you for damages to his property. He may not like your style of architecture. Before signing a contract with anyone be sure that one has a clear title to the ground. It often happens that a man's wife owns the lot, and the contract for a house should really be made with her; yet in some cases when the husband is, in the old phrase, a man of substance, the contractor signs with him. It is a bad practice; but the supreme court of Florida has held that if the wife has knowledge of the erection of the building, and does not dissent, but acquiesces, the property may be sold to pay the agreed price. When in a case of this kind a woman comes around and accepts things as they are, and probably gives the contractor instructions, she is really held. But in nine cases out of ten why sign a contract with a man to build a house for him on a lot that he does not own? The proper thing is to tell him that you would much prefer to have his wife sign. Corporations can make contracts only within their charters 110 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK or statutory powers. The proper officer should sign them, and it is better that he should use a seal. A railway is not usually chartered to build churches, for example. It is therefore unwise to build a church for a rail- road unless you are sure it has authority to expend its revenue in this manner. Some of its stockholders who did not believe in churches might get out an injunction and keep the contractor from his money until the title of the drawings could be changed, making it a storehouse or boiler shop. Illegal. A minor, drunk person, or person of unsound mind cannot make a contract. When making one with those who cannot read, are blind, deaf, or otherwise defective, it is well to have good witnesses. Married women, in most states, can now make contracts. We are making strange progress! A husband cannot sign a contract for his wife in states where she can sign one for herself without her permission. This, however, would not prevent him from signing a contract for a house on her land, if the builder was w T illing to take chances, but she could stop the erection of the structure. Legality. The object sought in a contract must be legal. If structures of a certain kind are forbidden in a state it is not legal to put them up, any more than it is to build a w r all of less thickness than that specified in the building code. Fraud will void a contract. Sunday. You can certainly agree to do anything on Sun- day, but contracts should not be signed then, as they cannot be enforced, except in possibly a few states. Severity. The Builders' Uniform Subcontract has one strong point in its favor that keeps a general contractor on the right path. It is not severe. Do not attempt to make a severe contract, or the courts will not uphold you. Even if you have power, that thing that has been so often the bane of the human race, do not, in the vernacular, " be a hog." Be fair, and it pays. Partial Performance of a contract will " bind the bargain." Do not start the excavation and then discover that you have forgotten the west wall. It is then too late to cry quits. It is sometimes possible to back out on a bid, but a little more difficult after the work is started. The great men who never make a mistake smile at you for years for anything of this kind. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK HI Breaking of a Contract. If the building has to be stopped, and there is no provision in the contract for such a con- tingency, a fair compensation may be agreed upon by the parties for the work done, but the nature of the arrangement must be exclusively for compensation to one side or the other, and not as a penalty, or anything in the nature of a penalty, for the courts would not uphold that. Stoppage. If the work is stopped on the owner's account the contractor cannot always recover the profit he might have made. Railroads arrange for the stoppage of their work at any time by putting the right kind of a clause in the con- tract; and the provision is also inserted that the contractor shall receive only that proportion of the total profit which the part of the structure already erected bears to the whole. In other words, if the building is half done, the builder will get half the profits, and so on. In the Uniform Contract if the contractor does not keep on sufficient men, or neglects to abide by the decision of the architect, the owner can enter upon the premises, set the contractor aside, and take matters into his own hands. No more payments are made to the contractor till the building is finished, and if there is any money left he gets it; if there has not been enough to finish he has to reimburse the owner. Written or Verbal. If the work is not to be begun before a year the contract must be written, and, in case of mis- understanding, this means printed or typewritten also. When printed forms are so cheap, it does not pay to go ahead on a verbal contract. Who knows the amount? Sup- pose one of the parties should die, will the heirs, assigns, administrators, and the rest of them take the word of one interested party as to how much the contract ran to? There may be no book record. More than likely, the owner who goes ahead in this loose way is just the one who would keep no record. He could trust his own memory well enough, but in case he died, what then? Payments. There is one point that is worth attention with respect to payments, and that is, whether the material de- livered on the ground is to be paid for. Most of the states, and occasionally, the United States, do this. There seems to be no good reason why an owner should not pay for at least certain materials. He has a bond to secure 112 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK him, in case of any misgiving as to whether they will ever be installed in the building. In the case of stone, brick, heavy lumber, steel and iron, and certain kinds of millwork that will not deteriorate under the weather, payment might be made upon delivery, especially if it could not be put in place for several months, as in northern climates in winter. The owner, of course, does not wish to pay out money so soon, especially if he is borrowing and paying interest. The point is worth watching when signing a contract, however, for in some cases a reasonable arrangement can be made. Partial Payments. Unless a builder is rich he should not sign a contract that does not provide for partial payments as the work progresses, but makes payment only when the whole structure is completed. The want of some trifle may delay completion for a couple of months, or the owner may make a dispute over one matter or another and hold back a settlement. Ironclad Payment. Do not sign a contract providing that nothing whatever shall be paid on a building unless it is finished on time. That is too much of a gamble, and the finishing of a building is not a sure thing. The Installment Plan. It is generally stated in a contract that no partial payment given as the work progresses is to be considered an acceptance in any manner of any part of the work. It has been held by the courts, however, in an agreement to pay for a building in this way, that, upon the owner's failure to meet one of the stipulated payments, the contractor could abandon the contract and recover the profits he might have made by completing the entire structure. One judge might give such a decision, but the next one would be likely to overturn it as " unconstitutional." Time Dangers. A fair rental for the property for the time the owner has been held out of it after the set date is the standard penalty for delay. It is seldom enforced, for the owner usually breaks the contract on his side, in one way or another, as well as the builder. In a time contract additional orders for extras may give cause for annulling the agreement, and especially if the extras are heavy; but an order for extras does not necessarily waive the time condition. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 113 Reasonable Time. Even if no time of completion is laid down, the contractor must use reasonable diligence to finish the building without delay. If he does not, the owner can sue him and recover damages. On the other hand, if the owner block the way of the contractor the latter can recover reasonable damages after probably an unreasonable time should he go to law. In such a case, too, there can be no penalty taken from the con- tractor even if it is provided for in the contract. The owner must keep up his end of the agreement, or he cannot hold the contractor. Number of Days. If the number of days is specified in a contract see that they are working days, or days that men can work, which is better. There might be rain or zero weather, or legal holidays, when the wages were doubled; and Sundays might be included. Time Penalty. It must not be supposed that a time con- tract cannot be enforced, although it seldom is. It must not be supposed, either, that an allowance for extension will be given at the end unless the contractor has applied for it as specified. Even if an owner waive the limit on account of extras, the building must be completed within a reasonable time after an allowance is given for the additional work. Unforeseen difficulties, no matter how great, do not relieve the contractor from his contract obligations. He must carry them out, unless this is rendered impossible by an act of God, the other party to the contract, or the law. Insurance, Cyclone, etc. If a building has been destroyed by earthquake or fire, suppose, no matter if there has been no insurance, the owner can recover the amounts paid on installments to the contractor, who has agreed to turn over a complete building, or part of one, as in the case of a sub- contractor dealing with the owner, and must do so if this is possible. The risk lies with the contractor, who should insure against it. In the court of appeals of Maryland, a contractor who suffered tried to have the storm which blew down his nearly completed building construed as an act of God, and thus lay the loss on the owner, but the decision went against him, although a provision about " an act of God " was in the bond which he furnished. 114 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK In a way, this is fair. The question is, Are there com- panies which insure a contractor against such and such a risk? If so, then why did he neglect to take out insurance? Why should the owner suffer because of his carelessness? Probably even if there were no such* companies the courts would hold as this one did. The contractor risks his property that he will do what he agrees. The owner is entitled to expect him to do so. All Insurance. A contractor should insure against fire, flood, cyclone, earthquake, boiler explosions, or falling walls next door to his contract, sinking foundations, personal liabil- ity, robbery of wages as he carries them from the bank, and everything else that the insurance companies can be found to insure. If he does not he takes the risk. Ignorance Of the law excuses no contractor. In many cases he must " put up or be shut up." Authorities. As usual, there is a mass of law and evi- dence connected with this subject of responsibility, but the leading rule is this: "If a contract is entire and indivisible for the erection and completion of a certain building, for a certain price, and the structure is destroyed, whether by fire, lightning, storm, or defective soil before completion, the loss falls upon the builder; but if the contract price is to be paid by installments as certain specified portions of the work are completed, and the house be destroyed during the progress of the work, the builder is entitled to all the installments then due, the only loss which falls upon him being for the in- completed portion upon which he may be engaged at the time of the fire." This does not do a builder much good, for few contracts are so taken. If a house was let in, say, four contracts, there would be a chance for the contractor. Thus, it might be arranged to make one complete contract for the basement; another for the first story; the third for enclosing; and the fourth for finishing. The contractor might never leave the ground, but each contract would be considered complete by itself. Suppose that he is working on No. 4, and fire destroys the whole structure. Then the owner would lose all the value of the three first contracts, and the contractor would lose whatever was done on the fourth only. Instead of a " separate CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 115 and indivisible contract" being made for the complete struc- ture, four such contracts are made, and naturally each con- tract has to stand on its own feet. After the first three are finished the builder has nothing more to do with them. Not one building in a score is taken that way. Repairs. Do not sign a contract to keep a building in repair for six months or a year after it is turned over to the owner, or, if you do, have it clearly understood what repairs mean. Should the building fall, or get washed away the courts may compel the contractor to rebuild it and put it in the original condition. Such a case was decided with respect to a bridge that was washed away in a flood. It would seem to any ordinary mind that an agreement to keep in repairs would be understood as attending to any minor defects that developed, but would not mean that the con- tractor was responsible for the whole building, or structure. Law is a funny thing. Poor Foundations. It has been also held that if a build- ing goes to wreck because of poor foundations the contractor is responsible. As already said in another chapter, about the only safe course is for a contractor to get a written order from an architect to go ahead, as the ground is satisfactory. This would put the responsibility where it belonged if the courts accepted the order as constitutional. Underpinning' and Shoring-. In general, a specification must say what is to be done, although no builder expects a detailed reference to every trifle. If this is neglected, the contractor is not held to perform work, although it is shown on the plans, in spite of the time worn clause to the contrary. But the courts have held that a contractor putting up a new building by the side of an old one must protect the old one by shoring it up, underpinning it, and leaving it in good condition. If a contractor runs against any danger of this kind, his best method is to state in his bid just what he proposes to do, and to see that the matter is properly fixed in the contract. Acceptance of Defective Work. If the quality of the work is not up to the standard set in the plans and specifications, the owner MAY accept it, but pay only what it is worth. On the other hand, he may be so disgusted as to order the 116 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK entire building torn down and rebuilt. If the builder will not do that, the owner can order him to remove his material from the land, in which event the builder will have no claim for the cost of the work done. As may be seen by this, it is rather dangerous to supply workmanship or material of too poor a quality. In certain cases when the owner takes possession of the building and begins to use it, he is held for payment, although he may deduct for inferior work. But in other cases, even taking possession does not mean that payment has to be made. The owner must pay when he gets what he agreed to pay for. That is what he is entitled to. It is dangerous to try to make him accept less. Acceptance of a Building. In The Building Age for February, 1910, we are told what constitutes acceptance of a building. Taking of the keys by an owner, or occupation of the building, while strong evidence is not conclusive. These acts must also be coupled with some act or language from which acceptance may be reasonably inferred. This principle has been decided by the highest courts of nearly all the im- portant states, including Massachusetts. The use of a building when the builder stops working on it is not an acceptance where the contract expressly provides that only an order for final payment shall be considered an acceptance. It has been decided also that occupation only waives unintentional omissions unsubstantial in their nature, for which due allowance can be made to the owner. Where defective performance is not the fault of the builder, accept- ance may be implied from possession and occupation, not- withstanding a protest from the owner. It has been decided also that where the owner of a building in the course of erection takes possession of and occupies a portion of it, and afterwards takes possession of and occu- pies the whole building, there is an acceptance. A notice from an owner to a builder that he will complete unfinished work and deduct the cost from the contract price is an election to accept it, subject to the necessary cost of completion. I never had any trouble getting a building accepted without ceremony. With the fine legal points that the lawyers gather around every corner one can never tell " where he is at.'' CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 117 They catch him coming and going; on foot or on horseback; and he is lucky if he escapes with his hide. " We Do Not Substitute." A contractor must, as far as possible on all work, and especially on government work, use the material specified, and not use what he thinks is " just as good," without permission from the architect or owner. The supreme court of the state of New York let a builder understand this in 1907. He substituted what was just as good, and probably better, in some cases, but he had no right to do so. One kind of sash cord was specified, and he used another; and so on, all through. He landed himself in trouble for no good reason. Simple Simony. If a builder takes a contract upon an architect's representations that certain quantities are suffi- cient for the work, or that a certain amount of labor will finish it, and finds out that it takes more, no extra payment need be allowed. Builders are supposed to have cut their eye teeth. Completeness. A contract must be entirely finished. A contractor cannot expect a settlement before it is. This does not mean, however, that some trifling omissions can prevent a settlement of the main contract. Extras. If the contract provides that extras are to be done only upon a written order of the architect, then, by all means, get one or leave them alone. An architect who knows what the contract provides for has no right to ask or expect anyone to go ahead without such an order. There are two sides to a contract. Profit. The general rule for profit on extras, if we are to believe the specifications, should be the same as that on the main contract. It is customary to charge more, a good deal more, in many cases. Those who say that lumbermen and hardware men should sell extras on the same basis as the main bill, just like a brickmaker with brick, forget the rule when their own turn comes. It does not pay to charge too high a price, but the owner should remember the possibility of a damage suit for $25,000. An accident may happen on an extra as well as on the main part; and when a builder gets the chance he tries to even up some of the incidental expenses. In case of any effort to limit the profit on extras when the contract is signed the 118 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK proposal might be made that the owner would be responsible for all accidents or deaths happening on them. Old Structures. If the specification or contract makes no reference to old structures on the ground, they become the property of the contractor. Sizes. Market sizes of lumber, etc., will be upheld by the courts. If 2-in. lumber is wanted it must be carefully specified as such, for the trade size is only 1%. A 2x6 is only I%x5y 2 , and so on. It is not, therefore, enough to call for a 2 x 6, but is necessary to say that market sizes will not be accepted, but that full sizes are to be used. This means quite an increase in price. In milhvork it is easier to get the exact sizes marked, although |f always comes for %. Full sized lumber not only costs more to saw, since it is special, but is heavier, and the freight costs more. Allowances. Sometimes certain amounts are specified for work that cannot be detailed in time, or for some such reason. The contractor does not have to expend more than the allow- ance, no matter what detail the architect may present after- wards. This is from the supreme court of Illinois. It seems an unnecessary ruling; but probably some architect had been at the old game of trying to build up a reputation for fine work at another man's expense, and the latter had to stop it. Patents. In government and railroad w T ork there is usually a clause putting all the responsibility of using patented articles, and of defending any suits for their infringement, upon the contractor. No matter if such articles are called for in the architect's specification, the contractor should make himself sure that they can be used without liability to himself. The architect cannot be held responsible; it is the contractor's business to find out how things stand. Adjoining Building. As already stated at UNDERPINNING, the contractor is responsible for the safety of the adjoining building. At this writing, February 5, 1910, the subject was brought up before Omaha builders once more, just as it is at one time or another to builders in all parts of the land. A 16-story building, going up at the side of one of two stories, put too much weight on the old wall, and about $1,000 worth of it fell in the jewelry and piano department. This also gives a chance for damage suits. It so happened that the people inside of the store were in the rear at the time, or some CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 119 of them might have been killed. An interesting question is, Do contractors have liability insurance for men not in their employ ? LIENS Variety. The laws relating to liens in one state may differ in some important parts from those in another. Only a few general principles can be laid down. Personal Responsibility. Some contractors would like to see all, lien laws abolished, and the building business con- ducted upon the same principles as the wholesale grocery one. Then the contractor would be selected according to his reputation for fair dealing and responsibility. As it is, the material men, while naturally anxious to deal only with reputable contractors who pay promptly, are willing to supply almost anyone with what he needs, and if he does not pay they can come back on the property. The dealers object to taking away this good security; the mechanics consider that their wages are also more certain under this system; and between these two powers and con- tractors who like the present status, the lien laws remain on the statute books. Character. Much trouble is avoided by building only for those upon whom one can rely. While contracting I never had occasion to file even a single lien. After finishing a con- tract for one man who was rather " shaky," and getting settled with difficulty, he started another large building, and asked for figures which were not given. The building went up, and every contractor who did any work had to file a lien, fight for years, and pay legal expenses to get a small part of his money. The loan ahead of the contractors was too large. Amount. In some states the amount of the lien has to be at least $25. Who Can File. Any supply dealer, contractor, subcontrac- tor, or one who furnished labor or material on the building, in carrying out a contract or agreement with the owner or his agent has a right to a lien on the building, in so far as such owner may himself have the title. Thus a mortgage comes ahead of a lien if filed before any work whatever is started on the building; and the amount of the mortgage has to be deducted before finding out how much interest the 120 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK owner has in the property. This interest only would be subject to the lien. Put in Place. The supreme court of Michigan has decided that a lien cannot be filed on materials ordered but not used in the construction of the building. Special mill work might be all prepared and even delivered on the site, but if not installed when the crash came there would be no claim. The Property Held. The lien attaches to the property at the time of filing, no matter who owns it. It is the property itself that is held, and not the person who may have owned it when the work was done. This is why it is dangerous to buy property without finding out if there are any liens on it. Time of Filing. In most states a mechanic or laborer, supply dealer, or subcontractor, must file a lien inside of thirty days after the work is done or material furnished. The general contractor usually has twice as long, and this, of course, applies to subcontractors when they sign a con- tract directly with the owner. A general contractor can sometimes extend his own time if he has been wise enough in doubtful cases to do that which he should not have done by leaving undone that which he should have done; and, as already noted, he can help out a subcontractor by ordering a small amount of material or labor. Filing. If a lien has to be filed, the best way is to go to a lawyer and have him make it out. Good blanks may be found, and the services of a lawyer dispensed with, but the filling out has to be carefully done. A legal description of the premises must be given; the name of the owner or person in possession of the property, such as lessee, whose agreement with the real ow r ner may oblige him to pay all taxes and take care of all suits; the amount of money claimed; when the money is due, and to w r hom due; the residence of the claimant; and probably a certificate of baptism. Do not leave out the " the " in any place, or put in an " e " too many, for the St. Louis boodlers went free on this account. We should always remember that the Englishman in the novel was not far astray when he said, " The law is a hass." Action. After filing a lien, action must be taken to fore- close it inside of a year unless the lien is continued by an order of the court. The right to file is lost if the thirty CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 121 or sixty days, or whatever the period is, are allowed to pass without filing. Waivers. When an owner borrows money to build, the loan companies naturally try to get in ahead of anybody else, either by filing their mortgage first, or by getting the contractors and material men to sign waivers of their right to file a lien. This is a species of what has been called " contracting out," or individual setting aside of statute law. Generally speaking, it should not be allowed. If the law is good it should stand for everybody, and it should be pre- sumed to be too good for any one man to set it aside. The lien for wages would still stand, for it is seldom that each worker is asked to waive that. The taking of a note from an owner for the amount of the claim is held, as a rule, to waive the right to file a lien. First Claim. All work on a building takes precedence of the mortgage filed after the first spadeful of earth is turned up on the contract. Thus, the brickwork might be finished before the mortgage was filed, and the plaster afterwards. Nevertheless, the plaster would come in ahead of the mortgage. PARTNERSHIP Responsibility. Each individual is responsible for all the debts of the firm unless the articles of agreement set a limit. This means that if C has no money or property, and D has $10,000, either in the business or in property outside of it, and anything goes wrong that requires $10,000 to satisfy the claim, D loses his whole amount. D might avoid a danger of this kind by special articles of agreement putting his liability at whatever amount he thinks fit. But if he should set a limit of $1,000, suppose, the bonding companies w r ould refuse to go on a large bond, and he would have to restrict himself to smaller and less profitable contracts. Then his credit would not be so good with the dealers. If he is not willing to risk his own property, why should they risk theirs on his good faith? If it is said that character as much as the amount of capital determines credit, the material men might fitly ask what kind of character it is that keeps its own property beyond the reach of danger and risks theirs. If he is afraid of his partner, C, he should separate from him. 122 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Specials. The statutes of the state must be complied with in order to avoid danger in limited or special partnerships. Corporations are organized on this basis of limited liability. Each one is responsible only for the amount of his stock. This is why so many firms are incorporated. Yet about 4,000 incorporated firms let their rights lapse in Nebraska in the end of 1909 rather 'than pay a small tax levied on all cor- porations. They did not seem to think the corporate form of doing business as worth the difference asked for above the untaxed partnership. Nominal. There is what is known as a nominal partner. That is one who lends his name to help out a firm, but has no real interest in it except that he is liable for all debts and contracts. A Silent Partner may keep his connection with the firm silent enough, but if it becomes known he also is held for all debts and contracts. Dissolution. After a man has left a partnership he should not allow his name to be used in it unless by special agreement which should be filed for public record. Responsibility. The acts of one partner bind all the others; and this goes so far that if a man deceives outsiders and gets them to advance money or anything of that kind under the impression that it is for the firm account, yet be only for his own advantage, the other members of the firm are held. Their business was to have held such "a man by a rope, if necessary, and not turn him loose on an unsophis- ticated and credulous public. They are held and duly bound to the public for the character of this member of their firm. For this reason, good character is an important asset in a partnership. When partners become suspicious of each other, it is time to dissolve. Commercial Paper. If one member signs his name to notes or such negotiable papers that bear on their face to be for the benefit of the firm, all the partners are liable for the payment. The private notes of a partner may also be charged to the firm unless those who buy them are informed that they are created solely on individual account. But one partner cannot bind the firm by a deed, which must be signed by all. Confusion. Each partner should, as a rule, keep an in- dividual account as soon as sufficient money is on hand. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 123 It is not wise to separate $123.13 into several accounts, however. Beginning 1 . Articles should be drawn for partnership, and should not be signed till the partnership funds are in the bank. The partnership begins upon the execution of the articles, unless a special time is set. ENDING OF PARTNERSHIPS Death. The woman in the novel said, " Death ends all " ; and it also ends a partnership unless the articles of agree- ment are arranged to the contrary. Withdrawal. If no time of expiration of partnership is stated any partner can leave the firm when it suits him to do so; and he can always prevent the firm from binding him to future contracts even if a time limit is set. But in both cases he is held liable for unfinished contracts, and if he leaves at such a time or in such a way as to embarrass the firm he may be sued for damages. There is, or should be, reason in all things even in law. On the expiration of articles new ones should be made before going further ahead. Changes. When changes are made involving the retire- ment of one partner, limiting liability, or anything of a like nature, public notice should be given so that those with whom the firm deals should understand the new condition of affairs and govern themselves accordingly. The Bankruptcy of one partner dissolves the firm. A new agreement has to be made among those who are left. Notice. When a partnership is dissolved public notice should be given and also sent to all who have had dealings with the firm. One member of the firm should be given authority to settle up all affairs. Old Firm. It is often dangerous to enter a firm already established. A careful examination of its affairs should first be made by one competent to do it. A new partner becomes liable for all the debts, contracts, lawsuits, entanglements, liens, and everything else of the old firm. Equal Shares. If no special agreement to the contrary is made, all partners must give their whole time to the business of the firm, and all money gained in whatever business way 124 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK by partners becomes common property. Here law and common sense join. If one party has more capital in the business than another, or others, the proper arrangement should be made to pay him interest on his extra capital, but after that is attended to, all gain made by each while attending to business that is not of a private nature, becomes partnership property, to be divided in the manner set forth in the articles of agree- ment, or share and share alike. Gain is shared in a partner- ship, and so is loss, and there are few businesses which do not occasionally meet the latter. LANDLORD AND TENANT Investments. Many contractors put up houses for rent. This is often a profitable way of investing money, but not unfrequently there are better ways. Few figure up the rate of depreciation on ordinary buildings. According to the government figures, a frame house when rented is supposed to last for 40 years. This means that before figuring profit on the investment, a deduction of 2% per cent, per annum should be made. Of course, with good care a house should last much longer. The same government figures are 2 per cent, when inhabited by the owner. But even at this rate a $3,000 house costs the owner $5 per month. Then there are repairs, taxes, vacancies, and insurance to be considered. Some say that there are better investments. But it often happens that a contractor has old material that he can work up to good advantage in his own new houses. He can build cheaper than anyone else. Some of the common laws relating to landlord and tenant are set down here for the use of builders. Lease. A lease for a year or less needs no written agree- ment, although it is better to have one. Printed forms are cheap. Leases for more than three years must be recorded. A lease for life or a long period must be signed and sealed like a deed or any other legal instrument, and recorded. When a lease expires and no new arrangement is made, the tenant holds the property for another term of the same length as before, and on the same conditions. In other words, the old lease is considered renewed. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 125 When a tenant turns over his lease to someone else, even with the landlord's consent, he still remains liable for the rent unless his lease is canceled. Continuation. Without some special agreement as to time a tenant holds over from year to year. Under the method common in many parts of the country of renting from month to month only, the tenant has to give up possession on one month's notice, unless the statute law ' decrees other- wise, as in winter, for example. Who Pays Taxes. In some leases, such as the Astor ones in New York, the tenant pays all taxes and makes all repairs. Such conditions must be stated in the lease. Underletting. In making leases the landlord should be careful about underletting. Unless forbidden, the tenant can sublet to whomsoever he pleases. The tenant by the month cannot do this, but he may have as many roomers as he likes, in default of special agreement. A landlord cannot put out a subtenant unless he has given him the same notice that the tenant himself receives. There is one danger in cities with renting houses, and especially with subletting. I remember that part of a fine block just finished was rented to a woman of the wrong character by an agent who was a stranger in the city, and was taken in. The owner happened to notice the matter in time, and the lease was canceled. Renting to this wrong kind of tenants not only runs down property in respectable dis- tricts, but is contrary to state law. Married Women. In most states a married woman is now allowed to lease her property the same as a man. In states where she cannot make a contract she should not be accepted as a tenant. Guardian. Care should be exercised in making a lease with a minor. When he comes to his majority the lessee is still held, but the minor may back out. If he receives rent after he is twenty-one, however, he also is " held and firmly bound." Mortgage. A lease on mortgaged property, given after the mortgage is filed, terminates if there is a foreclosure. Tenancy begins from the day possession is taken. Land- lords who rent property should have a definite understanding as to when the payment is to be made. 126 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Improvements. The tenant should not put up buildings with foundations sunk in the ground, or make permanent improvements on the property, for they cannot be removed, and no compensation need be given for them. Whatever is fixed to the land belongs to it. Insurance Policies are issued for loss of rent during the time that burnt property is being rebuilt. DEEDS Forms. There are plenty of blank forms for deeds, and thus there is no excuse for attempting to write them out. They must be signed, sealed, witnessed, acknowledged, and recorded. If not recorded promptly a new deed might be made out to someone else and recorded first. Then the rascal w r ho sold the property twice has to be found and prosecuted. He may have died since. But deeds are often unrecorded for long periods, where the party who bought knows that there is no risk, and wishes to keep the transfer secret. When deeds or other legal papers are handed in for record, the public officer marks down the exact time on the margin, and if another instrument is presented, it is easy to discover which was first. A Notary usually acknowledges deeds, but other officers can do so, such as judges and clerks of court. Most states have special forms of acknowledgment, which must be used. All state enactments must be complied with. In some states one witness is sufficient, and a seal is necessary; in others, two witnesses are required. In almost all states corporations must use their seal. Abstract. Before taking a deed and paying the money an abstract of the title to the property should be had. This traces the ownership back, in many cases, clear to the original grant by the United States. In others, a terminus is found beyond which all know that things are satisfactory. Happy is that state which has adopted the Torrens system of guaranteeing titles. This abstract shows whether or not all the taxes are paid, and if there are any liens, judgments, clouds, or troubles of any kind standing against the property. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 127 Guaranty. Some abstract companies not only make the search, but guarantee the title for an extra charge. But all over the land titles searched and certified by the ablest abstract " sleuths " are disputed. Some day, in some way or another, there will have to be a simplification of the whole disgusting legal mess. No civilization can afford to keep 130,000 lawyers doing what should be useless work, with a large army of court and office help to assist them. Peter the Great said that there was only one lawyer in Russia, and when he got home he meant to hang him. This policy would be too drastic in these United States, but we might put them to a better use than we do now. Turn in whatever direction one will, this " law " sewer seems only to smell the stronger. Kind of a Deed. A general warranty deed is best, as it guarantees the purchaser against all claim on the property of whatever nature. This is valuable to the extent that the person who makes it stands ready to fight a claim. A quit-claim deed merely surrenders all interest the maker has in the property, and guarantees nothing. Matrimony. A wife must join with her husband in making a deed. In this land of sorely tangled matrimonial complica- tions, it is sometimes hard to get the lady to toe the mark, or even to find her. Again, there are men who pass them- selves off as unmarried when they are. There have been cases of fighting over titles for generations, owing to the dower right that a woman has in her husband's estate. When a married woman sells property her husband should join in the deed. When a man turns over his property to his wife he should not do it direct, but as if he meant it to land anywhere else than near her. He should first " sell " it to someone outside of his family preferably, and then through him to her, and thus bring it home once more. Do Not Alter a deed after it is made and executed. Fill in only the blank spaces, and do not interline or erase, unless you make a special acknowledgment of the fact and have it witnessed. MORTGAGES A Mortgage never sleeps. It comes first, unless there are liens ahead of it. 128 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Notary. This instrument should be signed, sealed, etc., just the same as a deed. The one who supplies the money records the instrument. Release. When the money is paid according to the terms of the mortgage, it is discharged by sending a release to the court of record. A charge is made for recording the release. Or an entry may be made in the margin of the original record by the owner of the mortgage or his attorney, or representative in the presence of the public official. Description. The property mortgaged must be clearly de- scribed, and the time when the debt becomes due. A de- scription of the notes is also given. In general, the safest way is to get a lawyer or real estate agent to do the work. A deed is easier made out than a mortgage. Foreclosure. If a foreclosure is made, the mortgage is first satisfied, and then the owner gets what is left at public sale, after paying interest, costs, and so on. A Fire Insurance Policy is usually turned over to the one who supplies the money, or the mortgagee. He comes first in case of fire also. The insurance companies must be notified when a mortgage is placed on property, for their contract is with a person and not with the property of itself. Their policy is different from a lien in this respect. A lien is with the property, but an insurance policy is with the person named in it only, unless it is endorsed over to another with the consent of the company. If a part change of owner- ship is made, as when a mortgage is given, the company must be notified that another person has acquired an interest in the property. Notes are usually given for the principal and interest on a mortgage. They should be taken up when the payments are made, and canceled. The mortgage is given to secure them. Chattel Mortgage. This kind of an instrument should never be given for more than a year. It should be signed, sealed, witnessed, and recorded, and insurance should be kept up on the goods, which ought to be carefully listed. The obligation still stands against the maker, although the goods are burnt or destroyed. All payments made upon install- ments should be endorsed upon the instrument. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 129 FIBE INSURANCE Location of Property. In a fire insurance policy the property insured to you personally must remain in the location described. If you move it, insurance cannot be collected in case of loss. See Agent. In case of anything affecting title to property, as a mortgage, go to the agent and arrange matters. There is no trouble doing so. Vacancies. Take only such a policy as permits a vacancy of a reasonable duration without a special permit. Life is too short to run to an agent every time a tenant leaves a house. In many cases he leaves without paying rent, and the house may stand vacant for days before the owner knows about it. Should it burn down then, under some policies, he would get nothing. Do not accept a policy that cuts down the amount insured about 25 per cent, when the house is vacant. If it burns down then it would cost you just as much to rebuild as if the tenant had been burnt inside of it. There are better policies than that on the market. When there are more policies than one, have the blanks filled up in such a way that there will be no trouble getting an adjustment. The written matter should correspond. See that a permit is given for additional insurance on ALT. the policies if there are more than one on the property. In case of loss by fire notify the local agent at once. We like to stand by our home companies in all lines. Nevertheless, with fire insurance it must be confessed that an old wealthy company is safer than a local new one with limited capital. We remember the state of affairs in San Francisco. A local company is easily wiped out. It is said that four out of five of the insurance companies in the United States have either failed or retired. One company sends out the following card: WHAT PEOPLE WHO INSURE SHOULD KNOW AND DO A policy of fire insurance can be violated in the following ways : 1. Failure to pay the premium at the proper time. 2. Change of title, or ownership by sale, gift, marriage 130 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK settlement, device any way but by descent without consent of the company. 3. Mortgaging the property insured, real or personal, when prohibited by conditions of the policy, without consent of the company. 4. Foreclosure proceedings without consent of the company. 5. False statements in applications (when taken) re- lating to title, incumbrance, and other facts material to the risk. 6. Other insurance without consent of the company. 7. Permitting buildings insured to become vacant or un- occupied for more than ten days without consent of the company. 8. Taking a new partner without consent of the company. 9. Increase of risk by keeping prohibited articles on the premises or by change of occupancy of the premises insured. 10. Removal of personal property to a new location with- out consent of the company. 11. Erection of an exposure to the property insured without consent of the company. BANK CHECKS Checks or Drafts must be presented for payment within a reasonable time. I know of cases where checks of a railroad company were held for several years. The holders had more confidence in the stability of the companies than in the banks ; and when the era of illegal " cashier's checks " came on, their foresight was justified. Endorsement. When you endorse a check you guarantee its payment, but you can insist that the check be presented at once, or next day at furthest. The name should be written about three inches from the top to allow for filing, but if another name is already written, put yours below that. Certified. When a check is certified the amount is taken out of the owner's account. If you require a larger or smaller certified check do not destroy the first one under any circumstances, but take it to the bank and surrender it for a new one. If you do not return it, the bank is justified in asking for a bond of indemnity in case it should turn up CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 131 and all this regardless of your explanations, telling why and when you destroyed it. Signatures. Something is said in Chapter XIV about keeping clear of the forger and check raiser that need not be repeated here. But there is one thing about a forged check that many do not know: if the bank pay a forged check it cannot charge the amount to the depositor whose name has been forged, but it may recover the money from the one who has innocently presented the check, and to whom the money was paid, provided the demand for the return is made immediately. Therefore, it is dangerous to accept forged checks in payment for anything and present them at the bank. Dating. Do not date a check ahead or for more than you have in the bank, even if the person you give it to promises not to present it. Average experience shows that he will. Figures should be made very distinct, although in law they are of less consequence than writing. Alteration. Do not alter a check, but make a new one. Paper is cheap. An altered check may make the bank look suspiciously at it. Spelling-. If your name on a check is spelled wrong, and it is clearly meant for you, write out your signature as the check shows it, and then put your correct one below it. Some banks insist that even checks payable to yourself should be endorsed on the back. Overdrawing. Banks are not permitted to allow cus- tomers to overdraw their accounts. After all, it is rather an informal way of borrowing a few dollars. It is best to borrow in the regular manner. NOTES Mature of a Note. An acknowledgment of a debt is not sufficient to make a note or any commercial paper that may be bought and sold. There must be a promise to pay or an order on someone to pay. Interest. Notes bear interest only when so stated. Date. A note should be correctly dated. Time. If the time of payment is not inserted a note is held payable on demand. 132 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Data. A note should specify the amount of money to be paid, and to whom it is to be paid, or order, and state that it is for value received. Place. The place of payment should be stated on the note. Cancellation. When a note is paid it should be canceled, or else it may have to be paid twice. Endorser. If the maker of a note fails to pay, the one who endorses it is liable. Protest. When a note is protested, notice should at once be sent to all who endorse it. Illegal Note. A note obtained by fraud or from a drunken person cannot be collected. A note made on Sunday is void. A Notice to One Person in a firm is sufficient on a partner- ship note. liability. An endorser is not liable if notice of a note's dishonor is not mailed or served on him inside of twenty-four hours. Mailing, as usual, does not mean delivery from the mails, but putting in the postoffice. WILLS Obligation. All contractors who have any property should make their wills unless they are satisfied with the disposition under state laws. They may " contract out " in the will business. No Danger. A will is not necessarily a death warrant, as some seem to imagine. Many a man has made one and sur- vived for years. There are people who have become so used to stories of wills made on deathbeds that the idea of sending for a lawyer to make out theirs always brings with it the other dread of asking the preacher to come also, and do what he can for a case considerably below par. Technicalities. Of course we all know that in these days it is almost impossible to get anything to stand the test of the courts. The " e " is put in where it should not be, and the " the " is left out, and there is no legality in it. Still, it is well to say how you wish to have your property disposed of. In most cases wills are undisputed. Some of the finest lawyers in the United States have made their own wills, or made them for others, and the courts have overthrown them. Even Samuel J. Tilden could not make one to suit the fastidious judges. Judging by these and CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 133 many other cases of national interest, and some of local in- terest in most cities, the advice you get in this little treatise would appear to be about as valuable or worthless as if you paid a high price for it to the best lawyer you know. Plainness. In the first place use simple language, and precious little of that. Act as if every word were worth a thousand dollars. The trouble with most lawyers here is that they know too much. They are verbose, tautological, " windy," wordy, and full to the chin with legal phrases that were ancient in the time of Csesar Augustus. I recently saw an account of a will that disposed of a great deal of property in this fashion, " I leave all my property to my wife, and appoint her executrix without bond." On February 9, 1910, the shortest will ever filed in Kenton County, Kentucky, ran thus : " I leave everything of which I die possessed to my beloved brother, Justus Goebel." Even the word " beloved " might have been left out, for most people would take that for granted. The tendency is to use as few words as possible in will making, and thus do away with all chance of misunderstand- ing. No particular form of words is required, but the meaning of the will must be clear. If more than one sheet is used, which should seldom be the case with the will of a contractor, every sheet should be numbered, and the will referred to as composed of sheets 1, 2, 3, as the case may be. But if you have a lawyer, and he insists on pouring out language from his never failing reservoir, seek another, or make out the will yourself. You will make less of a botch than Mr. Wordy Wiseman. At the end of this chapter a sample of his work is given for a warning. Written. In most states a will must be in writing. Should a contractor fall three or four stories he is apt to regret leaving things in a muddle for lawyers to fight over. Signatures. A will must be signed in the presence of the witnesses. In some states two ' witnesses are required ; in others, three. The one who makes a will the " testator," our legal friends call him must tell the witnesses that what they are signing is his last will and testament. It is this last word that scares people, but it has no more to do with things 134 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK of a sacred nature than the other one. Strictly, it applies to personal property only, but the words are interchangeable. The witnesses must sign in the presence of the testator, and not be mentioned as receiving anything in the will itself. In some states, witnesses must also sign in the presence of each other. They should write their address on the will, although this is not compulsory. The idea is to be able to find them in case the testator dies. A Codicil may be added to a will at any time, and changes made in the disposition of the property, but must be done with the same number of witnesses and formalities as the will itself. Property. If some particular piece of property is men- tioned in a will and it is sold or mortgaged, the one to whom it was going would be short that much. If sold, you can certainly not leave it to anyone. A codicil can be added. When leaving all property to a certain person it is better, for this reason, not to list it. Marriage. Upon marriage, a new will should be made, for the wife has a dower right for one-half to one-third of the real estate, according to the statutes of the various states, and a man cannot dispose of it. " Contracting out " is not allowed in this particular case. The lien or mortgage holds till death or divorce do us part. Children. The birth of a child will also revoke a will, unless provision is made for this contingency. New Will. When a new will is made the old one should be destroyed. There has been no end of trouble on this earth with old wills. Words to Use. If the meaning is clear any word will serve, but " devise " is the word for real property, and " bequeath " for personal. Safekeeping. In most counties wills are received at the courthouse, and kept free of charge, in what should be a fireproof building. A receipt is furnished, and the old will may be taken out at any time and changed, or a new one made. It is better here than in a safety deposit vault or a safe, because no one but yourself may be allowed to go into the vault, and the owners will not allow even your wife to get in there after your death without an order from the court. If a will is kept in such a place two people should CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 135 be allowed access to it, in case of death, or some arrangement made to get it when required. Wills are often left in charge of lawyers so that they may be produced when necessary. It may profit some to read what is told elsewhere in this book about the worthless safes of San Francisco. If a will is to be made by one's self, blank forms are easily obtained, made out in accordance with the law of the state, and thus better than any special instrument that a layman could make for himself. A New York form should not be used for a California will; for there may be require- ments in one state that make the blanks of the other useless. Expense. One unpleasant feature of the settlement of small estates is the expense connected with it. It is better to trust all settlement to a wife or husband, if there is no danger of the rights of children being lost. If there are no debts to be paid the best way is to leave such a one in full control without bond, which means another expense and some- times difficulty. If an executor is appointed costs begin to run up. Contract Finished. When we leave this world we leave it for good; and, as a rule, we ought to let the people in it " run " it to suit themselves. Why should a woman be for- bidden to marry again without losing an inheritance? Or a husband? Let widow or widower marry again if he or she chooses. That is the best way in most cases. But the diffi- culty comes with children, if there are any. There are too many thousands of cases in evidence where a sensible " widow woman " or " widower man," if the one, why not the other? has selected another soul mate of a tolerably worthless character, and practically turned over property meant to protect children, from what is a severe struggle at times, to the selfish mercies of the new partner. Many a woman, when too late, has bitterly regretted being left in full control of property that she sees slipping away from her children. If it is left in trust it often disappears too, and that is a more expensive way of treating a fund that is too small at the best. On the other hand, many a woman leaves property in full control of her husband, trusting him with the interests of 136 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK the children. But one day, after the loss had been dulled, he sees Miss Delilah Pompadour, and the old story begins. Mr. Bellamy's beautiful earthly paradise is not here yet, but in disgust at tons of legal papers and a general mess where such a state as Illinois has more judges than all England, Scotland, Ireland, and Wales, and notwithstanding we see the rights of children trampled on, we cannot help wishing that we had some simpler and less expensive system than the present one. * Dangers. Executors, administrators, and guardians also have their troubles. One great principle of their office is to keep the money from the estate, or trust, apart from their own. This too common practice of mixing the funds of banks, estates, etc., with personal accounts has been the ruin of many a good man. If you are appointed trustee, guardian, or anything of that kind, in general make no move without consulting a lawyer. Unless there is a good reason for taking this particular kind of a contract, try to " side-step " it. When the minors grow old enough they may demand an accounting. If you have taken legal advice the lawyer has charged you, and the bill has had to go against the estate. If it is too much it is clear that you have been feeding an attorney who is probably, curiously enough, your uncle's son and if you have gone ahead on your own initiative you have done what you should not have done, and squandered the money of orphans. In any case, it would conduce to good feeling all around if you would ex- plain what took place eleven years previously, and produce the receipts. Otherwise, otherwise Before accepting such a trust you should read the following legal definition of GIVING from Patten's Monthly: If a man were to give another an orange, he would merely say, " I give you this orange." But when the transaction is entrusted to the hands of a lawyer to put it in writing, he adopts this form: I hereby give, grant and convey to you, all and singular, my estate and interest, right, title, claim and advantage of and in the said orange, together with all its rind, skin, juice, pulp and pips, with all right and advantage therein, w r ith full power to bite, cut, suck or otherwise eat the said orange, or give the same away, as fully and effectually as I, the said CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 137 A. B. Smith, am now entitled to bite, cut, suck or otherwise eat the said orange, or give the same away, with or without its rind, skin, juice, pulp and pips; anything hereinbefore or hereinafter, in any deed or deeds, instrument or instru- ments, of whatever kind or nature soever, to the contrary in any wise notwithstanding. CHAPTER XVIII INSURANCE AND BONDS Two Examples. Once when discussing the subject of fire insurance with a supply man, he said to me that the business that would not pay for insurance had better be left alone. Some time after that I saw his great warehouse, filled with valuable building material, burned to the ground. The cor- rectness of his theory was illustrated in flames. In " The New Building Estimator " there is a note about contractors who failed to keep up insurance on a schoolhouse, after the contract \vas completed, but before it was accepted or paid for, naturally. There were only a few days to run, and they felt safe. In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred they would have been. But in this hundredth case they were burned out and put on the shelf. The gamble went against them. Averages. There is what is called a Law of Averages. By this law you might escape all your life and never have a fire, for your neighbor might get your share of the average, in addition to his own, but -it is not safe to trifle with a risk of that kind. Shakespeare tells us of those who seek a min- ute's mirth and pay for it by wailing a week; and the con- tractor who goes without fire insurance on his installed work is often put in the same class. He keeps a dime so close to his eye that he cannot see a few golden eagles beyond. Builders' Risk. The Uniform Contract takes care of this insurance question by putting the responsibility upon the owner. If another contract is used the owner can sometimes be induced to take out his permanent insurance on the work as it goes along, with the usual permission to finish. The main idea is to have either the owner or the contractor attend to this vital matter. The fire loss is serious all over the land, and anyone might get caught for his share, and something over. 138 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 139 Accidents. After fire comes liability for accidents. In some countries the laws are strict on this subject. Both employers and employed have to make provision for annuities. There is no country where human life is so wickedly trifled with as here. Every year we kill, cripple, or injure about 500,000 people. Our death bill, in one year of peace, is greater than that of the slain and wounded throughout the terrible Russo-Japanese war. At least half of the wicked slaughter is unnecessary. In less than three months about 400 miners were killed in the United States, 1909-1910. Their deaths were the result of the setting aside of state laws, in the worst case, and probably in all. Suppose you read Everybody's Magazine for February, 1907. There are no exact statistics as to the building trades. Of accidents of this kind on buildings Everybody's writer says: " In nine cases out of ten they are preventible, and are there- fore little less than murder." In 1906 the Ironworkers' Union, Chicago, lost 156 out of 1,358 on skyscrapers and bridges. Risk. As with lightning, no one knows where a fatal accident is going to strike next. With the prospect of a suit for $50,000, and this is now possible in some states, it is best to take out insurance. The large construction companies and experienced contrac- tors in smaller businesses understand the situation, and take no chances, but a warning is necessary to younger or more careless ones. An owner takes a risk in giving a contract to a builder who carries no insurance of this kind; and the latter has to watch to whom he gives his subcontracts. Wrong Idea. It is not insuring men, properly speaking, although they work it that way in Germany; but insuring the contractor from damage suits and verdicts from injured workers. I once saw a man go headlong down through several stories. He lay in bed for a week or so, and then, after hearing that there was insurance, came around to the subcontractor for his share. His impression was that he was to be paid for falling, but the Chicago subcontractor smiled and said that it did not work that way. He took the matter to court, but the judge laid the accident to his own carelessness. 140 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Record. The time and date of an accident should be set down, and all particulars: the insurance company has to be at once notified. Amount. The insurance is taken out on the basis of the wages paid in a year. It applies to all buildings under construction, and not merely to one. Other Risks. It is not only with the building proper that the risk comes, but in sewer excavation, and such work. Unloading of material also has its dangers. The insurance covers everything. Assuming Risk. Some try the system of " contracting out," or making individual agreements with the men to assume the risk themselves. While lawyers disagree, it is not likely that a court would uphold any such arrangement. There are certain things that a man cannot sign away in civilized lands. He cannot sign aw T ay his life, for example, on a given day. Who would take it? Neither does it seem that he may sign away the right of his relatives to collect damages for his death or accident to his person through the carelessness of the builder or those working for him. Such rights are not his to sign away. The larger view is that it would be preju- dicial to the interests of the community to allow him to do so even if willing. This matter happened to be discussed a good deal in the British parliament a few years ago. Some laws were laid down that the railroads did not like, and they wanted to be allowed to sign private agreements with their employees; but they did not succeed. All that it would have meant is that the employees would have had to sign or leave the employ- ment, for some other reason than the true one, and this would have nullified the whole intent of the law, and set the companies up above the national legislators. Mr. McCullough, in his " Business of Contracting," cites instances where married men signed such agreements, and their wives signed with them, a paid up accident policy having been provided as a consideration; but it is again doubtful if such a contract would hold. Just as ex post facto laws are not allowed, so, in general, agreements signing away natural rights are worthless. With relation to this, I notice in the World-Herald of Omaha, November 25, 1909, that the supreme court " affirmed CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 141 a district court decision to the effect that a railroad company cannot relieve itself of liability for its own negligence by making a contract of immunity in advance." Law and justice would seem to be on good terms in this decision. Cost. Mr. McCullough gives the cost at from 2 to 12 per cent, of an engineering pay roll, depending upon the danger of the work. In building work the rate usually runs from 3 l / 2 per cent, on a small amount of a few thousands to 2% per cent, where there is a large pay roll. On a pay roll of $5,000 at 3y 2 the cost would be $175. This would hold good till the sum of $5,000 had been paid out in wages. It is not worth while taking any risk with contracting out when lawyers are not agreed as to the legality of the contracts. It is better to pay the companies the rate demanded and be secure. Neglect. The insurance companies properly insist upon a contractor being careful. If an accident is due to his own carelessness or neglect of ordinary precautions, the company can recover damages. Serious Verdicts. I wrote an insurance company for a few figures, and got the following ones, which are just from one state. There are about fifty other states and territories to consider. In some states there was formerly a statutory law limiting the liability for death to $5,000. Now, where this limit is removed, the danger is greater than ever. In the state of New York, after 1895, a provision of the constitution took from the legislature the power of limiting the amount recoverable. There are now hundreds of cases waiting, or still being fought over, in the lower courts there, but many have been decided under the new law. From the records of the Court of Appeals, Appellate Division, New York, thirty-two cases are cited by one insurance company, with verdicts running from $40,000 to $9,500; thirteen are for $10,000; four from $12,000 to $12,500; six at $15,000; five from $21,000 to $25,000; and two for $40,000. After Business. The insurance companies naturally give the verdicts that are most likely to send the contractors on the run for policies, but allowing for all this, the matter ought not to be neglected. The companies insure only for a limited amount per person 142 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK injured, and for a limited total amount. If insurance is wanted against such extreme verdicts as for $40,000, then excess liability must be taken out. Contracting is a more dangerous business than some imagine. All the property a contractor has accumulated in the course of a lifetime might vanish in half an hour. This is why some of them grow fonder of their wives every year. She holds the " swag." Big Business. The great size of the liability insurance business is shown by the fact that in 1908 the sum of $22,711,547 was paid for premiums; and $11,670,222 for Construction Bonds. An indemnity bond has usually to be given to the owner to secure him against liens, etc., and to make the fulfillment of the contract a certainty. Some owners go so far as to ask for a bond to the full amount of the contract, but this is most unreasonable. A bond for one-third, or even one-fourth is enough for a responsible builder. A government bond is usually for half of the con- tract price. But even a responsible builder should remember that the erection of a building is purely a business proposition, and not get on his dignity when the owner or his agent, the architect, wishes to see if the money previously paid has been turned over to the dealers and subcontractors in the right proportion before issuing another order. When this is done, a large bond is not necessary. When the subpayments are made as they should be, every day the owner becomes safer, until at the end he has a large bond for a reserve of often only ten per cent, of the cost. If a full bond is exacted he might have $100,000 of security on this, and, at the finish, 10 per cent, on the building itself, worth $10,000 more, we shall assume. Even this would be in his hands until the last payment. On this assumed building worth $100,000 he would thus, at the end, have security for $110,000 to see him through. There is no sense in a bond that is more than half the contract at most. And if a bond is really worth anything at all why should there be any reserve? Does the bond not secure pay- ments ? Who Pays. The owner really has to pay for his own security, for the cost of the bond is added to the estimate, CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 143 but the trouble comes with the bonding companies. They are more particular with a large than with a small bond. The builder has to tell how much property he has, if it is in his own name or his wife's, how much cash he has, and several other particulars. The contractor who might be able to take a good sized contract is debarred by the size of the bond, and the owner thus restricts the field to builders who charge a higher price for the work. He pays a higher price for the privilege of being extra safe. Carefulness. A bond of this kind should be made out to cover a certain job till it is finished, as some of the com- panies now want to collect an annual premium. From one per cent, to half that amount of the sum for which the bond is made out is charged. Personal Bonds. No one should now ask his friends to go on his bond for him. This used to be the fashion, and it was a bad one. There are companies organized for this purpose. It is unfair to expect your friends to risk their fortunes on your business arrangements while they get noth- ing in return. You could not pay them enough to cover the risk, but the operations of the companies are spread over a large territory, and a loss in one part is made up by gains in many other sections. A personal bondsman can sometimes fight himself out of liability in case of disaster, but there are too many cases where this has not been possible to make the risk desirable to anyone. It is like endorsing notes. Back Bond. One method the companies have is to ask for a back bond. They will furnish the main bond, which is larger than any private person would guarantee, but expect the contractor to sign agreements that they will hold the company clear of all damage. This enables the contractor to go ahead, but it is under the old personal bond arrangement. He has to pay the guaranty company, but if they are not satisfied with the risk under a straight bond, they should let it alone. Probably the contractor is taking a larger job than he should. One disadvantage of having property in your wife's name is when asking for a bond, unless there is enough of your own as well. If a builder will not risk his own property, why should a bonding company risk theirs? 144 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Mortgage. The first bond I gave was a mortgage upon a cottage. It was thoughtlessly done, for if anything had gone wrong with the contract there might have been trouble with the title for years. The largest one was for $40,000, or a little less than one- third of the contract. CHAPTER XIX HAND AND MACHINE LABOR Early Days. When machines were first introduced into the spinning mills and factories the workers rose and smashed them to pieces, and then hunted for the inventors. They fought the machine with brickbats and curses, but it was useless. It is just about as useless for the building contractor of to-day to try to " buck " the machine in his line. It turns out the finished product almost as cheap as we can buy the raw material for. Robinson Crusoe had to make every- thing by hand; but why try to play R. C. in the midst of civilization? It costs too much. Wages are too high for that. High Wages. In cities as wages get higher machinery must be brought more and more into use. Brick, mortar, lumber, steel all heavy building material will have to be taken up by steam or electric power in the future. Next to hanging a man, about the worst use you can make of him is to give him a hod full of brick or mortar and tell him to mount three stories with it. A contractor cannot always have machinery of his own, but in large cities he can often rent it. Gradually as we get into better days, the rough work is being turned over to the electric motor. Even the surfacing of floors is now done in this way, and this one misery done away with. Craftsmen. Some of our " craftsmen " friends are taking Mr. Ruskin's advice and trying to get back to the old paths. They can neither mortise nor tenon so well as the machines can, and there is no more virtue in a hole dug in wood by hand than in one dug by machine. Saw-Pits. There are a few scattered around. Those who have seen them and the bent shouldered men who used to do 145 146 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK the terrible work of sawing planks know that it was a good day when civilization was able to lay aside that R. C. way of doing work. John Stuart Mill sat in a library and penned an often quoted remark to the effect that it is doubtful if all of our inventions have lightened the toil of anyone. If his back had been bent over a saw-pit he would never have written such nonsense. Or if he had ever carried up brick in a hod for a month or two. Planing-Mills. As a rule, it does not pay a contractor to run a planing-mill. The expense of machinery for a good mill is heavy, and unless it can be kept continuously going, it is rather a poor investment in these days when the large mills turn out stock work at an astonishingly low price. If a contractor has enough special work to keep the mill going, and plenty of capital, there is a chance of making money. Gasoline. In some towns and villages where there is no planing-mill, a profitable investment is a kerosene, alcohol, or power engine of some kind, provided that there is no electric current that can be used at a cheap rate. All over the country farmers are investing in such engines, and are finding that it pays to use them for work formerly done by hand. Country carpenters would find them of great advantage. Mixing Machines. It is commonly agreed among archi- tects and engineers that it is better to mix concrete by machine than by hand, although the hand method is cheaper on very small quantities. On large quantities the machine mixing is far cheaper. Hoisting. It is also far cheaper to hoist lumber and heavy materials by machine than by hand when above the second floor. The difficulty is to get a hoisting engine. A good many contractors now use an electric motor, and get their power from the local company or the city. With portable saws, mixing machines, boring machines, floor-smoothing machines, and hoisting power, we live in an age of machinery. We may still use the sickle to cut the lawn, as it were, but the mowing machine beats it. Waste. One of the points of attack in all businesses now is the elimination of waste. Doing by hand what is cheaper CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 147 and better done by machine is wasteful. The man with the machine is going to win in the long run. Technical books, tables of weights, areas, dimensions, add- ing machines, and Uniform Contracts all these are labor- saving inventions to be taken advantage of by those who will. Why should you figure out the area of a circle for yourself when it was done for you before you were born? Proportion. The following figures, principally relating to building work, show just about what the situation is. They are reliable and cost a good deal of money to collect, but I did not pay it. Here the time only is given to show the proportion of the two methods. In the 1910 edition of "The New Building Estimator," the quantities are given with the time to show cost of production for estimating purposes. The idea is to set forth the uselessness of " bucking " the machine in this chapter. DESCRIPTION Making common brick . . " paving " . . " sewer pipe .... a (( " sand and cement pipe " granite balusters (pat'rns only) " granite balusters turning by lathe " granite balusters turning total time Carving and tracing granite Cutting marble column 16' x 2' diameter .... Dressing granite (i n Lettering granite HAND MACHINE PROPORTION Hrs. Mins. Hrs. Mins. 20 36 7 30 3 to 1 33 52 8 43 4 to 1 16 12 9 30 2 to 1 26 10 9 30 3 to 1 8 44 41 23 2 12 9 7,488 00 536 00 8,303 23 228 00 338 35 225 00 61 00 31 30 11 15 653 26 126 20 321 15 15 00 10 00 22 30 9 00 4 to 1 ,4 to 1 14 to 1 13 to 1 2 to 1 15 to 1 6 to 1 148 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK DESCRIPTION HAND MACHINE PROPORTION Hrs. Mins. Hrs. Mins. Polishing granite 90 00 9 00 10 to 1 " " 60 00 9 00 6 to 1 marble 2 30 2 30 t( a 20 00 6 00 3 to 1 Sawing " 6,000 00 6 30 923 to 1 Cutting sandstone win- dowsills . . 79 10 23 24 3 to 1 Stone breaking 650 00 10 00 65 to 1 " drilling 30 00 1 22 22 to 1 " " 89 10 14 50 6 to 1 Granite drilling 504 00 131 00 4 to 1 Loading gravel 11 to 1 WOODWORK Making oak bookcases . . 654 00 157 14 4 to 1 " " " 480 00 43 12 10 to 1 Cutting same for locks. 6 00 11 33 to 1 Making bureaus 443 00 108 00 4 to 1 Sideboards 970 00 182 30 5 to 1 Making outside window blinds 462 30 114 40 4 to 1 Making outside window blinds 695 50 56 40 12 to 1 Making oak brackets . . . 196 00 63 30 3 to 1 Making pine brackets . . 27 50 3 25 9 to 1 Making veneered doors . 1,385 00 510 00 2i/ 2 to 1 Making four-panel oak doors 702 30 131 00 6 to 1 Making four-panel pine doors 484 00 193 00 2Vo to 1 Planing lumber * /2 30 to 1 80 to Making sash 300 00 21 15 15 to K 400 00 37 20 11 to 312 30 30 30 10 to " window screens. 70 50 16 00 4 to ladders, 30-ft . . 103 15 46 25 2 to 1 " stepladders .... 58 30 14 10 4 to 1 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 149 DESCRIPTION HAND MACHINE PROPORTION Hrs. Mins. Hrs. Mins. Sawing logs 64 00 2 00 32 to 1 96 30 2 45 38 to 1 " 100,000 ft. B. M. . . 15,000 00 40 00 375 to 1 Splitting kindling wood. 40 00 3 52 11 to 1 PIPEWORK Cutting and threading 3" pipe 100 00 6 40 15 to 1 Tapping and threading pipe 26 40 1 05 25 to 1 BOOK II THE CONTRACTOR AS A CONSTRUCTOR CHAPTER I WEIGHTS, MEASURES, AND THEIR USE For Whom Intended. The tables in this chapter are arranged for contractors, and are not so near perfection as some we know of. Decimals are left out where they are not really required; "reciprocals" are never used in contracting, and are therefore not printed here; and other changes are made from the orthodox lists. Specialists. It must be remembered that a contractor is not a trained architect, and still less an engineer. But, conversely, it is well to bear in mind, at the same time, that the architect is not a building contractor, and the engineer still less so. The contractor is sometimes trained to do architectural and engineering work of a plain nature, and architects and engineers occasionally engage in the business of contracting, but in general the spheres are practically distinct, and what is required for the one is useless for the other. What has a builder to do with logarithms or trigonometry or the refine- ments of the various styles of architecture? The ground comes to him " surveyed, platted, and recorded," and the plans and specifications are delivered with orders to go ahead. He has troubles enough of his own without taking those of other men on his shoulders. It is all well enough, and desirable enough, if he under- stands the principles upon which the designs he works from are based, but not really necessary. The architect will look after that end of the common task. The contractor's part is 151 152 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK merely to realize the brilliant dream in stone or other " rough materialistic " things of that kind. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES LONG MEASUBE Inches 12= 1 foot 36= 3 1 yard 72= 6 = 2 I fathom 198= 16.5= 5.5= 2.75=1 perch or rod 7920= 660 = 220 110 = 40=1 furlong 63360=5280 =1760 =880 =320=8=1 mile SQUAEE MEASURE Inches 144=: 1 foot 1296= 9=1 yard 39204= 272.25= 30.25= 1 perch 1568160= 10890 =1210 = 40=1 rood 6272640= 43560 =4840 =160=4=1 acre An acre is 69.5701 yards square; or, 208.710321 feet square A township is 6 miles square = 36 sections " section " 1 " " = 640 acres % " " 1/3 " " =160 " 1-16 " " % " " = 40 " SOLID MEASURE Cubic inches 1728 = 1 cubic foot 46656 = 27 = 1 cubic yard DRY MEASURE Pints = 33.6 cubic inches 2=1 quart = 67.2 cubic inches 8 = 4 = 1 gallon = 268.8 cubic inches 16 = 8 = 2=1 peck = 537.6 cubic inches 64 = 32 = 8 = 4=1 bushel Note. The standard U. S. bushel is the Winchester bushel, which is in cylinder form 18% in. diameter and 8 in. deep, and contains 2150 42-100 cubic inches. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 153 ( 2218.192 cubic inches The English Imperial bushel = j L(m52 y g bushelg ( 8 Imperial bushels The English quarter = < 8% (nearly) U. S. bu. f 10.2694 cubic feet MEASURE OF SURFACE MEASURE OF SOLIDITY 144 sq. inches 1 sq. foot 1728 cubic in. = 1 cubic foot 9 sq. feet 1 sq. yard 27 cubic ft. 1 cubic yard 30*4 sq. yards = 1 sq. rod 40 sq. rods = 1 rood LIQUID MEASURE 4 roods = 1 acre 10 sq. chains 1 acre 640 acres 1 sq. mile gills pints quarts 31 y 2 gallons make 1 pint " 1 quart " 1 gallon " 1 barrel WEIGHTS One Cubic inch of Cast Iron, weighs One Cubic inch of Wrought Iron, " One Cubic inch of Water, One U. S. Gallon, " One Imperial Gallon, " One U. S. Gallon, equals One Imperial Gallon, " One Cubic foot of Water, One Pound of Steam, " One Pound of Air, " 0.26 pounds 0.28 0.036 " 8.33 10.00 231.00 cubic inches 277.274 " 7.48 U. S. gallons 27.222 cubic feet 13.817 " RULES FOR OBTAINING APPROXIMATE WEIGHT OF IRON For Round Bars Rule. Multiply the square of the diameter in inches by the length in feet, and that product by 2.6. The product will be the weight in pounds, nearly. For Square and Flat Bars Rule. Multiply the area of the end of the bar in inches by the length in feet, and that by 3.32. The product will be the weight in pounds, nearly. 154 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Wrought iron, usually assumed: A cubic foot =480 Ibs. A square foot, 1 inch thick = 40 " A bar 1 inch square, 1 foot long = 3^ " A " " " 1 yard long = 10 " To find the weight of Cast Iron Balls when the diameter is given. Rule. Multiply the cube of the diameter by .1377. To find the diameter of Cast Iron Balls when the weight is given. Rule. Multiply the cube root of the weight by 1.936. To find the weight of a Spherical Shell. From the weight of a ball of the outer diameter subtract the weight of one of the inner diameters. To convert the weight of Wrought Iron into Cast Iron X 0-928 Steel X 1-014 Zinc X -918 Brass X 1-082 Copper X 1-144 Lead X 1-468 DECIMAL APPROXIMATIONS USEFUL IN CALCULATIONS Cubic inches X -263 = lbs - av - cast * ron " " X -281 = " wrought iron X - 283 = " cast steel X -3225= " copper X -3037= " brass " " X -26 = " zinc X -4103= " lead X -2636= " tin " " x -4908=: " mercury Cylin. " X -2065= " cast iron " " x .2168= " wrought iron X -2223= " cast steel " " X -2533= " copper X .2385= " brass " " X -2042= " zinc X .3223= " lead X -207 = " tin X .3854= " mercury CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 155 SPECIFIC GRAVITIES Cast Iron, average 7.21 Cast Steel, average 7.85 Wrought Iron " 7.78 Bessemer Steel " 7.86 Light iron indicates impurity. The heaviest steel contains least carbon. Decimal equivalents of 8ths, 16ths, 32s, and 64ths of an inch. Fractions of an inch. Decimals of an inch. Fractions of an inch. Decimals of an inch. 1-64 .015625 33-64 = .515625 1-32 = .03125 17-32 = .53125 3-64 = .046875 35-64 =i .546875 1-16 .0625 9-16 .5625 5-64 .078125 37-64 = .578125 3-32 = .09375 19-32 = .59375 7-64 = .109375 39-64 .609375 VB = .125 % = .625 9-64 .140625 41-64 = .640625 5-32 = .15625 21-32 = .65625 11-64 = .171875 43-64 = .671875 3-16 .1875 11-16 = .6875 13-64 .203125 45-64 = .703125 7-32 = .21875 23-32 = .71875 15-64 = .234375 47-64 .734375 *A = .25 3 /4 = .75 17-64 = .265625 49-64 .765625 9-32 = .28125 25-32 = .78125 19-64 .296875 51-64 = .796875 5-16 .3125 13-16 = .8125 21-64 = .328125 53-64 .828125 11-32 .34375 27-32 .84375 23-64 .359375 55-64 = .859375 % = .375 % = .875 25-64 = .390625 57-64 = .890625 13-32 .40625 29-32 = .90625 27-64 .421895 59-64 = .921875 7-16 = .4375 15-16 = .9375 29-64 = .453125 61-64 .953125 15-32 .46875 31-32 .96875 31-64 = .484375 63-64 = .984375 y .5 156 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK DECIMALS OF A FOOT FOR EACH OF AN INCH Inches 0" 1" 2" 3" 4 5" 6" 1" 8" 9" 10" 11" & .0026 .0833 .0859 .1667 .1693 .2500 .2526 .3333 .3359 .4167 .4193 .5000 .5026 .5833 .5859 .6667 .6693 .7500 .7526 .8333 .8359 .9167 .9193 ij .0052 .0885 .1719 .2552 .3385 .4219 .5052 .5885 .6719 .7552 .8385 .9219 3 3 Z .0078 .0911 .1745 .2578 .3411 .4245 .5078 .5911 .6745 .7578 .8411 .9245 Vs .0104 .0937 .1771 .2604 .3437 .4271 .5104 .5937 .6771 .7604 .8437 .9271 ^j .0130 .0964 .1797 .2630 .3464 .4297 .5130 .5964 .6797 .7630 .8464 .9297 A .0156 .0990 .1823 .2656 .3490 .4323 .5156 .5990 .6823 .7656 .8490 .9323 j^jj .0182 .1016 .1849 .2682 .3516 .4349 .5182 .6016 .6849 .7682 .8516 .9349 % .0208 .1042 .1875 .2708 .3542 .4375 .5208 .6042 .6875 .7708 .8542 .9375 & .0234 .1068 .1901 .2734 .3568 .4401 .5234 .6068 .6901 .7734 .8568 .9401 JL .0260 .1094 .1927 .2760 .3594 .4427 .5260 .6094 .6927 .7760 .8594 .9427 41 .0286 .1120 .1953 .2786 .3620 .4453 .5286 .6120 .6953 .7786 .8620 .9453 % .0312 .1146 .1979 .2812 .3646 .4479 .5312 .6146 .6979 .7812 .8646 .9479 J$ .0339 .1172 .2005 .2839 .3672 .4505 .5339 .6172 .7005 .7839 .8672 .9505 iV .0365 .1198 .2031 .2865 .3698 .4531 .5365 .6198 .7031 .7865 .8698 .9531 if .0391 .1224 .2057 .2891 .3724 .4557 .5391 .6224 .7057 .7891 .8724 .9557 % .0417 .1250 .2083 .2917 .3750 .4583 .5417 .6250 .7083 .7917 .8750 .9583 .0443 .1276 .2109 .2943 .3776 .4609 .5443 .6276 .7109 .7943 .8776 .9609 _p g .0469 .1302 .2135 .2969 .3802 .4635 .5469 .6302 .7135 .7969 .8802 .9635 ig .0495 .1328 .2161 .2995 .3828 .4661 .5495 .6328 .7161 .7995 .8828 .9661 % .0521 .1354 .2188 .3021 .3854 .4688 .5521 .6354 .7188 .8021 .8854 .9688 ll .0547 .1380 .2214 .3047 .3880 .4714 .5547 .6380 .7214 .8047 .8880 .9714 .0573 .0599 .1406 .1432 .2240 .2266 .3073 .3099 .3906 .3932 .4740 .4766 .5573 .5599 .6406 .6432 .7240 .7266 .8073 .8099 .8906 .8932 .9740 .9766 % .0625 .1458 .2292 .3125 .3958 .4792 .5625 .6458 .7292 .8125 .8958 .9792 .0651 .1484 .2318 .3151 .3984 .4818 .5651 .6484 .7318 .8151 .8984 .9818 18 .0677 .1510 .2344 .3177 .4010 .4844 .5677 .6510 .7344 .8177 .9010 .9844 | .0703 .1536 .2370 .3203 .4036 .4870 .5703 .6536 .7370 .8203 .9036 .9870 % .0729 .1562 .2396 .3229 .4062 .4896 .5729 .6562 .7396 .8229 .9062 .9896 .0755 .1589 .2422 .3255 .4089 .4922 .5755 .6589 .7422 .8255 .9089 .9922 1| .0781 .1615 .2448 .3281 .4115 .4948 .5781 .6615 .7448 .8281 .9115 .9948 35 .0807 .1641 .2474 .3307 .4141 .4974 .5807 .6641 .7474 .8307 .9141 .9974 1 1.0000 Example. To use decimals of a foot table. Suppose we want to multiply 3 feet 2y 2 inches by 8 feet 6% inches. In the table we find that 2y> equals .0283, and 634, .5625. We therefore multiply 3.0283 by 8.5625 for the exact figure. DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF OUNCES AND POUNDS Oz. Lbs. Oz. Lbs. Oz. Lbs. 14 .015625 4 = .25 8y 2 = .5313 l/ 2 = .03125 4% = .2813 9 .5625 % =. .046875 5 = .3125 10 = .625 I = .0625 6% .3438 11 .6875 1% .09375 6 = .375 12 =r .75 2 .125 6y 2 .4063 13 = .8125 2y 2 = .15625 7 =r .4375 14 i= .875 3 = .1875 7% = .4688 15 .9375 Sy = .21875 8 = .5 16 = 1 p . CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 157 DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF INCHES, FEET, AND YARDS Frac. of an Inch. Dec. of an Inch. Dec. of a Foot. Ins Feet. Yds. 1-16 = .0625 = .00521 1 = .0833 = .0277 % = .125 = .01041 2 = .1666 = .0555 3-16 .1875 = .01562 3 = .25 = .0833 % = .25 = .02083 4 = .3333 = .1111 5-16 = .3125 = .02604 5 = .4166 = .1389 % = .375 = .03125 6 = .5 = .1666 7-16 = .4375 = .03645 7 = .5833 = .1944 % = .5 = .04166 8 = .666 = .2222 9-16 = .5625 = .04688 9 = .75 = .25 % = .625 = .05208 10 = .8333 = .2778 11-16 = .6875 .05729 11 = .9166 = .3055 % = .75 = .06250 12 = 1. = .3333 13-16 = .8125 = .06771 % = .875 = .07291 Lineal feet, " yards, Square inches, feet, " yards, Acres, Cubic inches, " feet, Links, a Feet, Width in chains, Cubic feet, " inches, U. S. gallons, (S Cubic feet, " inches, U. S. bushel, USEFUL NUMBERS X .00019 :=miles X -0006 (t X -007 =square feet x -in = " yards X .0002067 =acres X -4840 =square yards X .00058 =cubic feet X .03704 = " yards X -22 =yards X .66 =feet Xl-5 =links X 8. :=acres per mile X7.48 =U. S. gallons X .004329 <( X .13367 =cubic feet X231. = " inches X -8036 =U. S. bushel X .000466 (( (( X .0495 =cubic yards Xl.2446 = " feet X2150.42 = " inches 158 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Pounds avoirdupois, ( Cubic feet of water, Cubic inches of water, 13.44 U. S. gallons of water, 268.8 " " " " 1.8 cubic feet of water, 35.88 " " " " X .009 X .00045 X62.5 X .03617 =cwt. (112) =tons (2240) Ibs. avoir. (I (C 1 cwt. =1 cwt. =lton Column of water 12 in. high, 1 inch diameter, .341 pounds MENSURATION Area of a trapezoid = -j Area of a trapezium Area of a triangle = base X Va altitude. Area of a parallelogram = base X altitude. altitude X Va the sum of parallel sides. divide into two triangles and find area of the triangles. Circumference of circle= diameter X 3.1416. Diameter of circle = circumference X -3183. Area of circle = diameter 2 X -7854. Area of sector of circlem length of arc X % the radius. area of sector of equal radius, area of triangle, when the segment is less, and -j- area of triangle, when the segment is greater than the semi-circle. diameters of the two circles X dif- ference of diameter and that prod- ( uct by .7854. Side of square that shall equal area of = circle Diam. of circle that shall contain area of a given square ( Area of an eclipse = product of the two diameters X -7854. Area of parabola base X 2 A altitude. sum of its sides X perpendicular 4 from its center to one of its sides -f- 2. Area of segment of circle Area of circular ring = diameter X -8862, or circumference X -2821. side of square X 1.1284. Area of regular poly- gon CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 159 Surface of cylinder or j area of both ends -}- length X &*' prism ~ ( cumference. Contents of cylinder ( < area of end V length, or prism ( Surface of sphere = diameter X circumference. Contents of sphere = diameter 8 X -5236. Convex surface of seg- ( height of segment X circumference ment of sphere ~ | of sphere of which it is a part. ( (height 2 -|- three times the square Contents of segment \ , ,. ' . . ,,.,, J of radius of base) X (height X ( .5236). Surface of pyramid or ( circumference of base X % f the cone ~ | slant height -|- area of the base. Contents of pyramid ( FJ = \ area of base X Vs altitude, or cone ( ( sum of circumference at both end Surface of frustum of \ . . . . . . .1 = J V M> slant height -4- area of both cone or pyramid J ^, /2 ( ends. (multiply areas of two ends to- gether and extract square root. Add to this root the two areas and X l /a altitude. Contents of a wedge area of base X % altitude. 160 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK AREAS OF CIRCLES CIRCUMFERENCE OF CIRCLES Size Area Size Area Size Circum- ference Size Ci-rum- ference 1/8 00123 1 9 63.617 Vi .3927 9 28.274 v 00491 Va 70 882 v .7854 Va 29.845 3 /8 1104 10 7854 3 /H 1.1781 10 31.416 Va 0.1963 Va 86.59 Va 1.5708 Va 32.987 6/ 8 0.3067 11 9503 V 8 1.9635 11 34.558 3 /4 0.4417 Va 103.86 3 /4 2.3562 Va 36.128 t/8 0.6013 12 113.09 7 /8 2.7489 12 37 699 / C 1 0.7854 Va 122.71 1 3 1416 Va 39.270 1/8 0.9940 13 13273 Vt 35343 13 40.841 / " 1/4 1.227 V 3 143 13 V* 3.9270 Va 42.412 8/ 8 1.484 14 15393 '/ 4.3197 14 43.982 Vo 1.767 Va 165.13 Va 4.7124 Va 45.553 / * 5/8 2.073 15 176.71 Va 5.1051 15 47.124 / " 3/ 4 2.405 Va 188.69 3 A 5.4978 Va 48.695 / * Vs 2.761 16 201.06 '/ 5.8905 16 50.265 / 8 2 3.141 Va 213.82 2 6.2832 Va 51.836 i/. 3.976 17 226.98 V 7.0686 17 53.407 / 4 l/o 4.908 Va 240.52 Va 7.8540 Va 54978 / 2 3 A 5.939 18 254.46 3 , 4 8.6394 18 56.549 / * 3 7068 Va 26880 3 9.4248 l/o 58.119 i/. 8295 19 28352 l /4 10.210 19 59.690 / 4 !/ 9.621 Va 29864 Va 10.996 Va 61.261 / * 3 A 11.044 20 314.16 3 /4 11.781 20 62.832 / 4 4 12.566 Va 330.06 4 12.566 Va 64.403 Vo 15.904 21 346.36 Va 14137 21 65973 / 2 5 19.635 Va 363.05 15.708 l/o 67.544 l/o 23.758 22 380.13 Va 17.279 22 69.115 /a g 26 274 V* 397.60 6 18850 Va 70686 Vo 33.183 23 415.47 Va 20420 23 72.257 / 2 7 38.484 Va 433.73 7 21991 Va 73.827 l/o 44.178 24 452.39 Va 23562 24 75.398 / 2 3 50265 Va 471.43 8 25.133 Va 76.969 Va 56.745 Va 26.704 To find diameter of a circle when circumference is given, multiply the given circumference by .31831. To find the circumference of a circle when diameter is given, multiply the given diameter by 3.1416. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 161 CIRCUMFERENCES AND AREAS OF CIRCLES Diam Circum Area Diam Circum Area 1 3.1416 .7854 64 201.06 3216.99 2 6.2832 3.1416 65 204.20 3318.31 3 9.4248 7.0686 66 207.34 3421.19 4 12.5664 12.5664 67 210.49 3525.65 5 15.7080 19.635 68 213.63 3631 .68 6 18.850 28.274 69 216.77 3739.28 7 21.991 38.485 70 219.91 3848.45 8 25.133 50.2-36 71 223.05 3959.19 9 28.274 63.617 72 226.19 4071 .50 10 31.416 78.540 73 229.34 4185.39 11 34.558 95.033 74 232.48 4300.84 12 37.699 113.1 75 235.62 4417.86 13 40.841 132.73 76 238.76 4536.46 14 43.982 153.94 77 241.90 4656.63 15 47.124 176.71 78 245.04 4778.36 16 50.265 201.06 79 248.19 4901.67 17 53.407 226.98 80 251 .33 5026.55 18 56.549 254.47 81 254.47 5153. 19 59.690 283.53 82 257.61 5281.02 20 62.832 314.16 83 260.75 5410.61 21 65.973 346.36 84 263.89 5541.77 22 69.115 380.13 85 267.04 5674.50 23 72.257 415.48 86 270.18 5808.80 24 75.398 452.39 87 273.32 5944.68 25 78.540 490.87 88 276.46 6082.12 26 81.681 530.93 89 279.60 6221.14 27 84.823 572.56 90 282,74 6361 .73 28 87.965 615.75 91 285.88 6503.88 29 91.106 660.52 92 289.03 6647.61 30 94.248 706.86 93 292.17 6792.91 31 97.389 754.77 94 295.31 6939.78 32 100.53 804.25 95 298.45 7088.22 33 103.67 855.30 96 301 .59 7238.23 34 106.81 907.92 97 304.73 7339.81 35 109.96 962.11 98 307.88 7542.96 36 113.10 1017.88 99 311.02 7697.69 37 116.24 1075.21 100 314.16 7853.98 38 119.38 1134.11 101 317.30 8011.85 39 122.52 1194.59 102 320.44 8171.28 40 125.66 1256.64 103 323.58 8332.29 41 128.81 1320.25 104 326.73 8494.87 42 131.95 1385.44 105 329.87 8659.01 43 135.09 1452.20 106 333.01 8824.73 44 138.23 1520.53 107 336.15 8992.02 45 141.37 1590.43 108 339.29 9160.88 46 144.51 1661.90 109 342.43 9831 .32 47 147.65 1734.94 110 345.58 9503.32 48 150.80 1809.56 111 348.72 9676.89 49 153.94 1885.74 112 351.86 9852.03 50 157.08 1963.50 113 355. 10028.75 51 160.22 2042.82 114 358.14 10207.03 52 163.36 2123.72 115 361.28 10386.89 53 166.50 2206.18 116 364.42 10568.32 54 169.65 2290.22 117 367.57 10751.32 55 172.79 2375.83 118 370.71 10935.88 56 175.93 2463.01 119 373.85 11122.02 57 179.07 2551.76 120 376.99 11309.73 58 182.21 2642.08 121 380.13 11499.01 59 185.35 2733.97 122 383.27 11689.87 60 188.50 2827.43 123 386.42 11882.29 61 191 .64 2922.47 124 389.56 12076.28 62 194.78 3019.07 125 392.70 12271.85 63 197.92 3117-25 126 395.84 12468.98 162 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK U. S. GALL IN ROUND TANKS For One Ft in Depth Diana of Tanks No. U. S. Gall CF and Area in SF Diam of Tanks No. U. S. Gall CFand Area in SF Diam of Tanks No. U. S. Gall CF and Area in SF 1 5.87 .785 5' 8" 188.66 25.22 19' 2120.90 283.53 1 1" 6.89 .922 5' 9" 194.25 25.97 19' 3" 2177.10 291.04 1 2" 8. 1.069 5' 10" 199.92 26.73 ' 19' 6" 2234. 298.65 1 3" 9.18 1.227 5' 11" 205.67 27.49 19' 9" 2291.70 306.35 1 4" 10.44 1.396, 6' 211.51 28.27 r 20' 2350.10 314.16 1 5" 11.79 1.576 6' 3" 229.50 30.68 20' 3" 2409.20 322.06 1 6" 13.22 1.767 6' 6" 248.23 33.18 20' 6" 2469.10 330.06 1 7" 14.73 1.969 6' 9" 267.69 35.78 20' 9" 2529.60 338.16 1 8" 16.32 2.182 7' 287.88 38.48 21' 2591. 346.36 1 9" 17.99 2.405 7' 3" 308.81 41.28 21' 3" 2653. 354.66 1 10" 19.75 2.640 7' 6" 330.48 44.18 21' 6" 2715.80 363.05 1 11" 21.58 2. 885' r 9" 352.88 47.17 21' 9" 2779.30 371.54 2' 23.50 3.142 8' 376.01 50.27 22' 2843.60 380.13 2' 1" 25.50 3.409 8' 3" 399'88 53.46 22' 3" 2908.60 388.82 2' 2" 27.58 3.687 8' 6" 424.48 56.75 22' 6" 2974.30 397.61 2' 3" 29.74 3.976 8' 9" 449.82 60.13 22' 9" 3040.80 406.49 2' 4" 31.99 4.276 9' 475.89 63.62 23' 3108. 415.48 2' 5" 34.31 4.587 9' 3" 502.70 67.20 23' 3" 3175.90 424.56 2' 6" 36.72 4.909 9' 6" 530.24 70.88 23' 6" 3244.60 433.74 2' 7" 39.21 5.241 9' 9" 558.51 74.66 23' 9" 3314. 443.01 2' 8" 41.78 5.585 10' 587.52 78.54 24' 3384.10 452.39 2' 9* 44.43 5.940 10' 3" 617.26 82.52 24' 3" 3455. 461 .86 2' 10" 47.16 6.305 10' 6" 640.74 86.59 24' 6" 3526.60 471.44 2' 11" 49.98 6.681 10' 9" 678.95 90.76 24' 9" 3598.90 481.11 3' 52.88 7.069 11' 710.90 95.03 25' 3672. 490.87 3' 1* 55.86 7.467 11' 3" 743.58 99.40 25' 3" 3745.80 500.74 3' 2" 58.92 7.876 11' 6" 776.99 103.87 25' 6" 3820.30 510.71 3' 3" 62.06 8.296 11' 9" 811.14 108.43 25' 9" 3895.60 520.77 3' 4" 65.28 8.727 12' 846.03 113.10 26' 3971.60 530.93 3' 5" 68.58 9.168 12' 3" 881.65 117.86 26' 3" 4048.40 541.19 3' 6" 71.97 9.621 12' 6" 918. 122.72 26' 6" 4125.90 551.55 3' 7" 75.44 10.085 12' 9" 955.09 127.68 26' 9" 4204.10 562. 3' 8" 78.99 10.559 13' 992.91 132.73 27' 4283. 572.66 3' 9" 82.62 11.045 13' 3" 1031.50 137.89 27' 3" 4362.70 583.21 3' 10" 86.33 11.541 13' 6" 1070.80 143.14 27' 6" 4443.10 593.96 3' 11" 90.13 12.048 13' 9" 1110.80 148.49 27' 9" 4524.30 604.81 4' 94. 12.566 14' 1151.50 153.94 28' 4606.20 615.75 4' 1" 97.96 13.095 14' 3" 1193. 159.48 28' 3" 4688.80 626.80 4' 2" 102. 13.635 14' 6" 1235.30 165.13 28' 6" 4772.10 637.94 4' 3" 106.12 14.186 14' 9" 1278.20 170.87 28' 9" 4856.20 649.18 4' 4" 110.32 14.748 15' 1321.90 176.71 29' 4941. 660.52 4' 5" 114.61 15.321 15' 3" 1366.40 182.65 29' 3" 5026.60 671.96 4' 6" 118.97 15.90 15' 6" 1411.50 188.69 29' 6" 5112.90 683.49 4' 7" 123.42 16.50 15' 9" 1457.40 194.83 29' 9" 5199.90 695.13 4' 8" 127.95 17.10 16' 1504.10 201.06 30' 5287.70 706.86 4' 9" 132.56 17.72 16' 3" 1551 .40 207.39 i 30' 3" 5376.20 718.69 4' 10" 137.25 18.35 16' 6" 1599.50 213.82 30' 6" 5465.40 730.62 4' 11" 142.02 18.99 16' 9" 1648.40 220.35 30' 9" 5555.40 742.64 5' 146.88 19.63 17' 1697.90 226.98 31' 5646.10 754.77 5' 1" 151.82 20.29 17' 3" 1748.20 233.71 31' 3" 5737.50 766.99 5' 2" 156.83 20.97 17' 6" 1799.30 240.53 31' 6" 5829.70 779.31 5' 3" 161.93 21.65 17' 9" 1851.10 247.45 31' 9" 5922.60 791.73 5' 4" 167.12 22.34 18' 1903.60 254.47 32' 6016.20 804.25 5' 5" 172.38 23.04 18' 3* 1956.80 261 .59 32' 3" 6110.60 816.86 5' 6" 177.72 23.76 18' 6" 2010.80 268.80 32' 6" 6205.70 829.58 5' r 183.15 24.48 18' 9* 2065.50 276.12 32' 9" 6301 .50 842.30 31i Gall to 1 Bbl To find the capacity of tanks greater than the largest given in the table, look in the table for a tank of one-half of the given size and mult its capacity by 4, or one of one-third its size and mult its capacity by 9, etc. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 163 -!-> Cl 05 t- CO CO CO N QO b; o 10 ^ ej ,,: t- t- N I- t- O lO O5 TJ< CO O O .9 < 4 i> d co co 05 : t~ rH CD O rt( CO I- 00 00 O5 OS OS . 43 a iiililsiilisii >n t- oo q I-H . . * CO N CC O : ' .9 w 43 iiiilllifiiii! O * 00 IN ' ' 43 2 WOCCJlOO>C'llOOOr-iiO CO rH ; ; ; ; to co ::::'. 43 * SiiaiiiiliSSSe 1 M M M .9 -W go l-OlO-*r(fl ir- it- Si ; ; ; ; ; fi>i N M * ^J IS iffl O : : 1 j j j i : '= : i i : f 43 "* oo 10 o o> co co o ji o ci d 05 co i^ t-CSrHCO-rXtOOO ; ; fHrHrHrHrH .' '. : i i : . .9 m S So S * - : ::::::: t-TttOt-^rH'.. .... cocoorHcow: ;:::::: ^ o t- w o> : : : : : ; : : 00 00 t- t- CD .... M O5 rji 05 *" O5 ' . .... lot-coorn::-- ; , >, >t Party and I o 2 s o o o o -5 % Division Walls VI 13 O2 T3 O2 f3 02 .a 02 ,a 02 ,EJ 02 ,a 02 a a a a -*-> n IN CO 3 16 16 12 12 4 9 16 16 1? 1? 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 24 24 24 28 28 28 82 32 20 20 20 24 24 24 28 28 16 20 20 20 24 24 24 28 16 16 20 20 20 24 24 24 12 16 16 20 20 20 24 24 12 16 16 16 20 20 20 24 12 16 16 16 20 20 20 12 16 16 16 20 20 12 16 16 16 20 12 16 16 16 12 16 16 12 16 12 All brick or stone buildings having the first story, or base- ment and first story, designed for business purposes and the upper stories for dwellings, shall have all walls of a thickness not less than the number of inches shown in the following table, to-wit: 210 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Brick Walls and Dwellings M a 1 t Story t? o 02 O >> 2 02 I 3 , h Story S 02 S3 b 02 A >> 2 'A S3 >, !_ O W ,3 o 02 ,a )th Story I 72 a >> _o 72 A M fc o o & & o b o & o o & >. 1 fr 2 Walls for Dwellings H | 02 -M 02 a 02 g 02 2 02 fl 02 J3 02 1 02 fS 02 JS .a } W 0 16 16 12 16 12 1? 12 1? 1? 6 7 20 ?4 16 ?0 16 16 16 16 12 16 12 12 12 1? 12 8 9 10 11 12 ... 24 24 28 28 39 20 20 24 24 *>8 20 20 20 24 ?4 16 20 20 20 ?,4 16 16 20 20 20 16 16 16 20 20 12 16 16 20 20 12 12 16 16 20 12 12 12 16 16 12 12 12 16 12 12 T> 12 1? 1? The above table shall apply to all walls 44 feet and under in length; when over 44 feet in length such walls shall not be allowed to have more than two upper stories 12 inches thick, and no 8-inch wall will be permitted on a building more than 44 feet in length. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 211 Every party wall must be built through and at least 18 inches above the roof boarding, not less than 12 inches thick. Variation in Size. But while walls for dwellings are specified as 16 inches in the basement, and 12 and 8 inches above, they are usually built of 12 inches for the two first stories and 8 inches on the second. Here it should be observed that some cities specify their walls in odd and others in even inches 9, 13, 17, 21, 25; and 8, 12, 16, 20, 24. The real thickness is often midway between. The Underwriters for rubble and concrete call for 8 inches thicker in the basement than on the first story, but only 4 inches difference if of brick. This is for 12 feet below the curb level, and would take in most buildings; if deeper, each 10 feet, or fraction, must have 4 inches more. This would seem to flatter brick more than concrete. No wall, even for a dwelling, is allowed in this code under 12 inches. Distance of Walls. This Underwriters' code, and most others, are based on a width of not more than 25 feet between bearings. If the span is more the wall should be increased 4 inches or else have strong buttresses. Not less than 4 inches of masonry is put between the ends of timbers in center walls to block fire. One division wall, at least, must be put in every 50 feet. Length. When a building is more than 105 feet long this model code would make the walls 4 inches thicker. Western codes allow from 120 to 132 feet. HEIGHT OF STORIES Many codes limit the height of stories with the thicknesses as already given. The Underwriters give the following limits: First story, 16 feet in clear Second story, 14 feet in clear Third story, 12 feet in clear Fourth and upper stories, 11 feet in clear When these heights have to be exceeded an extra 4 inches must be added. These walls and all others should come to the top of the joists of each story full thickness. Parapets. The difference between an ideal code and an ordinary one is seen in the provision for fire walls above the 212 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK roof. A good many codes call for 18 inches above the boarding, but the Underwriters give 24 inches for ordinary buildings, and 36 inches for business ones. Sameness. Several years ago I had occasion to go over the codes of about a dozen of the leading cities, and it often seemed that the one was practically copied from the other. The Underwriters' goes further in the right direction than any of them, although it is sometimes too far advanced for light pocketbooks. Ashlar. In calculating thickness an ashlar course of 4 inches is not included; but above that thickness is taken as a part of the wall when well bonded and tied into it. Bonding. It is usual to run headers every sixth or seventh course in ordinary brickwork. These headers should run clear through to the face of the wall even on a pressed brick front. The big fires show r ed that. Anchors. All masonry buildings should be carefully an- chored. Joists and walls are thus tied together. The size of the iron for ordinary work is ly 2 x^ s . The regular anchor is made in T shape. When the joists meet, as over a girder, they are fastened with strap anchors. The end anchors should stretch back and take in three joists. The girders must be heavily anchored at the wall with T anchors; and with strap ones at the joints. Many buildings fell in San Francisco, at the fire, through bad anchorage. In Scotland I never saw a wall anchored. They are made thick enough, of good stone, good mortar, and good workman- ship to stand without being tied up. Party Walls. As will be noticed in the tables, 9-inch walls are allowed on the top stories of dwellings; but party walls should be at least 13 inches in a block of flats or houses of any kind, as much for deadening sound as for fire pro- tection. Thin Walls. These are becoming more popular than ever, in spite of the fact that the fire insurance men do not like them. They are used on top stories, and with the right kind of tile are nearly 10 inches thick. The inside course is of hollow tile. This is often protected with a damp-proof mixture, and the plaster applied directly to the wall. In frosty, rainy climates the damp sometimes comes through. Furring is the old remedy, and it is a safe one. The danger is that when the CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 213 carpenters plug a 9-inch wall they will drive the bricks loose on the outside. Mortar. Do not use bad mortar, and this is often equiv- alent to saying lime mortar. Never forget the St. Louis cyclone and the fires at Baltimore and San Francisco. Poor mortar lay at the root of a great deal of the trouble. It pays to put some Portland cement among the lime, if that is used. A mortar of one-fourth Portland cement and three-fourths lime makes an excellent wall. The U. S. engineers give 1 of lime paste and 2 of sand as the best for lime alone, but few contractors like to use such a rich mixture. One to 3 is about right for natural cement, which is not so much used now. One to 2 should be used for the best work. For Portland 1 to 3 for the best masonry, and 1 to 4 for ordinary construction. For rubble 1 to 4 is used. The Underwriters give 1 to 4 for lime, but much depends upon the brand used. There are limes that are hardly worth taking as a gift. For cement, 1 to 3; for cement and lime mortar, 1 of slaked lime paste, 1 of cement, and not more than 3 parts of sand to each. Shoring. Bricklayers should know enough to shore their walls, but they often forget and trouble comes. When writing this I saw a building a few weeks old, with steel channels bolted along the outside of the brick wall, and wood shoring behind that, to keep it from going into a mass of ruins. The shoring was done, but it was too late. Disaster. I once saw a brick gable 150 feet wide, 40 feet high, and 17 inches thick that seemed strong enough but was blown down on a stormy afternoon, and all the window frames and coping tile with it. This kind of work costs money. SAFE LOADS PER SQUARE FOOT The Underwriters give the following allowances for masonry: BRICKWORK RUBBLE In lime mortar .... 8 tons In lime mortar 5 tons In lime and cement 11% '" In lime and cement In Portland cement 15 " mortar 7 " In natural cement mortar 8 " In Portland cement mortar . 10 " 214: CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK CONCRETE In natural cement 8 tons In Portland cement mortar 15 " The 1905 Chicago code has the following provisions: BRICKWOBK DIMENSION STONE In lime mortar . . . 6% tons In Portland cement 10 tons In natural cement. 9 " In Portland cement In Portland cement 12y 2 " dressed and level on solid beds 12y 2 " CONCRETE In Portland cement, not reinforced 12y 2 tons BOSTON CODE Granite, cut 60 tons Hardest brick in 1 Marble and lime- cement, 1 lime, 4 stone, cut 40 " sand 12 tons Sandstone, hard, cut 30 " Hardest brick in Hardest brick in 1 lime mortar alone 8 " to 2 cement mortar 15 " For light hard brick use only two-thirds of the above loads. Piers. For brick piers whose heights run from 6 to 12 times their least dimension the above Boston loads are reduced to 13, 10, and 7. Piers are often spoiled, both for strength and looks, by being built too small. The difference in cost is nothing to speak of between a 13"xl3", or even a 17"xl7", as compared with a 9" x 9" under a heavy porch, yet the light one is used, and often goes to pieces. In store fronts too, we see the same bad policy carried out. The idea is to give as much glass surface as possible, but it is not worth spoiling the building for this. For such a pier a load of 4 tons to the square foot is enough in the best lime mortar or natural cement, and 8 to 10 in the strongest Port- land. If anywhere, good mortar should be put in piers. Example. Suppose a store front of 44-foot span with I-beams supported in the center on a brick pier. Let us CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 215 assume that there are two stories above the I-beams, the first with a 13-inch wall, and the other with a 9-inch. Measuring back 16 feet from the inside of the front wall a column is placed to support the floors above, and other columns are set at the same centers clear back to the rear of the building. Floor Load. For the store floor allow a load of 150 pounds to the square foot and 70 pounds for the two upper ones, this to include the weight of the floor itself and the live load also. The two upper stories to have a height of 10 feet in the clear. No partitions or ceiling joists to be considered, so as to make fewer figures. Each building has to be analyzed. The method only is given here. Pier. What size of a brick pier is required in the center to support the load? There are two bearings required. One below the level of the store floor and another up under the I-beams. The walls may be taken solid without deduction for windows, and thus the weight will be large enough. The top of the I-beam is usually placed about level with the top of the joists, or a little below. We can figure the brickwork as starting 6 inches below the top of the floor to be safe. The pier, it can be readily seen, will carry half the weight of the front wall clear to the roof, and the other two quarters of the weight will be transmitted to the outside walls. WEIGHTS Pounds Front wall, 22' long x 11'6" from top of I-beam to top of third story floor joists. 13" 120 Ibs. to sq. ft. . . 30,360 Front wall, 22' x 15' x 9", from top of third story joists to top of parapet above roof at 80 Ibs. to sq. ft 26,400 Store floor, 8' back x 22' x 150 Ibs 26,400 Upper floors, 8' x 22' x 2 x 70 Ibs 24,640 Roof, 8' x 22' x 50 Ibs 8,800 116,600 Beam Capacity. Thus far, we have a trifle over 58 tons. The tables of beam capacities include the weight of the beam, itself, as a rule, and it need not be included here. 216 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK The corners of the outside walls are usually carried in on the inside to receive the end of the beam, and when we con- sider these corners, and the pier in the middle, it is safe to say that the clear span will not be 21 feet. We can therefore take this distance in the table, given elsewhere in this book. A 12-inch 40-pound beam carries 11.9 tons; twice this is 23.8 for the double beam required under the 13-inch wall; and across the entire front, 47.6. This apparently is too light a beam; but the full weight is never piled on any floor at one time. From 80 to 85 per cent, is usually allowed. Instead of 50 pounds we used to allow only 40 for roofs with spans of 150 and 175 feet. This included heavy steel trusses, wind pressure, and everything else. Judging from this, 50 pounds is too much, although it is often used. Allowing 85 per cent, we get 49 tons; and the two 12-inch, 40-pound beams will thus carry the load because of the window openings that reduce the total weight. If, as is now common, hollow tile are used on the inside of the walls, the total is still further reduced, for the figures are made out for ordinary brickwork. Some might prefer to use two 15-inch, 41-pound beams to guard against deflection or bending. These carry 14.4 tons each, or a total of 57.6 tons. Deep beams should always be used in preference to shallow ones. The method of figuring out the load for the other beams running from front to rear is explained elsewhere. The top pier comes up directly under the I-beams, and the question is, How much surface must it have for a safe bearing? Size. This total does not include the store floor. The load is thus reduced to 45 tons. If the pier is laid up in the best brick and Portland cement mortar we require a bearing area of a little less than 4 square feet, or 2' x 2'. This size would provide for the beams running in the other direction also, or at right angles from the store front, for our front wall and upper floor load combined would not exceed 50 tons. When we consider that the actual floor loads in a large wholesale warehouse were found to be only 50 pounds, not including the weight of the floor itself, we can see that the 70 pounds allowed for dwellings above the store we are considering is too high. Lower Pier. The one below the level of the store front has to be considered. There are 58 tons and the weight of the CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 217 2' x 2' pier. Adding 3 tons for this makes a total of 61, allowing the full load. This would require a base of 5 square feet. If any sidewalk weights came upon this pier they would have to be added. Down in the basement architects are inclined to be safe rather than take chances. Taking 85 per cent, of the total load we get about 52 tons. Using the best Portland cement work and the Boston allowance of 15 to the square foot we really require only 3% square feet here, and thus a pier 2' x 2' would be ample. But the difference between a pier with 5 square feet and another with 4 is only a few dollars. Base. The base on the soil has to be arranged to suit its bearing power. If 3 tons are taken that means 20 square feet; if 2 tons, 30. Mortar. In all of the above, Portland cement is taken ; if lime is used and 8 tons is the limit, that means a larger pier. Piers for Columns running from front to rear are figured out in the next chapter. Bearing Plates should be used on top of piers or cap stones. Height. In the above discussion the piers are assumed to be of the ordinary height. When they exceed in height seven times their smallest dimension, 4 inches should be added for every 6 feet or part of 6 feet. Thus a store front pier about 12 feet high at 25" x 21" should be made 25" x 25" for anything over that height. According to the Underwriters, isolated brick piers should not exceed in height 10 times their least dimension. Stone Piers of good squared material should not exceed 10 times their least dimension in height. Bubble. This material makes a poor pier unless the size can be made large enough, as in a basement. Bonds. A well built pier does not require bond stones, but a sheet of expanded metal is an excellent binder. The Chi- cago ordinance calls for a plate of wrought iron or steel not less than ^-inch thick, but expanded metal is better. For a fine joint, as in pressed brick, expanded metal lath can be used. The New York code requires bond stones. The Underwriters' code calls for a bond of cast iron or steel every 30 inches if the pier has less than 9 square feet of a base and when there is a span of more than 10 feet. 218 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Cap Stones. The Underwriters' code allows cap stones on the front of the building to correspond with the bond stones or other trimmings, but they must cover the entire area of the pier and be not less than 5 inches thick. The Doubled I-Beams over store fronts have to be bolted together \vith separators between, and bearing plates provided under the ends. RETAINING WALLS Material. Taking everything into consideration, probably a concrete made of good Portland cement is the best material to use for retaining walls. It may be put in place by unskilled labor, and this is occasionally a great advantage. Proportions. The danger in some sections of the country is in using a mixture that will let water go through. An ordinary concrete of 1, 3, 6 will not hold water, nor will 1, 3, 5. The poorest that can be used is 1, 2y 2 , 5; and for the best work with a wet soil behind, the mixture should be 1, 2, 4. No stone or gravel should be more than %-inch diameter. Wet Soils should be drained. Not long before this writing I saw a retaining wall washed out by water getting in behind it. Frost. In the middle west we keep 4 feet below the surface for a frost line. Retaining walls, especially, should go below frost in a rainy climate, for if the frost heave them and a crack develops, the road is open for a wreck. The Section of wall chosen seems to depend upon the taste, as all kinds are used. Sometimes it is desirable to keep the face of the wall plumb, and again, in other cases, battered ones are better. The batter or slope of the face side may be used up to iy 2 inches to the foot of height. Thus a wall 4 feet high above the grade would be 6 inches out of plumb. Stepped. A wall may run up the back on a straight slope or be stepped from one thickness to another. The stepping helps to retain the earth and keeps it from " wedging " down and forcing out the masonry. It is the difference between a straight slope and a stair. In case the stepped-up wall is chosen the plank forms have to be made in sections instead of in a single slope. Thus the first base might be 2 feet 2 inches, carried up a foot; the next, 1 foot 11 inches, carried up another foot; the one above, 1 foot 8 inches, and so on. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 219 Plastering cement work on the face does not seem to be much of a success. It should stick, but it often cracks and falls off. The time to plaster is when the main body of the concrete is still green, and the forms cannot be removed then. There is not so good a chance on a dry surface. The best way is to plaster the inside of the boards just a little ahead of the time when the concrete is poured in, and by working a thin blade of some kind in between the mortar and the wood, any places that are not closely filled may be made right. This course will usually give a good enough surface for ordinary work. Plaster does not stick on the top of the wall either. After a time it cracks and falls off. Smooth the mass with a trowel on top or a wood float. The main idea all through is to get the mass and the surface bound together, and not plaster the one on the face of the other. When the boards are plastered as suggested a rich mixture of not more than 1 to 1% should be used, and this will keep out the water. In arid or semi-arid regions, such precautions do not need to be taken. The Underwriters give their retaining wall rule as follows: The thickness of a retaining wall at its base shall be in no case less than one-fourth of its height. A retaining wall is usually thinner at the top than the bottom, although they make no allowance for this. There are many different theories of retaining walls. The following table will give a fair average idea of what the dimensions should be. A depth of 4 feet below the surface is figured. RETAINING WALL TABLE Height above ground Total height Thickness at base Thickness at surface Thickness at top 2' 6' 2' 2" 1' 6" 10" 3 7 2 5 1 7 10 4 8 2 9 1 11 12 5 9 3 2 2 1 12 6 10 3 6 2 5 15 7 11 3 10 2 8 18 8 12 4 2 2 10 18 220 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK STONE LINTELS Size. The longest stone lintel in any contract I ever had was about 16 feet, and the section was perhaps 24" x 20". Naturally, it had to be supported by an unseen steel beam. This means that beyond a certain limit it is not safe to trust to stone alone. Concrete. In a new building I know of, three or four stories high, all the cement stone lintels are cracked in the center. This means, also, that for narrow openings it is not wise to use the new kind of stone without reinforcement. Long beams of reinforced concrete are made for all widths of build- ings, and there is no reason why such a lintel over a narrow window should crack. Several kinds of reinforcement may be used for lintels. There are rods, bars, barbed wire, or a sheet of expanded metal kept back from the edge so that it will not show. The reinforcement of this kind should be put at the bottom of the lintel with just about enough mortar below it to cover the steel. Supposing the lintel to be 10 inches deep, for example, the reinforcement would be placed about an inch from the bottom. The metal acts like a rope, if such an illustration may be used. To hold the mass the rope must be put as low as possible. It would do no good if put on top. Safe Load. Generally this is never figured out. Everybody uses the sizes that have been used since before Shakespeare's day, to go no further back. Two standard sizes are 4" x 10" and 8" x 12". The thin one is put where there is only the usual brick reveal. Every bricklayer knows that the load relieves itself after a few feet of brickwork are laid above the stone. An arch is formed of itself like an inverted V. For special work we can multiply the width of the stone by the square of its depth. Then divide by the span in inches; and for sandstone multiply by 0.08; limestone, 0.10; granite, 0.12. Suppose we have an 8 x 12 x 60-inch span in the clear. The figures would be 8 x 12 x 12, divided by 60, and multiplied by 0.08 for sandstone. The load would be 1.536 tons or 3,072 pounds. For a concentrated load allow half. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 221 BRICK CHIMNEY STACKS Diameter. At the base the outside measurement should not be less than one-tenth of the total height of the chimney. For a square one, the side is made one-tenth also. Round chimneys are generally considered better than square ones. In building some railroad shops we had several large chim- neys one at 175 feet, and the other at 200 feet. They were built of radial brick of the same kind as those used for the highest chimney in the world at Butte, Montana. Above the foundation this chimney is 506 feet in height; the inside diameter is 04 feet at bottom and 50 feet at top. The walls are 66 inches at bottom and 18 inches at top. The foundation walls are 28 feet thick. The foundation cost $50,000, and the chimney proper rbout $200,000. The foundation was tested to a weight of 104 tons to the square foot. The chimney was lined, after it was built, with a 4-inch lining of heat resisting and acid proof bricks. Smelter work is hard on the inside of chimneys. The radial brick chimneys are usually unlined. The shop ones referred to had no lining. With ordinary brick it is customary to line with fire brick up to 25 or 30 feet. Thickness. Molesworth's rule for the thickness of high chimneys is well known. It is 9 inches from the top to 25 feet down; from that, 13 inches to 50 feet down; and 17 inches from that to 75 feet down. For each 25 feet coming down increase 4 inches. This is for the ordinary chimney. Those with a diameter of 4 feet 6 inches at top should not be less than 13 inches there, and be 4 inches thicker all the way down than the standard sized ones. Batter. The regular batter is 0.3 inches to the foot, or nearly five-sixteenths. Cores on the inside do not seem to be so much used now as formerly. Lightning Rods are more popular than they were some years ago. One of the chimneys on the railroad shops was struck by lightning. On the big one at Butte 16 rods of round copper, 1 inch diameter, are installed. The tendency now is to use smaller and lower chimneys and more of them in ordinary plants. Forced draft is resorted to rather than great height. Inside diam. at top 14" H. P. of boiler 70 Height of chimney 120' Inside diam. at top 30" 14 90 120 34 16 120 135 38 17 160 150 43 21 200 165 47 26 250 180 42 27 380 200 57 222 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK HEIGHT AND DIAMETER OF ORDINARY BOILER CHIMNEYS Horsepower Height of of boiler chimney 10 60' 12 75 16 90 20 100 30 105 50 120 60 120 Self-supporting 1 Steel Chimneys. In the shops alluded to these were first figured on, but radial bricks were chosen. They are anchored down to a deep foundation with rods of large diameter. Construction of this kind, as well as that for reinforced chimneys, belongs rather to the specialist than to the ordinary contractor. The distressing number of such chimneys that have fallen in the dust shows that even the experts have still something to learn. In 1909 I watched a large one being taken down after a too brief service. Someone had blundered. It is said that the fire takes the life out of the concrete. One of the hollow tile companies makes a specialty of covering concrete fire-proofing with tile. Even if the tile is destroyed the concrete is saved, and a new covering or lining can be put in at a reasonable cost. CHAPTER IV THE SUPERSTRUCTURE (2) FLOOR LOADS Average Code. The requirements in the following table are about the standards, and safe enough for any construction. TABLE OF FLOOR LOADS All floors shall be constructed to bear a safe weight per superficial foot, exclusive of materials, as follows: For armories, drill halls, storage warehouses 250 Ibs. Retail stores 150 " Public buildings 125 " Large halls, corridors, rotundas, etc., of hotels 125 " All other rooms in hotels 75 " Office buildings 75 " Dwelling houses 50 " The ideal code of the Underwriters gives the weights allowed, but this does not include the materials in the floor, which must be added: Dwellings 60 Ibs. Office buildings, first floor 150 " above first floor 75 " Schools 75 " Stables and carriage houses 75 " Public assembly buildings 90 " Stores, light manufacturing and light 'storage 150 " Flat roofs 50 " Pitched roofs measured on the level 30 " Sidewalks, live load 300 " 223 224 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Live Load. This code when dealing with buildings of more than five stories allows the following reduction: For the roof and top floor the full live load must be figured. For each succeeding lower floor it may be reduced 50 per cent., until 50 per cent, of the live load is reached, and this load shall then be used clear down on the remaining floors. This is to establish the weight on columns. The floor loads are to be distributed, and not concentrated. It is usually just as easy to load floors close to the bearing of wall or column as to pile up the weight in the center on the weakest part of the floor; but there are many whole- salers and merchants who never seem to get this idea in their minds. Limit. It will be noticed in the Underwriters' code that the heaviest load for the building proper is 150 pounds. Bos- ton, Omaha, and some other cities give 250. In many of the new reinforced concrete warehouses the allowance is more than twice as much. In the old style of warehouses the ceil- ings were purposely kept low in order to prevent overloading. Choice. Here, then, are two good standards to go by first, the one used by average cities, and, second, the ideal one recommended by the fire insurance companies of the United States. Wide Spans. In schoolrooms there is usually a width of 26 or 28 feet, and contractors who have laid the 3 x 14 or 3x16 joists know that they are strong enough to carry several times the load that ever comes upon them. But those who have had to hoist and lay them by ropes and main strength up on the second story have often wished that the architects could substitute something lighter. This length has always been necessary on account of the number of scholars. Each room is supposed to hold from 45 to 50. But now the limit is lowering to 40; and one private school in New York allows only 15. The day of the large schoolroom is passing. Example. Suppose now that we take a building as before, 40' x 100', to get the size of the timbers. The span between wall and columns, and between columns, was set at 16 feet, but let us take 14 here, and this will keep us from having the idea that there is any fixed distance. It might be made 12 feet if we wanted to. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 225 The joists are 20 feet long, and the weight is to be 125 pounds to the square foot, including that of the floor itself. The joist is shorter, of course, but the bearing is also included, as we do not figure down to a fraction where there are so many factors that we cannot exactly determine, like the resistance of the soil to pressure, and so on. Weight. From column to column, then, is 14 feet; and from the column half way to the walls on each side is 10 feet. Measuring half way between bearings, both ways, we have a space of 14 feet running the long way of the building, and 20 feet the cross way. As the column stands exactly in the center, it supports all this area. But measuring from center to center of columns we have the same 14 feet, and thus we see that the girder which connects them supports all this space of 14' x 20' x 125 Ibs. 35,000. This is only for one floor. We require a girder of steel or wood between the columns that will support 35,000. Trial Test. A long-leafed Y. P. girder of not more than 14 inches deep may be tried first. Looking at the table given on page 237 we see that a 3 x 14 on a 14-foot span will support 2.91 tons. The third of this is 0.97, or close enough to a ton to call it so, for a 1 x 14. As our weight is 17% tons we therefore require a girder 17% inches wide, and this is out of the question. Referring again to the table we find that a 3x16 Y. P. joist carries 3.80 tons. One-third of this is 1.27. Dividing 17% tons by this shows that the width at 16 deep would be 14 inches. Timbers come less than the full size ; and a 14x16 would measure only 13% x 15% at most. Considering that 85 per cent. . of the load is enough to figure on, the size would be large enough. Two good, sound, dry 6" x 16" timbers bolted together would hold the load. Flitch Plates. This style of girder is not so common as formerly. It is made by putting a plate of steel between two girders and bolting them together. When the fire comes the steel is protected from buckling. Sometimes a triple beam is used with two of these plates. The bolts are usually about %-inch diameter, spaced from 20 inches to 24 inches. Directly above the bearing on each end two bolts are put in. The other bolts are put not more than 3 inches from the edge, and 226 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK staggered. If an iron plate is used the wood should be about 11 times as thick; if a steel one, 15 times. In the following tables for Flitch plate girders it should be remembered that the timbers come a little less than the full size. The tables are made out to suit the market size. TABLE FOR FLITCH PLATE GIRDERS Safe load in pounds uniformly distributed, supported at both ends. For concentrated load in center allow one-half the load given in tables. OJ a a Bj Oi 02 SIZE OF GIRDER Beams 2-3x8 Plato y 3 x7y 2 j^ Beams 2-3x10 22,432 32,872 45,301 59,717 76,122 62,559 81,735 104,189 18 19,940 29,219 40.267 53,082 67,664 55,607 72,653 92,612 20 17,946 26,298 36,240 47,774 60,898 50,047 65,388 83,351 22 16,314 23,907 32,946 43,431 55,361 45,497 59,444 75,774 24 14,955 21,915 30,200 39,812 50,748 41,706 54,490 69,459 26 13,805 20,229 27,877 36,749 46,884 38,500 50,298 64,116 28 12,819 18,784 25,886 34,124 43,49'8 35,748 46,706 59,037 30 11,964 17,532 24,160 31,849 40,598 33,364 43,592 55,567 32 11,216 16,436 22,650 29,859 38,061 31,279 40,867 52,095 228 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Steel. Supposing that a steel beam were chosen, we refer to the table and find out that a 12"x40-lb. beam will support nearly 18 tons, and this is over our limit. Some would prefer two 10" x 25-lb. beams bolted together, especially in cases where the ceiling heights were low, and it was not considered desirable to frame the joists down to the level. Bearing. Girders should have at least 6 inches bearing on the walls, but 4 inches is enough for joists. Joists. We next come to the size of the joists required on a span of 20 feet, with a load of 125 pounds to the square foot. In stores, all over the country, 2" x 14" are used at 12-inch centers on a 22-foot span. Our span is 2 feet less, and 16-inch centers might be assumed. A 3x14, according to the table, carries 2.91 tons; and a 1-inch full size by 14 would thus take care of a ton. A joist 1%, the market size, on this basis would support 3,500 pounds of clear span without a girder in the center, which stores usually have. On a space, really 19 feet after deducting the wall, which is not often done, by 16 inches there are 25.3 square feet at 125 pounds = 3,162. A 2 x 14 set 16-inch centers is therefore ample, as the full load never goes on. How would a 2x12 work? On a 14-foot span it carries 1.43 tons, full size. Allowing only 1% thick, and disre- garding the deficiency in depth, the load would be 1.25 tons, or 2,500 pounds. At 125 pounds a 19-foot span, a foot wide, will support 2,375 pounds. A 2 x 12 would be large enough set at 12-inch centers. Girder. By putting in the right kind of a girder, and wide enough bases below the posts, we can cut the span in half, and space the 2 x 12" joists at 16 inches. Even 2 x 10's would be strong enough, but such light sizes are not used on good construction. The trouble with a store floor is that a car-load of nails is apt to be put down on the weakest part of the area. We have to make it " fool-proof " for this reason. But all this is what some of our colored friends \vould call "powerful good construction." I once stood in a Wyoming town and watched a Chinese mason building above a store front with cement blocks set on 2 x 8's, and they were already bending. The endeavor all through this book is to strike a CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 229 reasonable medium between him and the white man referred to elsewhere who ordered a 6-inch column of 2-inch metal for the same job. Wet or Dry. Something was said about the owner and his haste in getting possession of the new building. Perhaps if he would read this part he would find out something about the difference between wet and dry lumber. The contractor who takes time on a building is really serving the owner as was set forth. Dry Lumber, it has been found by experiment, is fifty per cent, stronger than green just from the woods where most of ours is from in these days. The tables of strength make allowance for this. They are figured to use only about one- fourth of the breaking load. As the timbers become dry they increase in strength, but they shrink, and often spoil plaster and finish in the process. The largest timbers may take sev- eral years to dry thoroughly. The United States experiments give the bending strength of long-leaf yellow pine \vith moisture as follows: Per cent. Per cent, of moisture Strength of moisture Strength 33 7660 15 10900 20 8900 10 14000 Plaster Cracking. The danger from cracking of the ceil- ings is not so great as some theoretical tables would have us believe. Many schoolrooms stretch 26 feet, and their ceilings stand; but the tables tell us that a joist of even 16 inches deep is restricted to a span of 18 feet. There is too much theory there. Joists. Let us for variety allow 100 pounds to the square foot for the third floor. The girder would support only 28,000 in place of 35,000. If we allow 85 per cent., the total weight is 12 tons. A 1 x 14 carries a ton on the span of 14 feet, and a 12 x 14, or two 6 x 14's, would easily carry the load. The clear span of 19 feet, a foot wide, has a load of 1,900 pounds. A joist 2x12 supports 1.43 tons or 2,860 pounds. This will take care of more surface than on 12-inch centers. Will it hold up the weight that goes on the next standard span of 16 inches? One-third more surface gives a total of 2,533 pounds. But the joist is sure to be not more than 1% inches 230 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK thick. This reduces the load it will carry to 2,500 pounds, which is just what is required. Another way of arriving at the joists is to take in the whole floor. Let us take a floor 20 x 100' x 100 pounds to square foot, this to include everything. The total load is 200,000 pounds, and 85 per cent, of that is 170,000. An 1% x 12" joist, as we have seen, supports 2,500. Dividing 170,000 by this figure we see that 68 joists carry the load. In 100 feet there are 1,200 inches. We have 67 spaces for 68 joists. Dividing 1,200 inches by 67 we find that the joists should be spaced at 18 inches. But our lumber and lath are cut to suit 16 inches, and this size is chosen. It gives more strength than what is required. No Partitions. All through, it will be noticed that no partitions or special weights of that kind are included. These must be added if there are any. Above a wide store floor provision would have to be made for them, and that would mean stronger joists or closer centers. But on the higher floors the partitions might support the joists midway, and allow lighter ones. The whole extra weight would be trans- ferred down to the ones above the store when it came near the center of the span. Ceiling and Roof Joists. These should be tied together to make a kind of a truss, and do not need to be figured in- dependently. A 2 x 6 ceiling joist and a 2x10 roof joist, or even a 2 x 8, can be so trussed as to make a splendid roof. Sometimes or rather quite often 2 x 4 ceiling joists and 2x6 roof joists are made to serve. If plenty of 1x4 or 1x6 bracing is nailed on, a strong job can be made. This applies to a flat roof. Doubling. Under all partitions, at stairs, wide chimneys, and such places, the joists must be doubled. If a special weight comes upon a timber it stands to reason that a special strength must be supplied to carry it. Concentrated Load. If all the load comes midway on the girder or joist, allow double thickness. In other words, only half the load should be carried. At a distance of 14 of the full span allow about 70 per cent, of the safe distributed load. At % of the span, allow \\ of the full load. Thus, supposing a beam 12 feet long between supports carried a distributed load of 4,400 pounds, CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 231 it would have only 2,200 if all the load was put in the center; at 3 feet from one end, 3,080; at 1 foot 6 inches from the end, a little over 5,000. Built-up Beam. In general, a beam of this kind is stronger than a solid one. A solid beam might have, or might develop, some imperfections that affected the strength; but the different members of a built-up beam distribute the defect. One plank in five might be bad, but the others would stand the strain. But the planks must be well bolted or spiked together. The joints should be broken. It does not seem to matter where they come, so that they are well distributed. We used to make such beams continuous, and not join them over columns or posts. Just as it does not matter where reinforced concrete is joined, above the girder or in the center of the span, so the built-up beam is strong enough made either way jointed above the post or continuous. Experience. There are certain standard sizes used from the one end of the land to the other, and we do not have to stop to figure them. We know that 2 x 10 joists are large enough for the ordinary dwelling, for they have been used ten thousand times over for this purpose; w r e also know that a 2 x 14 may be used for store floors on a 22-foot span, 16-inch centers without a girder, although 12-inch centers are often used; and that with a girder, 2 x 12's set at 16 inches will carry the load, for we have often seen 2 x 10's doing it; and 2x 14's have been put over 26-foot spans of schoolrooms so many times at 16-inch centers that we feel sure we are safe enough when 3 x 14's are specified; and smile when we have to put on 3xl6's. Then all good carpenters know that doubling or cross strengthening is required below partitions; that all around a stair well there have to be two joists; that the same is true at wide chimneys ; and that special weights have to be specially provided for. Good common sense goes a long way in building. We do not have to refer to tables of strength every , time a difficulty arises. As noted in the educational chapter, there are two ways of learning by book and by experience. Knowledge is knowledge and nothing more or less, no matter by which route we obtain it. Warehouse Floors. These are sometimes laid with a fall to the outside walls sufficient to drain off water in case of 232 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK fire, and scuppers are placed in the walls of each floor to allow it to run to the ground. The floor is put just a little out of level, say i/ 8 -inch to the foot. In fires it is often said that more damage is done by water than by flames. Theory and Practice. I have seen long floors with joists, or rather girders, they should be called, heavy enough to astonish the carpenters who are accustomed to almost any- thing. They were 8 x 16's, 24-inch centers, on a 22-foot span. One floor was for a machine shop, and the other for light storage. Now, theory may say that such an arrangement is correct, but the experienced men who laid the timbers kept up a run- ning fire of banter. Why? Well, they saw that a railroad engine could have been run over the floor. The space between the timbers was only 16y 2 inches at most. Load. The material was Oregon fir. On a 22-foot span Kidder gives a load of 2,094 pounds for each inch, 16 inches deep. Cutting off the 94 pounds for deficiency in size, and multiplying by 7y 2 we have a total load of 15,000 pounds on 44 square feet, or 341 pounds to the square foot. Where there is to be concentrated load, as with machines, that is not too much, but for light storage it is twice what it should be. The trouble seems to be with the tables. The table in the Carnegie handbook allows 970 pounds per inch for 16-inch deep on a 22-foot span for spruce. Turning the 970 spruce into 1,250 for Oregon fir, and cutting off the 50 for deficiency in sizes, we find that the 7% inches supports only 9,000 pounds. It is too safe. The carpenters smile even if the professors frown. Extra Precautions. This is also the trouble with that excellent book, the Underwriters' code. It is often too safe. The method given for calculating the uniformly distributed load on floor beams is to multiply the area in square inches by the depth in inches, and divide the product by the span of the beam in feet. This figure is then multiplied by 70 for hemlock 90 for spruce and white pine 120 for oak 140 for yellow pine. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 233 In round numbers, spruce in Kidder is 1,630, while Oregon fir is 2,100 on a 22-foot span. Increasing the Underwriters' factor of 90 for spruce in the same proportion we get 116. The sectional area of an 8 x 16 is 128. Multiplying this by the depth of 16 inches = 2,048. Dividing by the length of 22 we have 93.1. Multiplying this by 116 we get the per- missible load of 10,800 pounds. Kidder thus gives us.. 15,000 Carnegie's Handbook .... 9,000 Underwriters 10,800 No deduction is made on the latter for deficiency in size which would bring it down lower than 10,000. The Underwriters give a simple way of figuring up the strength instead of the lineal foot of formulas that the aver- age professor needs to express the simplest idea. Y. P. Only. In the West, at least, we may as well dis- regard the other factors, and deal only with yellow pine. The Underwriters' figure should be increased from 140 to 160, which would still be below other standard tables, but would make allowance for deficiency in size. Rule. For Y. P. multiply the area of the section in square inches by the depth in inches, and divide this product by the clear span of the beam in feet. Then multiply the result by 160 for the load in pounds. Example. A 4 x 12 x 16' in clear would thus be: 4 x 12 = 48 x 12 = 576, which divided by 16 = 36 x 160 distributed load of 5,760 pounds. MILL CONSTRUCTION What It Is. The Chicago code defines " mill construction " as applying to all buildings in which all the girders and joists supporting floors and roof have a sectional area of not less than 72 square inches, and above the joists of which there is laid a timber floor not less than 3% inches thick. Wooden posts must not be less than 100 square inches in sectional area, which means 10 x 10 for a square post. Partitions and elevators have to be enclosed in non-com- bustible material, but the posts, girders, and joists are left un- 234 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK protected. No wood furring, wood lath, or stud partitions are to be used in this kind of a building. Slow Burning Construction, on the contrary, is protected from fire as with metal lath and heavy coats of plaster. But the posts if of oak with more than 100 square inches of area need not be covered. The stairs must be of non-combustible material. When a girder cannot be easily found in one piece, two may be used side by side and bolted together, but this is not considered so desirable. The Underwriters' code defines mill construction as that in which no structural material is less than 8 inches either way. The floor plank must not be less than 3 inches, either splined, or tongued and grooved. A spline is what a carpenter calls a slip tongue or feather. On top a regular y 8 -inch floor would be placed also tongued, running the cross way or diagonally. Two thicknesses of waterproof material of some kind would be put between the floors, and flashed 3 inches up the posts or walls. Wood Posts would not be less than 100 square inches, nor less than 10 each w T ay, except in the top story, which might be 8" x 8". They w r ould all have cast iron caps to serve as a base for the post above. Square Edged. While tongued and grooved top flooring is an excellent material in every way, it seems that the square- edged kind is better adapted for mills and manufacturing buildings, not on account of safety from fire which might the easier penetrate the joints from below, but on account of wearing qualities. Fire Resistance. The idea in mill construction is to make the timbers so large that the fire, even if it gains headway, can yet be checked before it burns through them, and the structure can then be easily put in shape again. Where there are many joists sticking down from the ceiling the fire has a good chance to catch, but where four or five joists are combined into one timber at four or five times the distance apart, the danger is much lessened. The floor necessarily being heavier on such spans is also harder to burn through. It takes a fire a considerable time to eat through a 12 x 12 wood post, or an 8x16 girder. Then another advantage is that the wood does not expand and buckle as iron and steel do. In the San Francisco fire, in many buildings, and especially in the Fair- CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 235 mount Hotel, the unprotected cast iron columns failed as the result of unequal expansion caused by the lugs. One expert of the government said, " Cast iron columns in some buildings endured the fire fairly well, but undoubtedly would have been broken or shattered if cold water had been thrown upon them in the midst of the great heat. They should no longer be used." Stairways, Hatchways, and so forth should be enclosed with masonry. Every opening is blocked in some way to prevent the fire from spreading, sometimes with tinned doors hung so as to cover the opening when the fusible link melts. No varnish or painting is allowed, as fire spreads quickly over it, and some of the manufacturers object to covering the surfaces on account of danger from dry rot. But sometimes the whole interior surface is covered with cold water paint, either put on by brush or a hose and nozzle. No wood is used beyond what is absolutely necessary. We have all seen buildings of this construction correct in every- thing, yet filled in the inside with ceiling partitions, stair rails, etc., that undo the care expended on the main body of the work. Scuppers are put in the walls to take care of the water in case of fire or other cause of flood. In two cases that I know of, the automatic sprinklers began to work through the night, and flooded a drygoods store with water. Scuppers would have saved some of the loss. Distance. The floor beams in mill construction are seldom placed closer than 4-foot centers, and usually about 6-foot or 8-foot, according to the load. The following table gives the thickness of flooring to use. LOADING OF Y. P. MILL FLOORS Safe loads per square foot in pounds uniformly distributed. The upper load is for strength. The lower load is for stiffness and allows a deflection of one-thirtieth of an inch per foot of span. The weight of the floor itself is included. 236 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Thickness of Floor Span in Feet Load per Square Foot 4 317 167 1% 5 202 85 6 140 50 4 827 705 5 529 361 2% 6 367 209 7 269 131 8 206 88 5 1,009 951 6 700 550 3% 7 515 346 8 394 232 9 311 163 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 237 SAFE LOADS, IN TONS, UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED, FOR WOOD BEAMS "3 oS gX! - 5 "3 % -o-S S Distance Between Supports, in Feet ^H 3 6 8 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 23 25 26 Spruce 0.50 0.37 0.30 0.27 0.25 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 For White Pine, use 2x6 W. Oak 0.67 0.50 0.40 0.36 0.33 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.24 0.22 loads given for Y. Pine 0.84 0.63 0.50 0.46 0.42 0.36 0.33 0.31 0.29 0.28 Spruce Spruce 0.89 0.67 0.53 0.48 0.44 0.38 0.36 0.33 0.31 0.30 0.28 C.25 0.23 0.21 2x8 W. Oak 1.19 0.89 0.71 0.65 0.59 0.51 0.47 0.44 0.42 0.40 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.28 Y. Pine 1.49 1.11 0.89 0.81 0.74 0.63 0.59 0.56 0.52 0.49 0.47 0.42 0.39 0.36 Spruce 1.39 1.04 0.83 0.76 0.69 0.60 0.56 0.52 0.49 0.46 0.44 0.40 0.36 0.33 0.32 2x10 W. Oak 1.85 1.39 1.11 1.01 0.93 0.79 0.74 0.69 0.65 0.62 0.58 0.53 0.48 0.44 0.43 Y. Pine 2.33 1.74 1.39 1.27 1.16 0.99 0.93 0.87 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.53 Spruce 2.00 1.50 1.20 1.09 1.00 0.86 0.80 0.75 0.71 0.67 0.63 0.57 0.52 0.48 0.46 2x12 W. Oak 2.67 2.00 1.60 1.45 1.33 1.14 1.07 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.84 0.76 0.70 0.64 0.62 Y. Pine 3.35 2.50 2.00 1.82 1.66 1.43 1.33 1.25 1.18 1.11 1.05 0.95 0.87 0.80 0.77 Spruce 0.75 0.56 0.45 0.41 0.37 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.21 0.20 3x6 W. Oak 1.00 0.75 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.43 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32 0.29 0.26 Y. Pine 1.26 0.94 0.75 0.68 0.62 0.53 0.50 0.47 0.44 0.42 0.39 0.36 0.33 Spruce 1.33 1.00 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.47 0.44 0.42 0.38 0.35 0.32 0.31 3x8 W. Oak 1.78 1.33 1.07 0.97 0.89 0.76 0.71 0.67 0.63 0.59 0.56 0.51 0.46 0.43 0.41 Y. Pine 2.23 1.67 1.33 1.22 1.11 0.95 0.89 0.83 0.78 0.74 0.70 0.64 0.58 0.53 0.51 Spruce 2.08 1.56 1.25 1.14 1.04 0.89 0.83 0.78 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.48 3x10 W. Oak 2.78 2.08 1.67 1.52 1.39 1.19 1.11 1.04 0.98 0.93 0.88 0.79 0.72 0.67 0.64 Y. Pine 3.49 2.61 2.08 1.90 1.73 1.49 1.39 1.30 1.22 1.16 1.10 0.99 0.91 0.83 0.80 Spruce 3.00 2.25 1.80 1.64 1.50 1.29 1.20 1.13 1.06 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.79 0.72 0.69 3x12 W. Oak 4.00 3.00 2.40 2.18 2.00 1.71 1.60 1.50 1.41 1.33 1.26 1.14 1.04 0.96 0.92 Y. Pine 5.02 3.76 3.00 2.73 2.50 2.14 2.00 1.88 1.76 1.67 1.58 1.43 1.30 1.20 1.16 Spruce 4.08 3.06 2.45 2.23 2.04 1.75 1.63 1.53 1.44 1.36 1.22 1.17 1.07 0.98 0.94 3x14 W. Oak 5.45 4.08 3.27 2.97 2.72 2.37 2.18 2.04 1.92 1.82 1.72 1.56 1.42 1.31 1.25 Y. Pine 6.84 5.11 4.08 3.72 3.40 2.91 2.72 2.56 2.40 2.27 2.15 1.95 1.78 1.63 1.57 Spruce 5.33 4.00 3.20 2.91 2.67 2.29 2.13 2.00 1.88 1.78 1.68 1.52 1.40 1.28 1.23 3x16 W. Oak 7.11 5.33 4.27 3.88 3.56 3.05 2.84 2.67 2.51 2.37 2.25 2.03 1.86 1.71 1.64 Y. Pine 8.93 6.68 5.33 4.86 4.44 3.80 3.56 3.34 3.13 2.97 2.80 2.54 2.32 2.13 2.05 Spruce 2.78 2.08 1.67 1.52 1.39 1.19 1.11 1.04 0.98 0.93 0.88 0.79 0.72 0.67 0.64 4x10 W. Oak 3.70 2.78 2.22 2.02 1.85 1.59 1.48 1.39 1.31 1.23 1.17 1.06 0.97 0.89 0.85 Y. Pine 4.65 3.48 2.78 2.53 2.31 1.98 1.85 1.74 1.63 1.54 1.46 1.32 1.21 1.11 1.07 Spruce 4.00 3.00 2.40 2.18 2.00 1.71 1.60 1.50 1.41 1.33 1.26 1.14 1.05 0.96 0.92 4x12 W. Oak 5.33 4.00 3.20 2.91 2.67 2.29 2.13 2.00 1.88 1.78 1.68 1.52 1.39 1.28 1.23 Y. Pine 6.70 5.01 4.00 3.65 3.33 2.85 2.67 2.50 2.35 2.19 2.10 1.91 1.74 1.60 1.54 Spruce 5.44 4.08 3.27 2.97 2.72 2.33 2.18 2.04 1.92 1.82 1.72 1.56 1.42 1.31 1.25 4x14 W. Oak 7.26 5.44 4.36 3.96 3.63 3.11 2.90 2.72 2.56 2.42 2.29 2.07 1.90 1.74 1.68 Y. Pine 9.12 6.82 5.44 4.96 4.53 3.88 3.63 3.41 3.20 3.03 2.86 2.60 2.37 2.18 2.10 Spruce 7.11 5.33 4.27 3.88 3.56 3.05 2.84 2.67 2.51 2.37 2.25 2.03 1.86 1.71 1.64 4x16 W. Oak 9.48 7.11 5.69 5.17 4.74 4.06 3.79 3.56 3.35 3.16 3.00 2.71 2.47 2.28 2.19 Y. Pine 11.91 8.90 7.11 6.48 5.92 5.07 4.74 4.45 4.18 3.95 3.74 3.39 3.10 2.84 2.74 Spruce 9.00 6.75 5.40 4.91 4.50 3.86 3.60 3.38 3.18 3.00 2.84 2.57 2.35 2.16 2.08 4x18 W. Oak 12.00 9.00 7.20 6.55 6.00 5.14 4.80 4.50 4.24 4.00 3.79 3.43 3.13 2.88 2.77 Y. Pine 15.10 11.30 9.00 8.20 7.49 6.42 6.00 5.63 5.29 5.00 4.73 4.29 3.92 3.60 3.47 238 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Cost. In the " Estimator " there is a cost table of mill construction work with sizes running from 6x12 to 8x16, and from 2-foot up to 8-foot centers. In some warehouses with heavy loads joists are put in with closer centers than for mill construction, and the table of cost is made out to suit. Partitions. If they must be put in mill construction they should be made of solid plaster on expanded metal, or of plank two or three inches thick. Hangers. In much of this heavy work hangers are used entirely, and the timbers never allowed to rest directly upon the wall or girder. Ground Floors. For floors suitable for this kind of mill and warehouse construction we used the following mixture on several railroad shops: 8 barrels of cinders to 1 of coal tar, laid 6 inches thick, with 3" x 4" bedded in the mixture at 16-inch centers, and covered with 3-inch flooring. This was coal tar, and not water gas tar, which is a good deal cheaper. It is claimed by some that asphalt is a better material to use for such floors than coal tar, cinders, and wood. The tar evaporates, and the substance or life goes out of it. But asphalt cannot be used where oil is dropping on it all the while. Roofs. Some of the insurance men want plank roofs about 3 inches thick. This is for the same reason that thick timbers are used in mill construction. The slope recommended is y 2 -inch to the foot, and this is enough for gravel and such roofs. Slope of Eoofs. For flat seam tin, not less than y 2 -inch; for standing seam, not less than 2 inches; for gravel, not more than 1 inch, although iy 2 inches may be used if required. I have seen several large roofs with 2 inches, and the gravel washes off and fills the sewers where they are connected to the downspouts. Wood shingles should not have less than 8 inches in 12 inches, or ^ pitch, but sometimes only 6 inches to 12, or 1/4 pitch is made. This is too low in a rainy climate. When rooms are to be used in the attic, half pitch is best. On a 22-foot span this would be 11 feet. CHAPTER V LOADS UPON POSTS, COLUMNS, LINTELS, RODS, AND ROPES Bridges. When serving my apprenticeship the foreman came to my bench one winter morning and said, " Do you know that the Tay Bridge has fallen?" That seemed to be impossible, yet it had gone into the river with a trainload of passengers. It was a case of bad wind bracing, bad material, and unsafe loading. In 1907 the splendid Quebec Bridge went smash into the St. Lawrence. About 100 workmen went with it to their death. The report of the crash was heard for a distance of six miles. As we think of such terrible disasters, and of many col- lapsed buildings, both of steel and reinforced concrete con- struction, we are reminded of Mr. Edison's saying that we know just about one-billionth part of one per cent, about anything. Even the theories about poured cement houses do not work out as they should. Proverbs. There are two old sayings worth noting. One is that all extremes are wrong; and the other that safety lies in the middle. Thick Metal. One day in an architectural office we were interested at the story a draftsman told. It seems that while he was working in a foundry, a man from the wildest part of the West sent in an order for a 6-inch column with 2-inch metal, to hold up a light store front that did not extend more than one story above the I-beams, if even so much as that. I think it was only for a cornice. The foundryman laughed, but had conscience enough not to cast it. The freight would have been too high. The following tables are meant to keep any man from making out such an order. The contractor-architect is not equipped with the learning of the schools, and the tables will 239 240 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK help him out of the worst difficulties of the structural part. Averages. The method employed, in general, in arriving at the safe load for wooden posts was very simple. The high- est table and the lowest of unimpeachable authorities were taken, shaken together, and divided by two. For those who think that this is not exactly a scientific method it may be well to respectfully call their attention to the two bridges just spoken of, to the Darlington steel frame hotel in New York City, to the reinforced concrete building in Long Beach, Calif., both of which fell; and to so many others from the Atlantic to the Pacific that it would take up too much space even to list them here. Evidently, whether we call them " artchitects," or architects, they have still a good deal to learn, and need not pretend to too much accuracy. Decimals. Tons are given in even figures. Why potter with decimals when the best authorities sometimes differ as much as 50 per cent, in their loads? Posts when dressed are usually y 2 -inch less than the marked size, but this may be safely neglected when one standard table is made out for much more of a load than is allowed here. SAFE LOADS, IN TONS, OF 2,000 POUNDS FOR SQUARE WOOD POSTS SPRUCE OR WHITE PINE Length Size ft. 6x6 8x8 10x10 12x12 14x14 16x16 8 10 19 31 47 62 10 9 18 29 45 60 12 8 17 27 43 58 76 14 7 16 26 41 56 74 16 6 15 25 39 54 72 18 14 24 37 52 70 20 12 23 36 50 68 22 22 35 49 66 24 21 34 47 64 Yellow Pine Square Posts 8 13 24 39 58 80 100 10 12 23 38 54 78 100 12 11 22 37 52 75 100 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 241 Yellow Pine Square Posts 14 10 21 36 50 73 96 16 9 20 35 48 71 92 18 19 34 46 69 88 20 18 33 44 67 84 22 31 42 65 81 24 40 63 78 For Oak and Norway Pine allow from 15 to 20 per cent, less weight than on the above Y. P. list. Yellow Pine Rectangular Posts Safe loads in pounds per square inch for various values f YD- L = Length of post in inches. D Least side in inches. L L L L ~D D D D 1 998 11 877 21 697 32 535 2 994 12 859 22 680 34 511 3 988 13 841 23 664 36 489 4 979 14 823 24 648 38 468 5 969 15 804 25 632 40 448 6 956 16 786 26 617 42 429 7 942 17 768 27 602 44 412 8 927 18 749 28 588 46 396 9 912 19 T32 29 574 48 381 10 895 20 714 30 561 50 367 Method of using above table: The weight is given in pounds, and not in tons, as the others are; and for a square inch 242 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK alone, and not for the whole post. Get the length of the post in inches, and divide this by the least thickness. Thus, a 10 x 14 would give 10, and an 8 x 12 would give 8 for a divisor. Look down th^ lines L / D and find a number the same as the result. Opposite this will be found the per- missible load per square inch. Example. What load may be put on a wood post, un- braced between head and foot, if 10"xl4"xl6' long? There are 192 inches in 16 feet. Dividing this by 10, as the smallest side, we get 19.2. Looking down the column for the nearest number of 19 we find the weight of 732 pounds per square inch. Supposing the post to be full size we multiply 140 square inches by 732, and get the total load of 102,480 pounds, or 51 tons. Boring. A wood post should be bored from end to end, and have a small hole bored in at top and bottom to connect with the long one. This is to allow air to pass through and prevent dry rot. About the time of this writing there was a wall-paper factory burned in West 34th Street, New York. It was of mill construction, and the posts were of ample size. It was only 18 years old, yet dry rot had eaten the strength out of the 14- and 15-inch oak posts. There must be a iy 2 -inch hole from end to end, and a %-inch connecting cross one to let air through. This saves checking as well as dry rot. Fire. Perhaps the day of the wood post is passing. Probably we shall go back to the old style of brick piers clear from foundation to roof, or reinforced concrete, instead of steel, iron, or wood supports. One engineer has preached against the interior steel columns for years. If it is said that a brick pier 2' x 2' looks too clumsy in the center of a floor, we might reply that it is far more in keeping with the architecture of a heavy factory or warehouse than on the front of a porch, and now we see piers of this size all over the country supporting light porch cornices. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 243 SAFE LOADS, IN TONS, FOR HOLLOW ROUND CAST COLUMNS Diam in In. Thick- ness in Inches Unsupported Length, in Feet 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 6 % 50 43 37 32 27 7 /8 57 50 42 36 31 7 % 62 56 49 43 38 33 % 71 64 57 49 43 38 8 % 75 69 62 56 50 44 39 7 /8 86 79 71 64 57 50 M 97 89 81 72 63 56 50 9 % 101 94 86 78 70 63 57 113 105 97 88 79 71 64 1% 126 117 107 97 88 79 71 10 7 /8 116 109 101 93 85 78 71 64 130 122 114 105 96 88 80 72 1% 145 136 126 117 107 97 88 80 1^4 158 149 139 128 117 107 97 88 11 147 139 131 122 113 104 96 88 80 1% 163 155 146 136 126 116 106 97 89 IV* 179 170 160 149 138 127 117 107 98 1% 195 185 174 162 150 138 127 117 106 12 1% 181 174 165 155 145 135 125 115 106 98 1% 199 191 181 170 159 148 137 127 117 108 1% 217 207 197 185 173 161 149 138 127 117 1% 234 224 212 200 187 173 161 149 137 126 13 1% 200 192 184 174 164 154 144 134 125 116 1% 219 211 202 191 180 169 158 147 137 127 1% 239 230 220 208 196 184 172 160 149 138 iy 2 258 248 237 225 212 199 186 173 161 149 14 1% 232 223 213 202 191 180 168 157 147 1% 253 243 232 220 207 195 183 171 160 1% 273 263 251 238 224 211 198 185 173 1% 293 282 269 255 241 227 212 198 185 15 1% 266 255 243 231 219 206 194 182 iy 2 287 276 263 250 236 223 210 197 1% 309 296 283 268 254 239 225 211 1% 329 316 301 286 271 255 240 225 16 iy 2 301 288 275 262 248 235 222 1% 323 310 296 282 267 253 239 1% 345 331 316 300 285 270 254 244 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK SAFE LOADS, IN TONS, FOR HOLLOW SQUARE CAST COLUMNS Side in Thick- ness in Unsupported Length, in Feet In. Inches 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 6 % ~67 ~60 ~53 ~46 ~40 % 76 68 60 52 45 7 % 83 76 69 61 54 49 % 94 87 79 70 62 55 8 % 99 92 85 78 70 63 57 7 /8 113 106 98 89 80 72 65 1 127 119 110 100 90 81 73 9 % 131 124 116 107 99 91 82 1 148 140 131 121 112 103 94 1% 164 155 145 134 123 113 103 10 7 /8 150 143 135 126 118 109 100 92 1 169 161 153 143 133 123 114 105 1% 187 179 169 158 147 136 126 116 1% 206 196 186 174 162 150 138 127 11 i 190 183 174 165 155 144 135 125 116 1% 211 203 193 183 172 160 150 139 129 1% 232 223 212 201 189 177 166 154 142 1% 251 242 230 218 205 191 179 167 157 12 1% 234 226 217 207 196 185 174 163 153 143 1% 258 249 239 228 216 204 192 179 167 156 1% 279 270 260 247 235 221 208 195 182 169 iy a 301 292 280 267 253 239 225 210 197 184 13 1% 257 250 241 231 221 210 199 187 176 165 1% 283 275 266 255 243 232 219 206 194 182 1% 308 299 289 277 265 250 237 224 211 198 iy 2 332 323 312 299 286 271 257 242 228 214 14 1% 301 292 282 271 259 247 234 221 209 1% 328 318 306 294 281 268 254 240 227 iy 2 354 343 331 318 304 290 275 260 245 1% 380 368 355 341 326 311 295 279 263 15 1% 347 336 324 311 298 284 270 256 iy 2 375 363 350 336 322 307 292 277 1% 402 390 376 361 345 329 313 297 1% 430 416 401 385 368 351 334 318 16 iy 2 395 383 369 354 339 324 310 1% 424 411 396 380 364 348 332 1% 453 439 423 407 389 371 354 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 245 WEIGHT OF SQUARE CAST IRON COLS IN LBS PER LF (Birkmire) PI- Thickness of Metal in In 2a + 2b H 7 A \ 1 1H IH 1^ 1M 2 *12 18.6 21.1 23.3 25.0 26.4 27.3 28.1 14 22.5 25.8 28.7 31.3 33.4 35.1 37.5 16 26.4 30.5 34.2 37.5 40.4 43.0 46.9 49.2 50.0 18 30.3 35.2 39.7 43.8 47.4 50.8 56.3 60.2 62.5 20 34.2 39.8 45.1 50.0 54,5 58.6 65.6 71.1 75.0 22 38.1 44.5 50.6 56.3 61.5 66.4 75.0 82.0 87.5 24 42.0 49.2 56.1 62.5 68.5 74.2 84.4 93.0 100.0 26 45.9 53.9 61.5 68.8 75.6 82.0 93.8 103.9 112.5 28 49.8 58.6 67.0 75.0 82.6 89.8 103.1 114.8 125.0 30 53.7 63.3 72.5 81.3 89.6 97.7 112.5 125.8 137.5 32 57.6 68.0 77.9 87.5 96.7 105.5 121.9 136.7 150.0 34 61.5 72.7 83.4 93.8 103.7 113.3 131.3 147.7 162.5 36 65.4 77.3 88.9 100.0 110.7 121.1 140.6 158.6 175.0 38 69.3 82.0 94.3 106.3 117.8 128.9 150.0 169.5 187.5 40 73.2 86.7 99.8 112.5 124.8 136.7 159.4 180.5 200.0 42 77.1 91.4 105.3 118.8 131.8 144.5 168.8 191.4 212.5 44 81.0 96.1 110.8 125.0 138.8 152.3 178.1 202.3 225.0 46 84.9 100.8 116.2 131.3 145.9 160.2 187.5 213.3 237.5 48 88.8 105.5 121.7 137.5 152.9 168.0 196.9 224.2 250.0 50 92.8 110.2 127.2 143.8 159.9 175.8 206.3 235.2 262.5 52 96.7 114.8 132.6 150.0 167.0 183.6 215.6 246.1 275.0 54 1 100.6 118.5 138.1 156.3 174.0 191.4 225.0 257.0 287.5 56 104.5 124.2 143.6 162.5 181.0 199.2 234.4 268.0 300.0 58 108.4 128.9 149.0 166.8 188.1 207.0 243.8 278.9 312.5 60 112.3 133.6 154.5 175.0 195.1 214.9 253.2 289.8 325.0 62 116.2 138.3 160.0 181.3 202.1 222.7 262.5 300.8 337.5 64 120.1 143.0 165.4 187.5 209.2 230.5 271.9 311.7 350.0 66 124.0 147.7 170.9 193.8 216.2 238.3 281.3 322.7 362.5 68 127.9 152.3 176.4 200.0 223.2 246.1 290.6 333.6 375.0 70 ; 131.8 157.0 181.8 206.3 230.3 253.9 300.0 344.5 387.5 72 135.7 161.7 187.3 212.5 237.3 261.7 309.4 355.5 400.0 74 139.6 166.4 192.8 218.8 244.3 269.5 318.8 366.4 412.5 76 143.5 171.1 198.3 225.0 251.3 277.3 328.1 377.3 425.0 78 147.4 175.8 203.7 231.3 258.4 285.2 337.5 388.3 437.5 80 151.3 180.5 207.2 237.5 265.4 293.0 346.9 399.2 450.0 * A and b = either side (outside measurement). 2a + 2b = number, ance has been made in above table for corners counted twice. Allow- EX AMPLE: What is the weight per If of a 12"xl6"xl" thick col? ANS: 2a -|- 2b = 24 -p 32 56. Opposite this number, under 1 inch thick metal, we find 162.5, which is \veight per ]f in Ibs for a col of this size. i 26. 95 8 11 82. 71 11 1 98. 03 1 38. 59 9 1 60 65 11 11 119 46 1 43. 96 9 1 78. 40 11 li 139 .68 1 49 01 9 11 94 94 11 11 158 ,68 1 i 53. 76 9 li 110. 26 11 2 176 ,44 3 45 .96 9 if 124 36 12 1 107 .51 1 58 .90 10 i 88 .23 12 11 131 .41 1 i 64 .77 10 11 107 .23 12 li 154 .10 I 53 .29 10 li 124 .99 12 If 175 .53 246 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK WEIGHT OF ROUND CAST IRON COLUMNS Diam Thickness Weight Diam Thickness Weight Diam Thickness Weight 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 1 68.64 10 If 141.65 12 2 195.75 RECTANGULAR COLUMNS If a square column is not suitable it is easy to figure out one of a rectangular shape from the square column table. Take a column, for illustration, 10" x 10", iy 8 " metal x 10' long. It is listed to carry 169 tons. Two sides at 10 inches = 20 inches, and two at 7% inches make 15% inches, a total length if spread out of 35%"xiy 8 " thick. For the same weight of 169 tons we require the same area of metal put into the particular size w r e want to suit a store front or some other part of a building where a square column would not do. Example. Suppose it has to be only 7 inches wide on the front, what would be the other size? Twice 7 are 14 for the front and back. Taken from 35% this leaves 21% inches. The half of this is 10% inches, which added to the thickness of front and back, each 1% inches thick, makes 13 inches. The column would therefore be 7"xl3". Example. Another method is to get the area of the metal on the end, and make the new column thicker or thinner as may be required to fill out the new depth. Take as before a square column 35%"xl%". In decimals this is 35.5 and 1.125. Multiplying these we get 39.9375, or 40 square inches required. Suppose the column has to be 7 inches, but cannot be more than 11 deep instead of 13, how thick has the metal to be? The area has to be 40 square inches, the outside size 7"x 11" i= 77 square inches, and the difference of 37 square inches must be the opening in the end. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 247 As a rough and ready way to get at it we may assume the metal to be 1 inch thick. Around the outside of the column is 36 inches, but owing to the overlapping of the corners we should have only 34 square inches of section. We can work it by simple proportion thus: If 34 square inches require 1-inch metal, what thickness will 40 require? In the pro- portion of 34 to 40. Dividing 40 by 34 we get 1.18 inches thick. Multiplying the .18 by 16 to get it to 16ths of an inch we get 2.88, or practically T 3 ff . The metal would be made ly 3 ^ inches. We can now reverse the process and test this. The decimal of T 3 g inch is .1875. We have front and back, making to- gether 14 inches; and two sides 9 T 3 g inches each, a total of 3310, or 33%. The decimal for % is .625. We therefore have a section of metal 33.625 inches long by a thickness of 1 T \ or 1.1875. When multiplied these make 39.93 square inches, or closer to 40 than a foundryman will make it. SAFE LOADS, IN TONS OF 2,000 POUNDS, FOR HOLLOW RECTANGULAR CAST IRON COLUMNS * 6x8 INCHES 6x10 INCHES 6x12 INCHES a Thickness of Metal in Inches 1 1 % % 1 1% 1% 1% % % 1 1% l>/4 1% % % 1 iy 1% 1% 7 73 83 92 100 108 115 86 98 109 119 129 137 98 112 125 137 149 160 8 69 78 86 94 101 107 81 92 102 111 120 128 93 105 117 129 139 148 9 64 72 80 87 93 99 75 85 95 103 111 119 87 99 110 120 129 138 10 60 67 74 80 86 91 70 80 88 96 103 110 81 92 102 111 120 128 11 55 62 69 74 80 84 66 74 82 89 95 101 76 86 95 103 111 118 12 51 58 63 69 74 77 61 69 76 82 88 93 70 80 88 96 103 109 13 48 53 59 63 67 71 57 64 70 76 81 86 66 74 82 89 95 101 14 44 49 54 58 62 66 53 59 65 70 75 79 61 69 76 82 88 93 15 41 46 50 54 57 60 49 55 61 65 69 73 57 64 70 76 81 86 16 38 42 46 50 53 55 45 51 56 60 64 67 53 59 65 71 75 80 17 35 39 43 46 49 52 42 47 52 56 59 63 49 66 61 65 70 73 18 32 37 40 43 45 48 39 44 48 52 55 58 46 51 56 61 65 68 19 31 34 37 40 42 44 37 41 45 48 51 54 43 48 52 57 61 63 20 28 32 34 37 39 41 35 38 42 45 48 50 40 45 49 53 56 59 248 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 1 8x10 INCHES 8x12 INCHES fc c fl "S Thickness of Metal in Inches Thickness of Metal in Inches s % % 1 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% % % 1 1% 1% 1% 217 1% 244 7 107 123 138 152 166 178 191 213 121 139 156 172 188 203 8 103 118 132 146 158 171 182 203 117 134 150 166 180 195 208 233 9 99 113 126 139 151 163 173 193 112 128 144 158 172 186 198 222 10 95 108 121 133 144 155 165 183 107 122 137 151 164 177 189 210 11 90 103 115 126 136 146 156 173 102 117 131 144 156 168 179 199 12 86 98 109 119 129 139 147 163 97 111 124 136 148 159 169 188 13 81 93 103 113 122 131 139 153 93 106 118 129 140 150 160 177 14 77 88 98 107 115 123 131 144 88 100 112 122 133 142 151 167 15 73 83 92 101 109 116 123 135 83 95 106 116 125 134 142 157 16 69 78 87 95 103 110 116 127 79 90 100 109 118 127 134 148 17 65 74 82 90 97 103 109 120 75 85 95 103 112 119 126 139 18 62 70 78 85 91 97 103 112 71 80 89 98 105 113 119 131 19 59 66 73 80 86 92 97 106 67 76 85 92 100 106 112 123 20 55 63 69 76 81 86 91 99 64 72 80 87 94 100 106 116 8x14 INCHES 8x16 INCHES o a Thickness of Metal n Inches Thickness of Metal in Inches ti rt J % % 1 1% 1% 1% 1% 2 % % 1 1% 1% 1% 1% 2 7 135 155 174 193 211 244 275 303 148 171 192 213 233 271 306 338 8 130 149 168 185 202 234 263 289 143 165 185 205 224 260 293 323 125 143 161 177 193 223 251 275 138 158 178 196 214 248 279 307 10 120 137 154 169 185 213 238 261 132 151 170 188 205 236 265 291 11 114 131 146 161 176 202 225 246 126 145 162 179 195 225 252 276 12 109 124 139 153 167 191 213 232 121 138 154 170 185 213 238 260 18 104 118 132 146 158 181 201 219 115 131 147 162 176 202 225 245 14 99 112 126 138 150 171 190 206 109 125 139 153 167 191 212 231 15 94 107 119 131 142 161 179 194 '04 118 132 145 158 180 200- 218 16 89 101 113 124 134 152 168 182 99 112 125 138 149 170 189 205 17 84 96 107 117 126 144 159 171 94 107 119 130 141 161 178 193 18 80 91 \01 111 119 136 149 161 89 101 .113 123 133 152 168 181 19 76 86 96 105 113 128 141 151 84 96 107 117 126 143 158 171 20 72 81 90 99 107 121 133 143 80 91 101 110 119 135 149 161 1 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 249 ? 10x12 INCHES 10x14 INCHES ts . to p Thickness of Metal in Inches Thickness of Metal in Inches 1 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 1 l J /4 1% 1% 2 2y 4 2% 2% 7 182 221 257 291 322 350 376 4 CO 201 244 285 323 359 392 422 450 8 177 215 250 282 312 339 363 386 196 238 277 314 348 379 408 435 9 172 208 242 273 301 327 350 371 190 231 269 304 336 366 394 418 10 166 203 233 263 290 314 336 356 184 223 260 293 324 353 378 402 11 161 194 225 253 278 301 322 340 178 216 250 282 312 339 363 385 12 155 187 216 243 267 288 308 325 172 208 241 271 299 325 347 368 13 149 180 207 233 255 276 294 310 166 200 1 232 260 287 311 332 351 14 143 172 199 223 244 263 280 295 159 192 222 250 274 297 317 334 15 138 165 190 213 233 251 267 280 153 184 213 239 262 283 302 818 16 132 158 182 203 222 239 254 266 147 177 204 228 250 270 287 303 17 126 151 174 194 212 227 241 253 141 169 195 218 239 257 273^ 288 18 121 145 166 185 202 216 229 240 135 162 186 208 228 245 260 273 19 116 138 158 176 192 206 218 228 129 155 178 199 217 233 247 260 20 111 132 151 168 183 196 207 216 124 148 170 189 207 222 235 246 21 106 126 144 160 174 186 196 205 119 142 162 181 197 211 223 234 22 101 121 138 153 166 177 187 195 113 135 155 172 188 201 213 222 33 97 115 131 145 158 168 177 185 109 129 148 164 179 191 202 211 24 93 110 125 139 150 160 169 176 104 124 141 157 170 182 192 201 25 89 105 120 132 143 152 160 167 99 118 135 150 161 174 183 191 I 10x16 INCHES 10x18 INCHES c i Thickness of Metal in Inches Thickness of Metal in Inches 3 1 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 1 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 7 220 268 313 356 396 433 417 438 238 291 341 388 433 475 514 457 8 214 261 305 346 384 420 392 410 233 284 332 378 420 460 498 423 9 208 253 295 335 372 406 367 382 226 276 322 366 407 445 480 391 10 202 245 285 323 358 391 343 355 220 267 312 354 393 429 463 359 11 195 237 276 312 345 376 320 330 213 258 301 341 378 413 444 330 12 189 229 266 300 332 360 297 306 206 250 291 329 364 396 426 303 13 182 220 256 288 318 345 277 283 198 240 280 315 349 380 408 280 14 175 212 245 276 304 330 257 262 191 231 269 303 335 363 390 256 15 169 203 235 265 291 315 239 243 184 222 258 290' 320 347 372 236 16 162 195 226 253 278 301 223 225 177 213 247 278 306 332 355 217 17 155 187 216 242 266 287 207 209 170 205 237 266 293 316 338 201 18 149 179 207 231 254 273 193 194 163 196 227 254 279 302 322 185 19 143 172 198 221 242 260 180 181 156 188 217 243 267 288 306 172 20 137 164 189 211 231 248 168 168 150 180 207 232 254 274 292 159 21 131 157 180 201 220 236 157 157 144 172 198 222 243 261 278 148 22 126 150 172 192 210 225 147 147 138 165 190 212 232 249 264 138 23 120 144 165 183 200 214 138 137 132 158 181 202 221 237 252 128 24 115 137 157 175 191 204 129 129 126 151 173 193 211 226 240 120 25 110 132 150 167 182 195 122 121 121 145 166 185 202 216 228 112 250 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK I 12x14 INCHES 12x16 INCHES .c "bfl Thickness of Metal in Inches Thickness of Metal in Inches 7 1 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 1 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2y a 2% 225 275 322 366 408 447 484 518 244 299 350 400 446 490 532 570 8 221 269 315 358 399 437 472 506 240 293 344 391 437 479 520 557 9 216 263 308 350 390 426 461 493 235 287 336 383 427 468 507 543 10 211 257 301 341 379 415 448 478 230 280 328 373 416 456 493 528 11 206 251 293 332 369 403 434 464 224 273 320 363 404 443 479 512 12 201 244 284 322 358 390 421 449 218 266 311 353 393 429 464 495 13 195 237 276 313 347 378 407 433 213 259 302 343 381 416 449 479 14 189 230 268 303 335 365 393 418 207 251 293 332 368 402 433 462 15 184 223 259 293 324 352 378 402 200 244 284 321 356 388 418 446 16 178 215 250 283 312 340 364 387 194 236 275 311 344 375 403 429 17 172 208 242 273 301 327 351 372 188 228 265 300 332 361 388 413 18 166 201 233 263 290 315 337 357 182 221 256 289 320 348 373 397 19 161 194 225 253 279 303 324 343 176 213 247 279 308 335 359 381 20 155 187 217 244 269 291 311 329 170 206 239 269 297 322 345 366 21 150 181 209 235 258 279 298 316 164 199 230 259 286 310 331 351 22 145 174 201 226 248 268 286 302 159 192 222 249 275 298 318 337 23 139 168 194 217 239 258 275 290 153 185 214 240 264 286 306 323 24 134 162 186 209 229 247 264 278 147 178 206 231 254 275 293 310 25 130 156 179 201 220 238 253 267 143 172 198 222 244 264 282 298 ID 12x18 INCHES 12x20 INCHES g d ja Thickness of Metal in Inches Thickness of Metal in Inches ti S 1 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 3 7 8 263 259 323 317 379 372 433 424 484 474 533 522 579 566 622 608 347 340 408 400 466 457 522 512 576 564 626 613 674 653 720 703 9 254 310 364 415 464 509 552 593 330 392 447 500 551 589 643 685 10 248 303 356 405 452 496 538 577 326 383 437 488 537 583 626 666 11 242 296 347 395 440 483 522 560 318 374 426 475 522 566 608 646 12 236 288 337 384 427 468 507 542 310 364 414 462 507 549 589 626 13 230 280 328 373 415 454 490 524 302 354 403 449 492 532 570 605 14 224 272 318 361 402 439 474 507 294 344 391 435 476 515 551 584 15 217 264 309 350 389 425 458 489 286 333 378 421 460 497 532 563 16 211 256 299 339 376 410 442 471 276 323 366 407 445 480 512 542 17 204 248 289 327 363 395 425 453 268 312 354 393 429 463 494 522 18 198 240 279 316 350 381 410 436 259 302 342 379 414 446 475 502 19 191 232 270 305 337 367 394 419 251 292 330 366 399 429 457 482 20 185 224 260 294 325 353 379 403 242 282 319 353 384 413 439 463 21 179 216 251 283 313 340 364 387 234 272 307 340 370 397 422 445 22 173 209 242 273 301 327 350 371 226 263 296 327 356 382 405 427 23 167 201 233 203 290 314 336 356 218 253 285 315 342 367 389 409 24 161 194 225 253 279 302 323 342 211 244 275 303 329 353 374 39S 25 155 187 217 244 268 290 310 328 203 235 265 292 317 339 359 377 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK s 14x16 INCHES 14x20 INCHES fa d ~ Thickness of Metal in Inches Thickness of Metal in Inches "So I 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 3 1% 1% 1% 2 2% 2% 2% 3 7 327 385 440 493 543 590 635 677 376 443 508 570 630 687 741 793 8 323 379 433 485 534 580 624 665 371 437 501 562 620 676 729 779 9 318 373 426 476 524 569 612 652 365 430 493 552 609 664 715. 765 10 312 366 418 467 514 558 599 638 359 423 484 542 598 651 701 749 11 306 359 410 458 503 545 586 623 353 415 474 531 585 637 686 732 12 300 352 401 447 491 533 571 608 346 407 465 520 573 623 670 715 13 293 344 392 437 479 519 557 592 339 398 454 508 559 608 654 697 14 287 336 382 426 467 506 542 575 331 389 444 496 546 593 637 678 15 280 327 372 415 455 492 526 559 324 380 433 484 532. 577 619 659 16 273 319 363 404 442 478 511 542 316 370 422 471 518 561 602 640 17 266 310 353 392 429 464 496 525 308 361 411 459 503 545 585 621 18 258 302 343 381 416 450 480 508 300 351 400 446 489 529 567 602 19 251 293 333 370 404 436 465 492 292 342 389 433 475 514 550 584 20 244 285 323 358 391 422 450 476 284 332 378 421 460 498 533 565 21 237 277 313 347 379 408 435 460 276 323 367 408 446 482 516 547 22 230 268 304 336 367 395 421 444 268 314 356 396 433 467 499 529 23 223 260 294 326 355 382 406 429 261 304 345 383 419 452 483 511 24 217 252 285 315 343 369 393 414 253 295 335 372 406 438 467 494 25 210 244 276 305 332 357 379 399 246 286 324 360 393 423 451 477 SAFE LOAD, IN TONS, FOR GAS OR STEAM PIPE COLUMNS Standard Pipe Estimated diameter Inches Thick ness Inches W't per foot Lbs. Length in feet 8 Tons 9 Tons 10 Tons 12 Tons 14 Tons 2.8 3.5 0.204 0.217 0.22(5 0.237 0.247 0.259 0.280 0.301 0.322 5.74 7.54 9.00 10.66 12.34 14.50 18.76 23.37 28.18 5.90 9.14 11.02 14.45 16.78 18.76 25.06 32.31 36.63 5.51 8.75 10.66 14.11 16.33 18.76 25.06 32:31 36.63 5.21 8.35 10.25 13.65 15.88 18.26 25.06 32.31 36.63 7.52 9.39 12.72 14.90 17.31 24.29 32.31 36.63 8.62 11.78 13.98 16.26 23.32 31.32 36.63 4.0 45 5.0 556 6.62 7.62 8.62.. 252 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK Extra Strong. 28 056 13.68 14.10 13.04 11.86 3.5 0.608 18.56 21.25 20.12 19.04 16.56 4.0 0.642 22.75 27.18 26.02 24.86 22.54 19.89 4.5 0.682 27.48 35.31 34.15 32.84 30.19 27.57 5.50 0.75 38.12 52.78 51.37 49.94 47.06 44.16 662 0875 53.11 71.10 71.10 70.58 66.99 64.22 EC trerae SAFE LOADS, IN TONS (of 2,000 Ibs.), f OR STEEL I BEAMS Fibre Stress, 16,000 Ibs. per Square Inch. Limiting Spans, above which Tabulated Safe Load is apt to crack Plastered Ceilings, are indicated by heavy linea. Size In WeigM per Fool DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS, IN FEET 6 8 10 11 12 14 16 18 19 20 21 23 25 26 27 29 30 31 34 24 100 80 J3.8 I&S 86 -6.3 73.7 65.4 64.5 57.2 57.3 50.9 54.3 48.2 sr.6 45.6 49.1 43.6 44.9 39.8 41.3 36.6 39.7 35.2 38.2 33.9 35.6 31.6 34.4 30.5 33.2 29.5 30.3 26.9 20 80 64 70.2 5o:5- 64.4 i0.9 55.2 43.7 48.3 38.2 42.9 34. 40.7 32.2 38.6 30.6 36.8 29.1 33.0 26.6 30.9 24.5 29.7 23.5 28.6 22.6 26.7 21.1 25.8 20.4 24.9 19.7 22.7 18. 15 HO 60 50 41 45'8 37.6 30.2 50.H 41.6 34.2 27.4 6.6 38.2 31.4 J9.9 S&9 21.6 34.9 28.7 23.5 18.9 31M 255 20.9 16.8 8.7 8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1. 1 .8 .8 4 5.5 1.8 1.4 1.1 |. .!> ,8 .7 3 5. 1.2 . .1 ,G ,c CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 253 BEARING PLATES FOB BEAMS OB CHANNELS ON BRICK OB MASONRY Safe bearing values in tons S . for plate s (0 | ff resting on 'c>3 IS h .0 ij III 1. G S .2 'S ft | ^ 3 f i 1 ,0 g a 1 f OQ m 35 ^ 1 02 d o PR OQ 3, 4, 5 and 6 inches. . . f 6 1 6 6x 6x# 6x 6x % 4.7 ) 5.9 $ 1.8 2.7 4.5 7 and 8 in.. j 8 1 8 8x 8x % 8x 8x 1 12.5 ) 16.6 f 3.2 4.8 8.0 9 and 10 in.. j 8 1 8 8xl2x % 8 x 12 x 1 19 ) 25 f 4.8 7.2 12.00 12 in., 31^ i 12 12 x 12 x H 28 (. pounds.. 1 12 12 x 12 x 1 37.5 f 7.2 10.8 18.0 12 in., 40 pounds.. 15 in., 42 pounds... 1" I 12 12 x 16 x 1 12 x 16 * 1J4 62.5 J 9.6 14.4 24.0 18, 20 and 24 inches. . . 16 16 x 18 x IK 94 12.8 19.2 32.0 The above table is the same as the standard one in the Carnegie Handbook, but cast iron plates are figured as they are more used than the steel ones. The thicker plates are used for bearing values exceeding those given for common brickwork. The allowances are 100 pounds per square inch for common brick; 150 for best brickwork; and 250 for ordinary masonry. SAFE TENSILE STRENGTH Weight in Pounds Supported by Steel Rods % inch diameter = 4,200 pounds. % inch diameter 5,880 pounds. 1 inch diameter = 7,696 pounds. 1% inch diameter = 8,904 pounds. 1% inch diameter = 12,474 pounds. 254 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 1% inch diameter 14,784 pounds. iy 2 inch diameter 18,102 pounds. 1% inch diameter = 21,210 pounds. 1% inch diameter == 24,402 pounds. The washers at ends of rods should have the following areas to provide sufficient bearing on the timbers: % inch diameter rod 4.6 square inches area. % inch diameter rod = 6.5 square inches area. 1 inch diameter rod 8.5 square inches area. iy 8 inch diameter rod = 9.9 square inches area. 1% inch diameter rod 13. 8 square inches area. 1% inch diameter rod =16.5 square inches area. iy 2 inch diameter rod 20.1 square inches area. 1% inch diameter rod = 23.5 square inches area. 1% inch diameter rod = 27.1 square inches area. Where double rods are used the washers must have twice the areas given above and be made of steel or wrought-iron plates of sufficient thickness so as not to bend or shear. The rods in the above table are not upset. This process increases the strength from 35 to 40 per cent. But in all cases it should be remembered that the diameter is to be taken at the root of the screw, and not the full diameter. Unit Allowances. The recommended allowances for tensile or " pulling " strength of metal per square inch of section is given by the Underwriters as follows: Rolled steel 16,000 pounds. Cast steel 16,000 pounds. Wrought iron. . . 12,000 pounds. Cast iron 3,000 pounds. This is on the basis of one-fourth of the actual breaking strength; or there is a factor of safety of four. Rule. To get the tensile strength find out the exact area in square inches on end of the rod, or bar of steel or iron, and multiply by the number of pounds in the table. But, once again, it must be remembered that the size under the screw is the one. If we have a steel bar 1" x 1" a load of CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 255 16,000 pounds could be hung to it, on condition that the end that held the weight was of this exact size. Example. Suppose we have a steel rod that measures exactly 1 inch after the screw is cut on the end, to hold the nut, how much can we hang to it? Looking in the table of areas of circles we find that 1 inch equals .7854. Multiplying this by 16,000 we get the load of 12,566 pounds, or a little over 6 tons. Now we see how useful these simple decimals are. Example 2. Take a bar of wrought iron %"x2i,4". The decimals are .375 and 2.25; the square inches by multiplying, .84375 or a little less than T 8 ^ of a square inch. Multiplying this by 12,000 we get 10,125 pounds. If the bar is so treated as to give the full bearing at the end this is the allowed load. Gallery. Suppose a gallery 8 feet wide extending around a building, with trusses 12-foot centers, and that the weight is hung to them. Half the width rests on the wall, and the other half on the trusses. We have thus a space of 12' x 4' hung from each truss. Let us put the load at 120 pounds, to include everything. This gives a total load of 5,760 pounds. What section is needed for this weight? It is a problem for simple proportion. If 16,000 requires 1 square inch, how much will 5,760 need? Less, as a matter of course. Dividing 5,760 by 16,000 we get .36 square inches. In the table of areas of circles the nearest figure to this is .38485. Cutting off the useless " mills " and leaving only cents we have .38, which is a trifle larger than we require, and there- fore safe. Looking to the diameter column we find that a circle containing this area must have a diameter of .7, or T 7 ^ of an inch. We do not usually figure by tenths of an inch in building, although engineers do in their business, and we must reduce to 16ths. Multiplying 7 by 16 we get 11.2, or \l and -fa of a y 1 ^. Under the root of the screw we therefore require fully ^|. A % rod would give plenty of depth for cutting the screw. The difference in cost is so slight that an architect would use a 1-inch or even a 1%-inch rod. Good Rule. A good rule to memorize is that which tells us that circles are to each other as the square of their diameters. Take 3 rods, % inches, % inches, and 1 inch. Reducing to eighths of an inch we have 6, 7, and 8. The square of 6 is 36; of 7, is 49; of 8, is 64. The area on the 256 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK end of a %-inch rod is just a little over half that on one an inch in diameter. Increasing y 8 inch thus gives more strength than some would think. Upsetting. The cutting of the screw really makes a rod 1 inch in diameter just a trifle over f. So far as strength goes, then, we have to figure on a ^| rod, although we use 1-inch material. To get over this the ends of rods are upset or hammered to a larger size than the body. But this re- duces the strength, and with a 1-inch rod it would not be sufficient to upset it to give room for screw cutting only. More has to be allowed, to get the full strength of the main part. This increases the strength about 40 per cent, if it is well done. HOPES Wire Ropes. Roebling uses a load of only | to ^ of the ultimate strength. Use large sheaves. The wear increases TRANSMISSION AND HOISTING ROPES WITH NINETEEN WIRES TO THE STRAND. IRON a cd o O) "*-* ^_j CsJ o o a Sag ^L! 1-1 aUf o rti 1| |4 a> .at-" o. Is^ EH S H s s ^ 1^5 8 S rt 00 oo 3 C 1 - ' . P o s Js"" ed "3 en o ^ g 3 5 3-^" u.S S ^5a M5cf f* .2 (N Gffi S 1 53'0'ffl 1 6% 2% 7.80 74 15 15 1/, 8 2 6 2 6.02 65 13 14i/> 7 3 5% 1% 5.08 54 11 13 " v> 4 5 1% 4.10 44 9 12 5 " 5 4% 1% 3.10 35 7 10% 4V 6 4 2.44 27 5% 91/2 4 7 3% 1% 1.95 20 4 8 3% 8 3% 1 1.50 16 3 7 3 9 2% % 1.14 ny 2 21/2 6 2% 10 0.83 8.64 1% 5 10% 2 % 0.65 5.13 414 2 2 101/2 1% 9-16 0.44 4.27 % 4 1% 10% iy 2 1/2 0.35 3.48 % 3% iy 2 with the speed, and thus it is better to increase the load than the speed. Do not use galvanized wire. When the surface CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 257 wears off the rust gets at the iron. Do not coil like a hemp rope. If coiling is done it should be in a large circle. A cheaper rope is used for guys than for hoisting. The one has 19 strands and the other only 7. Manila rope is stronger than sisal. The proportion is about 7 to 5. For manila % inch in diameter the breaking load is 2,700 pounds; for % inch, 4,500; for 1 inch, 6,200; ly s , 8,600; 114 inch, 11,600. Wise contractors see if the ropes they are using are not old, and do not load up to the breaking point. CAST IRON The Underwriters' test is that sample bars 5' x 1" x 1", cast in sand molds, placed on supports 4 feet 6 inches apart, shall bear a central load of 450 pounds before breaking. Without experimenting one would be inclined to say that a bar of that kind which supported 4% kegs of nails must be of extra good material. Tables are given elsewhere for the bearing power of square and round hollow cast iron columns. We have to consider here their bases, connections, and some special requirements. Sizes. The Underwriters recommend, to begin with, that cast iron columns shall have a diameter of not less than 5 inches, and a shell of not less than % inches thick. It is risky to cast a column of a less thickness. The core some- times shifts, the metal runs to one side, and in a %-inch column it might be only ^-inch thick. An architect cannot safely figure on such a column. There is too much difference between it and the 2-irich one already referred to. Dangers. As noted, one of the government experts at S'an Francisco said that we should stop using cast iron columns. Jones and Laughlin say that they are easily broken by a side blow, but they manufacture the other kind. Those who have handled them know that they are rigid and unyielding. You can do something with a bent lug on a wrought iron column, but one of cast iron must stand as it comes from the foundry. Yet with all the acknowledged dis- advantages of these columns Kidder thinks they are about as good as the steel ones. Length. The second requirement of the Underwriters' code is that cast iron columns shall not have an unsupported 258 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK length of more than 20 times their least diameter, or size. Kidder allows 36 times; Chicago 24. Once again, the authori- ties differ radically. Thickness. The third structural requirement is that all lugs, flanges, seats, brackets, and other members shall finish at least 1 inch thick. Other requirements are wide enough flanges to bolt the one column to the other with %-inch bolts, and a 1^-inch cast iron smooth-planed, or %-inch mild steel, plate to go between the two columns. Diameter. The smallest diameter of a cast iron column, according to the Underwriters, should be 5 inches. The two stories on top of a building might have this size, then for every two below, the diameter should be increased not less than 1 inch. Thickness. The metal should not be less than T ^ of the greatest lateral dimension of cross section. In no case should it be less than %-inch thick. Safe Loads for Columns. In general, a cast iron column for short lengths, not exceeding seven times the diameter or breadth, will support 6 tons to the square inch: for longer lengths, from 5 to 3 tons. Example. Take a column 8 inches in diameter with %-inch metal. We have first of all to get the area of the metal in square inches to see how much it will support. Turning to the table of areas of circles we find that an 8-inch equals 50.26. With %-inch metal on each side the core must be 6y 2 inches. This is, in decimals, 6.5 inches. If there is no such figure given in the areas of circles take 65. The area of this is 331.83, or practically, 332. Dividing by 10 gives the required area for 6.5. This is 33.2, which, subtracted from 50.26, gives a remainder of close to 17 square inches. The method, as will be seen, is to get the area of the two circles and subtract the one from the other. At 6 tons to the square inch the load would be 102. In the table for cast iron columns at 8 feet long the weight is given as 101, running less or more, according to length. With rectangular columns the same method is followed. Get the area over the metal, and inside of it, and subtract the one from the other to see how many square inches there are left for iron. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 259 CAST LINTELS Cheapness has to cut some figure in building as in every- thing else. If we can get a score of lintels at 2% cents a pound to span certain openings with perfect safety we are not going to pay 3%. This is one reason why cast iron lintels are used instead of steel ones, although this metal is not well adapted to stand such strains as come upon an opening. But narrow openings arch themselves by the pressure of the masonry after it is built a few feet up. For such openings cast iron is much used. Width. The Underwriters' code limits the width of an opening at 8 feet for a cast iron lintel, and this for a uni- formly distributed load. No part of the metal should be less than %-inch. Shapes. Cast iron lintels are made in various shapes, but the shape in ordinary use is like the capital letter T turned upside down. The L shape comes next, but most architects now employ the rolled steel lintels for this design. Webs and brackets are cast on the lintels that have to carry the heaviest load. 260 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK SAFE LOADS, IN TONS OF 2,000 POUNDS, FOR CAST IRON LINTELS. NOTB. Compiled by Vierling Steel Works, of Chicago and Omaha. 1 e I e 1 'I ** "*-" - -ULJ _yi\J -LiL^i c. JS Thickness of Metal in Inches, o % 1 % 1 % 1 % 1 2 6.9 9.0 9.7 11.8 12.7 16.4 16.0 20.5 3 4.6 6.0 6.4 7.9 8.4 11.0 10.7 13.6 4 3.5 4.5 4.8 5.9 6.4 8.2 8.0 10.2 5 2.8 3.6 3.9 4.7 5.1 6.6 6.4 8.2 6 2.3 3.0 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.5 5.3 6.8 7 2.0 2.6 2.8 3.4 3.6 4.7 4.6 5.8 8 1.7 2.3 2.4 3.0 3.2 4.1 4.0 5.1 9 1.5 2.0 2.1 2.6 2.8 3.7 3.6 4.5 10 1.4 1.8 1.9 2.4 2.5 3.3 3.2 5.0 3 u. O) _c L 1 1 i 1 L 1 fV?/l s .<- 12 /-> 1 2*' = > : | *-! 2"-*-* ^-W-*- ""l"-* < 12" s- -*-t2 * < 12"-* O Thickness of Metal in Inches % 1 % 1 % 1 % 1 2 8.9 11.5 14.1 17.1 17.1 22.2 22.0 27.7 3 5.9 7.6 9.4 11.4 11.4 14.8 14.6 18.4 4 4.4 5.7 7.0 8.5 8.5 11.1 11.0 13.8 5 3.6 4.6 5,6 6.8 6.8 8.9 8.8 11.1 6 3.0 3.8 4.7 5.7 5.7 7.4 7.3 9.2 7 2.5 3.3 4.0 4.9 4.9 6.3 6.3 7.9 8 2.2 2.9 3.5 4.3 4.3 5.5 5.0 6.9 9 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 3.8 4.9 4.9 6.1 10 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.4 3.4 4.4 4.4 5.5 If load is concentrated in center, use one-half above loads. Above tables are based on one-eighth the breaking weight CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 261 NOTE. Compiled by Vierling Steel Works, of Chicago and Omaha. I i e 0) c Ljyjf UIJJI no DLD1 a O f. Thickness of Metal in Inches a i % 1 % 1 % 1 % 1 2 9.3 11.2 11.9 15.5 16.7 19.9 19.3 25.3 3 6.2 7.4 7.9 10.3 11.1 13.3 12.9 16.9 4 4.6 5.6 6.0 7.7 8.3 10.0 9.7 12.7 5 3.7 4.5 4.8 6.2 6.7 8.0 7.7 10.1 6 3.1 3.7 4.0 5.2 5.6 6.6 6.4 8.4 7 2.6 3.2 3.4 4.4 4.8 5.7 5.5 7.2 8 2.3 2.8 3.0 3.9 4.2 4.9 4.8 6.3 9 2.1 2.5 2.6 3.4 3.7 4.4 4.3 5.6 10 1.9 2.2 2.4 3.1 3.3 3.9 3.9 5.1 1 )f Opening in Feet JLJJ IU 1 1 l 12--* 1 LU .Qi *-i**- m/n oil *-l2*- a^n <-12"-~ 12"- *-12 * -^- 12 //-*|*-io*-* *-i2''^|-^-l2"- -*-12"-*|| 5 Thickness of Metal in Inches || i % 1 % 1 % 1 % 1 2 12.8 14.9 15.8 19.1 20.4 26.3 24.9 33.3 3 8.5 9.9 10.6 12.7 13.6 17.5 16.6 22.1 4 6.4 7.4 7.9 9.6 10.2 13.2 12.4 16.6 5 5.1 6.0 6.3 7.7 8.2 10.2 9.9 13.3 6 4.3 5.0 5.3 6.4 6.8 9.6 8.3 11.1 7 3.7 4.3 4.5 5.5 5.8 7.5 7.1 9.5 8 3.2 3.7 4.0 4.8 5.1 6.6 6.2 8.3 9 2.8 3.3 3.5 4.2 4.5 5.8 5.5 7.4 10 2.6 3.0 3.2 3.8 4.1 5.3 5.0 6.6 If load is concentrated in center, use one-half above loads. Above tables are based on one-eighth the breaking weight. 262 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK NOTE. Compiled by Vierling Steel Works, of Chicago and Omaha. Thickness of Metal in Inch.es 1 1 1 15.1 10.1 7.6 C.I 5.0 4.3 3.8 3.4 3.0 V '7 2.5 18.4 12.2 9.2 7.3 6.1 5.2 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 3.1 19.5 13.0 9.7 7.8 6.5 5.6 4.9 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.2 24.6 16.4 12.3 9.9 8.2 7.0 6.2 5.5 4.9 4.5 4.1 25.7 17.1 12.8 10.3 8.6 7.3 6.4 5.7 5.1 4.7 4.3 32.2 21.4 16.1 12.9 10.7 9.2 8.0 7.1 6.4 5.8 5.4 31.4 20.9 15.7 12.6 10.5 9.0 7.8 7.0 6.3 5.7 5.2 41.6 27.7 20.8 16.6 13.7 11.9 10.4 9.2 8.3 7.6 6.9 ' 20" Thickness of Metal in Inches 1 17.2 11.5 8.6 6.9 5.7 4.9 4.3 3.8 3.4 3.1 2.9 21.0 14.0 10.5 8.4 7.0 6.0 5.2 4.7 4.2 3.8 3.5 22.9 15.3 11.5 9.2 7.6 6.5 5.7 5.1 4.6 4.2 3.8 29.5 19.3 14.7 11.8 9.8 8.4 7.3 6.6 5.9 5.4 4.9 30.3 20.2 15.1 12.1 10.1 8.7 7.6 6.7 6.1 5.5 5.0 37.8 25.2 18.9 15.1 12.6 10.8 9.5 8.4 7.6 6.9 6.3 36.6 24.4 18.3 14.6 12.2 10.5 9.1 8.2 7.3 6.6 6.1 48.2 32.2 24.1 19.3 16.1 13.8 12.1 10.7 9.6 8.8 8.0 If load is concentrated in center, u?e one-half above loads. Above tables are based on one-eighth the breaking weight. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 263 NOTE. Compiled by Vierling Steel Works, of Chicago and Omaha. 1 _c JJJt JJJf JUI JL? CO -12"* f 12"- -=- -12"-- ---12" "E 0) n. o UJ? LLB mi ffli o * 12" *" -=- -12"- "* -C Thickness of Metal in Inches i % 1 X 1 X 1 X 1 2 14.2 15.8 18.1 23.1 23.7 30.6 29.1 37.5 3 9.4 10.6 12.0 15.4 15.8 20.4- 19.4 25.0 4 7.1 7.9 9.0 11.5 11.9 15.3 14.6 18.7 5 5.7 6.3 7.2 9.2 9.5 12.2 11.5 15.0 6 4.7 5.3 6.0 7.7 7.9 10.2 9.7 12.5 7 4.0 4.5 5.2 6.6 6.8 8.7 8.3 10.8 8 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.8 5.9 7.6 7.3 9.4 9 3.1 3.5 4.0 5.1 5.3 6.8 6.5 7.8 10 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.6 4.7 6.1 5.8 7.5 11 2.6 2.9 3.3 4,2 4.3 5.6 5.3 6.8 12 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.8 3.9 5.1 4.8 6.2 1 c ' ' i* rWuy EL! /m\i I . 10' - 10"--- ~- 1C" "c 1 1 1 i i \" * - 1 1 II LJ i ^^^^^^^^^MJ ^ B , - B B B ; "o r n; _ = 10* = T3 Thickness of Metal in Inches ... 5 X 1 X 1 % 1 X 1 2 17.4 19.5 22.1 27.8 28.4 36.6 35.5 45.7 3 11.7 13.0 14.7 18.5 18.9 24.4 23.7 30.4 4 8.7 9.8 11.1 13.9 14.2 18.3 17.8 22.9 5 7.0 7.8 8.8 11.1 11,3 14.6 14.2 1.8.3 6 5.8 6.5 7.4 9.3 9.4 12.2 11.8 15.2 7 5.0 5.6 6.3 7.9 8.1 10.5 10.1 13.0 8 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.9 7.1 9.1 8.9 11.4 9 8.9 4.3 4.8 6.2 6.3 8.1 7.9 10.1 10 3.5 3.9 4.4 5.6 5.7 7.3 7.1 9.1 11 3.2 3.6 4.0 5.0 5.2 6.7 6.5 8.3 12 2.9 3.3 3.7 4.6 4.8 6.1 5.9 7.6 If load is concentrated in center, use one-half above loads. Above tables are based on one-eighth the breaking weight. 264: CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK NOTE. Compiled by Vierling Steel Works, of Chicago and Omaha. 20" --- f ZLLLt < --- 20"- --- * /H 20" ___ >> Thickness of Metal in Inches 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 26.1 17.4 13.0 10.4 8.7 7.5 6.5 5.8 5.2 4.7 4.2 32.6 21.7 16.3 13.0 10.9 9.3 8.2 7.2 6.6 5.9 5.4 33.6 22.4 16.8 13.4 11.2 9.6 8.4 7.5 6.7 6.1 5.6 42.2 28.1 21.1 16.9 14,1 12.0 10.5 9.4 8.4 7.7 7.0 41.5 27.7 20.8 16.6 13.8 11.9 10.4 9.4 8.3 7.5 6.9 53.8 35.9 26.9 21.5 17.9 15.4 13.4 12.0 10.8 9.8 9.0 52.1 34.8 26.1 20.9 17.4 14.9 13.0 11.6 10.4 9.5 8.7 63.6 42.4 31.9 25.5 21.2 18.2 15.9 14.1 12.7 11.6 10.6 ' ' 24"- -- s 24" ----- Thickness of Metal in Inches M 1 M 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 29.8 19.8 14.9 11.9 9.9 8.5 7.5 6.6 6.0 5.4 5.0 37.0 24.7 17.2 14.8 12.3 10.6 9.2 8.2 7.4 6.7 6.2 37.8 25.2 18.9 15.1 12.6 10.8 9.5 8.4 7.6 6.9 6.3 48.8 32.5 24.4 19.5 16.3 13.9 12.2 10.8 9.8 8.9 8.1 47.5 31.7 23.7 19.0 15.8 13.6 11.9 10.5 9.5 8.6 7.9 G1.3 40.8 30.6 24.5 20.4 17.5 15.3 13.6 12,2 11.1 10.2 59.1 39.4 29.6 23.6 19.7 16.9 14.8 13.1 11.8 10.7 9.8 79.1 49.4 37.0 29.6 24.7 21.2 18.5 16.5 14.8 13.5 12.3 If load is concentrated in center, use one-half above loads. Above tables are based on one-eighth the breaking weight. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 265 BASE PLATES Size. The size of the base plate for a column depends upon the material upon which it rests. If brick in lime mortar will carry 8 tons to the square foot, and hard brick in Portland cement, 15, this means that the plate in the one case may be a good deal smaller than in the other. Example. Take a column supporting a floor load of 125 pounds to the square foot. Let the area extend 8 feet from the column on all sides, giving a square of 16' x 16'. Assume that there are three floors. Three floors, 256 sq. ft. x 125 Ibs. x 3 = 192,000 pounds Roof, 256 x 50 Ibs 12,800 Columns and base plate about 4,200 " Live load 20 per cent, on floors only. . 38,400 " 247,400 " This is 124 tons. If we use a concrete base, what area is required? From 12 to 15 tons are allowed in the codes for Portland cement. At 12.4 tons we should need a plate with 10 square feet. Referring to the table of squares to get the square root of 10, we find 3.16. Multiplying the .16 by 12 to bring it to inches we get 1.92 or nearly 2 inches. The plate would thus be 3' 2" x 3' 2". As all the load would never be put on at one time a smaller size would be sufficient. A load- ing of 85 per cent, of the total would reduce it to 106 tons. At 15 tons this would require a base of only 7 square feet, or 2.652 feet 8 inches. A good deal depends upon the purpose for which the building is to be used. The total load in the above example is 150 pounds to the square foot, and this would seldom be put on in any ordinary structure. On the other hand, some buildings might have machines concentrated on a certain column, and cause overloaded floors. Sugar. I went one day into a light manufacturing build- ing with light joists, and found it loaded with sugar. The girders were bending under the load, and things looked as if someone had made a , poor design. I asked why the posts were so far apart, and was told that the owner had left out each alternate one to save expense. The architect was not 266 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK to blame. So you can never tell how a building is to be loaded, and it is best to be safe with base plates. All base plates have to be reinforced with ribs according to the standard rules. Standards. The contractor, whom we are always keeping in mind throughout, would not make details for such work as column connections, caps, bolsters, and base plates, but would order standard patterns and connections. The diameter of the columns would be given, thickness of the metal for all parts of the work, sizes of bearing plates, base plates, and so on. Any foundryman will show just what his ordinary pat- terns are, and when no lugs or such small members are to be less than 1 inch metal, and columns themselves are specified there is the certainty of safe castings. Catalogs. All kinds of catalogs containing valuable in- formation on post caps, bases, girder and joist hangers, and such structural work may be had free. The trade journals contain advertisements from the various manufacturers of specialties. There is no use wasting time making details of work that is on the market for sale just as sugar is. I have often seen draftsmen making details of four-panel doors. The warehouses are full of these doors. Why draw a picture of what is already made? Artists do that. CHAPTER VI CONCRETE FORMS AND WORK Cement. When the production of Portland cement rises in round numbers from 12,700,000 barrels in 1901 to 64,200,000 in 1910, it means that concrete construction is coming into its own as never before. In 1882 the manufacturers of the United States turned out only 85,000 barrels. Stability. One of the government experts said in his report of the San Francisco fire, " Wooden buildings stood well, and reinforced concrete buildings sustained practically no damage." This is a strong point in their favor in earthquake countries. Costs. In " The New Building Estimator " complete de- tailed costs of everything in connection with these buildings are given from the actual records of the largest companies. Here, the construction side only will be dealt with. In large cities the regular companies have their own systems of work, but in the smaller ones, and in towns, the following informa- tion will be useful to those who occasionally have a contract of this kind, but do not make a speciality of such con- struction. Risk. To begin with, it may be said that a contractor assumes considerable risk when he agrees to put up a re- inforced concrete building designed by a man who has not had much experience in that line. It may be remembered that the courts have held that if a contractor put up a building on a weak foundation and it fall he has to replace it. He is sup- posed to know a good soil when he sees it. Probably he is also supposed to know a good reinforced design when he looks at the plans, but the general understanding is that he has to rely on the architect. He fails occasionally. FORMS Strength. It is easy enough to say that forms must be strong enough for the purpose for which they are to be used. 267 268 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK That is only reasonable. Yet we often see %-inch boards nailed on studs with such wide spacing that the weight of the wet concrete bulges out the boards and spoils the looks, and sometimes the stability, of the finished work. Lumber. Some of the companies tell us that the lumber used should not be kiln dried, but there is little danger of getting that kind. Neither should it be too green. If it is kiln dried it warps out of shape w r hen the wet material is poured in. If it is too green it w r ill not swell and close the joints. Therefore, neither too dry nor too wet should be used, but between the two. Kind. The kind used will depend upon the locality of the building. In Oregon, yellow pine will not be selected, and no one in Georgia is going to send for Oregon fir. Any reason- able kind of lumber may be used, but the " bone " dry Y. P. ' is not suitable for such work. It is like cast iron in being too unyielding. Fine Surfaces. For the finest finished surfaces white pine is the best. Indeed, it is best for the all around use of forms, but it costs too much. One warning that an estimator should remember is that when the finest concrete surfaces are called for, the labor on the forms may run to twice as much as for ordinary work. Everything has to be smoothly finished. Heavy Work. For the large structures 2-inch plank is used. It should be surfaced on one side. The real market thickness is not more than 1%, and sometimes only 1% inches. Widths. In country work where saw-mills are not avail- able, and ripping has to be done by hand, it would often pay to leave the plank full width and throw in a little extra concrete to save ripping the two sides of beams and columns. No reasonable architect would object to having a column or beam %-inch, or even 1 inch wider than the figures called for. Thickness. In some parts of the country lumber about 1^4 inches thick may be obtained, and it is strong enough for all kinds of forms, except the heaviest, if properly braced. But for beams where there is a heavy weight it is better to use 2 inches in connection with the 1% inches. For much work %-inch boards, well braced, can be used. Among the first months of my apprenticeship I put up a wall lined with ordinary boards on both sides to receive the con- crete. There was no reinforcement then. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 269 But the thin boards are so easily split that it often pays to use plank instead, as that can be worked over and over without damage. Tongued and Grooved boards are better than square edged ones, as the finish is smoother. With the square ones the surfaces may spring apart, while the matched boards keep even. Costs. One great expense of this class of masonry is the forms. Many are at work trying to reduce the cost, but in the meantime each one has to follow the ordinary method of work, and use the same forms as often as possible. I have seen expensive forms for heavy mass piers used many times, and this is where the economy lies. When architects design piers for this kind of work they should make as many of them alike as possible. It often pays to use an extra yard of concrete rather than make a new form to suit some trifling line that is often buried below the earth. Panels. Wide panels should be well shored up from below. .They are sometimes hung from the steel beams above if these are used, as in the Roebling system. This is the same method that the hollow tile men have followed for so many years, except that wire is generally used for reinforced work instead of bolts. Boarding. For panels %-inch boards are strong enough if they are well supported. They should be merely tacked and not nailed. The weight of the concrete holds the boards in place. It is better to have the panel boarding clear of the beams, so that it can be removed independently. The forms for the beams must be left on longer than the ones for the thin panels with little weight to support. This saves lumber. Nails. It is better, when possible, to leave the heads of the nails sticking out a little, so that they can be easily drawn. Studs. For % -inch boarding the studs should not be more than 24 inches apart, and if square edged boards are used there is apt to be an uneven surface in some places even at this distance. For 1 %-inch lumber, 3 feet is wide enough; and 4 feet 6 inches to 5 feet for 2-inch plank. To keep the planks from bulging out they are often tied together with wire 270 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK doubled and twisted with a small piece of stick until it is tight. The studs have to be of size to suit the work, and should be specified by the architect or engineer. For light work with good bracing 2 x 4's are suitable. The next commercial size, in the West at all events, is 4" x 4", and then 4" x 6". Good bracing and tying will help wonderfully. Columns. When the upright planks are in place for columns they are fastened together with cleats and wedges which must be so put in as to hold when the heavy mass of concrete comes against them. The beams are wedged together also. Cleaning. Before using any kind of forms again they should be well cleaned. If any of the concrete is left sticking on the surface there will be imperfections in the finished work. Oiling. If the forms are well watered inside before the concrete is poured it will not stick to them so very much. But to make finer work they are often oiled with linseed oil, crude oil, soft soap, mixed lard, and kerosene, or something of that nature. This fills the grain of the wood, and makes a finer surface. Plaster. If the concrete is going to be plastered after- wards the surface is better to be rough. Weights. Keep floor loads off green concrete. Put any loads closely around a column, or wall where the bearing is good. Most of the wrecks of reinforced concrete buildings have come through taking out the forms too soon, or loading before the work had a chance to harden. Removing Forms. No set rules can be laid down for the removal of forms. A good deal depends upon the weather. In , damp weather a heavy mass dries slowly, and this is really to the advantage of the work. In dry weather the walls should be protected from the sun with some kind of a sheet, and watered occasionally for about a couple of weeks to keep them from drying too fast. The size of the member has to be considered. A great column or beam takes longer to harden than a small one; and a beam with a long span should get plenty of time. It is not worth while running the risk of losing all the work for the sake of an extra day or two. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 271 TIME OF REMOVAL OF FORMS Arches in about a week for an ordinary span, but large ones may require a month. Beams and Long Span Slabs need from 10 to 14 days in summer, and about half as much more in winter. But ordinary slabs can be taken out in 8 or 9 days in summer and 12 to 14 in winter. As already noted, they should be put in inde- pendently of the beams. Columns 3 days in summer, and 5 in winter. But this is on the supposition that the girders resting upon them are so supported from below that the weight does not reach the columns till all the girder shoring is removed. Ordinary Conduits require 3 or 4 days. Walls. If there is any earth or water pressure behind a wall the forms should be left in for 3 or 4 weeks, and bracing carefully done. We often forget that concrete goes on hard- ening for at least 3 years. Once more we may consider the crushing strength of concrete per square foot: 15 tons for 1 month old; 60 tons for 6 months old; 96 for 12. Alignment. There is one trouble with concrete work that should be noted. I have seen large foundations where the walls were so badly lined up that the superstructure stood over on the outside and had wasted space on the inside. Sometimes too little is allowed by the architect. A building is not a drawing board. Masons need some little leeway. A margin of a couple of inches is not too much on rough concrete, especially when it is hidden below the surface. If too small allowance is made there is more time wasted trying to get straight lines than the value of the concrete saved is worth, ten times over. On a tapered pier an extra inch at top does not amount to much. Practice versus Theory. For columns, beams, pilasters, and finished work inside, a variation of i/4-inch to %-inch may be made without anyone being the wiser. A large commercial building, and especially a factory, mill, or warehouse, is not exactly a piece of cabinet furniture. It is certainly possible to get lines and sizes correct to %-inch, but the waste of time necessary for this fine work, where it is not really required, would be unreasonable. This is where the superintendent who wants to can pile up a heavy expense bill on a con- 272 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK tractor. There would be no excuse in making sizes to suit one's own ideas; but little reason in holding a builder down to absolutely straight lines and exact measurements on heavy work. CONCRETE PROPORTIONS Theories. Each French teacher has a system of his own that he is sure is better than that of any other teacher; and each engineer or architect knows what the best proportions for concrete are. The following mixtures are for ordinary, everyday use. Packed. The stone or gravel, and sand are measured loose, and the cement packed, or as it comes from the factory in one barrel or 4 sacks containing 3.8 cubic feet. That is all that is allowed for cement, per barrel, but when spread out it increases in volume from 20 to 30 per cent. If it was allowed to be taken loose each barrel would measure 4% to 5 cubic feet. Suppose a packed barrel is taken. We have 3.8 cubic feet. On a basis of 1, 2, 4 we should therefore require 1 barrel cement; twice 3.8 or 7.6 cubic feet of sand; and 4 times 3.8 or 15.2 cubic feet of stone or gravel. The following propor- tions are made out on the basis of the packed barrel. The courts have had to decide this question of packed or loose. As packed means much more cement, which is higher in price than sand, the contractor should be certain that loose is to be allowed before he puts in any bid. Class 1. For reinforced floors, beams, columns, walls, dynamo foundations, or where there is any vibration, use a mixture of not less than 1, 2, 4. Class 2. For machine foundations, arches, sidewalks, ordi- nary floors, light foundation walls, use 1, 2%, and 5. Class 3. For retaining walls, heavy walls, piers, and abut- ments, use a mixture of 1, 3, 6. This makes a concrete of good quality for ordinary work. Class 4. For heavy mass foundations without reinforce- ment, use 1, 4, and 8. This is about the weakest mixture that should be considered, although 1, 4, and 10 has been used with success. Density. The concrete that weighs most per cubic foot, in other words, is most dense, is the best. This is the one with the voids all filled. Plenty of cement fills the spaces between CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 273 the rougher grains of sand; and the right amount of the mixture is used to fill the spaces between the stones. The Cement Users give their recommended proportions as follows : A: 1, li/ 2 , and 3. This is the richest mixture for columns, structural work, and the best water-tight requirements. This is 1 packed barrel of cement; iy 2 barrels of sand, or 5.7 cubic feet; 3 barrels or 11.4 cubic feet of stone or loose gravel. B: 1, 2, and 4. This is for ordinary reinforced floors, engine or machine foundations subject to vibration, tanks, sewers, conduits, and ordinary water-tight work. C: 1, 21/2, and 5. This is a medium mixture for ordinary foundations, retaining walls, abutments, thin walls, ordinary floors, sidewalks, and sewers with heavy walls. D: 1, 3, and 6. This is for heavy mass work for large foundations with heavy loads, and backing for stone masonry. Measuring. This is usually done in a wheelbarrow after the first few batches to find out the proper proportions. Platform. For small concrete foundations a platform 8' x 8' will do, although 10' x 10' is the usual size. It should be water-tight to keep the rich cement from flowing away, and have strips around the edges for the same reason. It may be made of ordinary boards, but shiplap or flooring is better. Method of Work. The sand should go down first on the platform, then the cement, and the two should be mixed dry so thoroughly that neither sand nor cement can be seen separately, but a new material composed of both. There should be three or four turnings. "Watering. A hose should then be turned on the stone in the wheelbarrow, or in the pile itself, and it should be thoroughly wetted, then thrown on the pile, all mixed once dry, and then the Avater should be added gradually. In gen- eral, when a hose is used, the water is thrown on with such force that the fine cement is washed away, and some insist that pails be taken to avoid the danger. A hose may be used if it is handled in the right manner. Wet or Dry. Neither one nor the other, but about midway between for ordinary work. Heavy mass foundation work should not be soaked with water, for if it is, it takes just so much longer to dry out. But for columns, beams, slabs, and 274 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK such work if the concrete is not well wetted it will not flow into place, and a poor surface will be the result. The purpose for which the material is used has to be considered. Laying. For ordinary work the concrete is best laid in layers of about 8 inches thick, and lightly tamped with a piece of scantling, or something of the sort, until the water rises to the top. As a matter of fact, we see heavy foundation walls and piers run in from the machine several feet deep at a time. Dropping. Some engineers object to dropping concrete from a height of more than 3 feet or so. The idea is that the cement and sand are detached from the stone, and that a poorer quality of work is the result. It has been found, how- ever, after a careful examination, that there is no difference between the mass that is dropped 30 feet, and the other that is dropped only 5 feet. Indeed, in one case where the material was dropped 43 feet, the tank was perfectly water-tight. Fresh Batches. Use the material as soon as mixed. This is very important. Do not make the batches so large, if mixed by hand, that the quantity cannot be soon put in place. In extreme cases a batch might have to lie for a short time, but if any is not placed in an hour after the addition of the water it should be thrown away. Freezing". In freezing weather use a little melted salt to protect the material against the frost. Or heat the sand and stone. Concrete is often covered with dry manure in winter, but if any new work is to be added this is not a very good practice. If it is used the old wall must be carefully swept and cleaned. Reinforcement. This must be placed according to the drawings. The architect or engineer is the one to decide every- thing in connection with reinforcement. Walls. The form for the outside walls should be erected first, and the reinforcement stapled against them with as few galvanized staples as possible. Or nails may be used to keep the metal at the required distance from the wood. Protection. Many reinforced concrete engineers say that 1 inch of concrete is enough to protect steel from fire, but the insurance companies want at least 2 inches between the metal of all structural members and the surface exposed. Surfaces. No patching should be allowed before the sur- faces are examined after the forms are off. A careless work- CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 275 man naturally wants to hide bad work, but the safety of the building has to be considered. Smoothing. If the walls are rougher than is agreeable to look at, mix a thin mortar of Portland cement and sand in equal parts, and apply with a whitewash brush after having taken off all the loose material and wetted the surface. This is how the cistern builders make a smooth surface. Some of the reinforced surfaces we see, however, are more in need of a spade than a brush. The mixture must be well stirred. Keying. Sometimes the surface is left rough and stucco applied in the keys. Paint does not last very well when applied to the surfaces of concrete buildings, but many of them are painted. One of the advantages of concrete facades, according to the cement companies, is that painting is never required. Other Finishes. Occasionally sand blast is used, and ham- mering, picking, etc., but these treatments are expensive. Further on in this chapter coloring is discussed. Hammering'. A good deal of work has been hammer dressed. A hammer with 20 to 30 sharp points on the end is used. But the trouble with all finishes that break the surface is with the moisture. This does not need to be con- sidered in dry climates. The fine smooth skin of concrete laid against the well oiled forms is deliberately broken up. The protection is destroyed for the sake of artistic effect. Some say that by using a richer mixture on the outside the moisture cannot enter. In raw lake or sea regions, where the frost penetrates everything, this treatment would seem to be entirely wrong. Cost. A laborer can dress from 40 to 50 square feet in a day of 8 hours. At 20 cents per hour this means about 3 or 4 cents per square foot, no scaffolding being included. This is as much as ordinary inside plaster is worth. Bonding 1 . In floor slabs the question comes up as to where the stop should be made for the day. On the top of the beam, or in the center of the span? There is a difference of opinion, but the center of the span is usually accepted. This is where the compression is greatest, and thus there is less danger of cracking. The trouble is with dust and dirt. Before join- ing the new concrete to the old, everything should be scrupu- lously clean. 276 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK EXPANDED METAL SLABS FOB FLOORS, ROOFS, SIDEWALKS, ETC. (The following tables were sent me for this book by the Northwestern Expanded Metal Company, Chicago. The mesh in all is 3 inches. This size has been proved by experience to be the best. The smaller sizes cut up the concrete too much ) . Notes for All Tables Thickness of slab is the total thickness, in which is included one-half inch of concrete under the steel. Total load is the sum of the weight of slab and the super- imposed safe load. These tables are all based on sheets 3 feet wide, having a sidelap 1 mesh wide. " The tables as given below give the sizes according to our uniform standards, to be used by us after January 1, 1910." These 4 tables give the sizes most commonly is use. TABLE I No. 06-3 North Western Expanded Metal. Weight, per sq. ft., .20 Iba. Span in Feet 2' 2' 6" 3' 3' 6" 4' 4' 6" 5' 5' 6" ff Total Thick- ness of Slab Weight of Slab per Sq. Ft. Superimposed Safe Loads in Lbs. per Square Foot l-2J^-5 Broken Stone or 1-5 Bank Gravel Concrete 2" p- 24 31 37 170 240 320 100 140 190 60 90 120 40 60 80 24 37 50 23 33 20 1-24 Slag, Brick or Burnt Clay Concrete 3H" 4" 4^" 43 49 55 400 470 550 240 280 330 150 180 210 100 120 140 67 80 95 44 53 63 27 34 40 20 25 Best Quality Cinder Concrete 5" $r 48 53 58 630 710 780 380 430 480 240 280 310 160 185 205 110 125 140 74 85 96 48 57 64 90 35 40 20 22 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 277 TABLE II No. 11-3 North Western Expanded Metal. Weight, per sq. ft., .34 Ibs. Span 2' 2' 6" 3' 3' 6" 4 1 4' 6" 5' 5'6" 6' 7' 8r Total Slab Thickness A =l | Superimposed Safe Loads in Pounds per Square Foot 1-2-4 Broken Stone or Washed Gravel Concrete 2" & 24 31 37 320 460 600 200 290 370 130 190 250 88 130 170 62 93 120 44 66 89 30 48 65 20 34 47 24 34 1-2^-5 Broken Stone or 1-5 Bank Gravel Concrete w &" 43 49 55 61 740 890 460 550 640 730 310 370 430 490 210 260 300 340 150 190 220 250 110 135 160 185 82 100 120 140 60 75 90 105 44 55 66 76 21 28 34 40 1-2-4 Slag, Brick or Burnt Clay Concrete ?' 7" 8" 67 73 85 98 820 910 550 610 740 860 390 430 520 610 280 310 380 440 210 230 280 330 160 175 210 250 115 130 160 190 87 98 120 145 47 53 66 79 20 23 30 37 Best Quality Cinder Concrete 9" 10" 86 96 980 690 780 500 570 375 425 285 320 215 245 165 185 90 105 44- 50 Danger. As already noted, it is rather risky for an ordi- nary contractor to attempt to design a reinforced structure of any kind. But ordinary slabs on steel beams are easily enough taken care of if the above, or any standard, tables are utilized. "Weight for weight," says one authority, "ex- panded metal has greater reinforcing value than any other material." Owing to its shape it has also more of a mechan- ical bond than some of the other kinds of reinforcement. The sheets lap, and this gives a continuous slab. Popular Name. So safe is this system that the North- western Company calls it " fool-proof." There is no chance of mistake. The reinforcement and the concrete do the work if the tables are followed. 278 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK TABLE III No. 16-3 North Western Expanded Metal. Weight, per sq. ft., .55 Ibs. Span 2' 6" 3' 3' 6" 4' 4' 6" 5' 5' 6" 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' Total Slab Thickness ^5 "Sfc -* *$* *l Superimposed Safe Loads in Pounds per Square Foot 1-24 Broken Stone or Washed Gravel Concrete 2" w P" 24 31 37 43 49 240 430 560 700 830 160 290 380 470 560 110 210 270 340 400 78 150 200 2.50 290 57 110 150 190 220 40 84 110 140 170 30 64 87 110 130 20 50 67 85 100 28 40 50 63 21 29 37 19 $r 5P" 1" 55 61 67 73 85 1-2^-5 Broken Stone or 1-5 Bank Gravel Concrete 970 660 740 830 930 470 530 600 670 800 350 390 440 490 590 260 290 330 370 450 200 230 260 290 350 160 180 200 230 270 120 140 160 180 220 76 86 100 112 135 45 52 60 68 84 24 28 33 39 48 17 23 1-2-4 Slag, Brick or Burnt Clay Concrete 8" 9" 10" 11" 12" 98 110 122 135 147 930 690 810 890 520 610 680 760 830 400 480 530 590 640 320 370 420 460 510 250 300 330 370 400 160 190 210 230 260 98 120 130 150 160 57 70 80 90 97 28 36 40 45 50 Bond. Reinforcement with plain bars is safe enough, for the concrete takes a strong grip on the metal. But some say that in course of time the bond weakens, and for this reason a mechanical bond is now used with the bars. There are lug bars, and twisted and square and cup ones of various kinds. Expanded metal is so set at an angle as to furnish a good bond of itself without any other reinforcement. I-Beams and Expanded Metal. For a plain floor get the size of the I-beams from the floor load, taking care to add the concrete at 145 pounds to the cubic foot if of stone, and 90 if of cinders. Space the beams to suit, and do not go beyond spans of 7 or 8 feet. The Underwriters' code for work of this kind allows only 5-foot centers for stores, warehouses, and factories, and 8 feet for other buildings. The beams CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 279 TABLE IV No. 35-3 North Western Expanded Metal. Weight, per sq. ft., 1.185 Ibs. Span 3' 6" 4' 4' 6" 5' 5' 6" 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' Total Slab Thickness -g * *& ^ Superimposed Safe Loads in Pounds per Square Foot 1-2-4 Broken Stone or Washed Gravel Concrete 3" $*' &" P" 37 43 49 55 61 67 73 410 580 820 950 300 430 610 720 820 920 230 330 470 550 630 710 790 180 260 380 440 500 560 630 140 210 300 350 410 460 510 110 170 250 290 330 370 410 74 no 170 200 230 260 290 48 75 120 140 160 180 200 30 50 82 97 110 130 140 33 57 68 80 90 100 20 38 47 55 64 72 25 30 sr 43 49 l-2%-5 Broken Stone or 1-5 Bank Gravel Concrete V 8" 9" 10" 11" 12" 85 98 110 122 135 147 950 760 880 610 710 820 920 500 580 670 760 850 930 340 4dO 470 520 590 640 240 230 330 370 420 460 170 200 240 270 300 330 125 150 170 190 220 240 88 105 125 140 160 170 60 72 85 97 110 120 should be bolted together with rods at intervals of not more than 8 times their depth. Forms. They may be hung to the beams in the regular way, or shored up from below. If the beams are to be fire- proofed, as they should be, a sheet of expanded metal must be put around the lower flange, or some of the other methods used for protecting the metal. Then the concrete can be spread on the forms before the metal is laid. Most of the companies are content with 1 inch thickness, but the insur- ance authorities want 2 inches between fire and steel. Strips. If a wood floor is to be used, wood strips should be bedded in the concrete every 16 inches or so, for a nailing. They should be dovetailed, or made wider on the bottom than the top to keep them secure in place when the concrete hardens. Some object to strips, and use an under floor laid diagonally. The strips have to be 1% inches thick, and this means that a heavy weight of concrete is added to the slab, to hold them in place, without giving any more strength. The Roebling Com- pany prefers the under-floor system, claiming that the strips 280 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK become useless in a few years through dry rot. The under floor may be nailed directly to the concrete. If strips and concrete are used, the filling to hold them in place should be as light as possible. One of Portland and 10 of cinders and sand will serve. But it should be remembered before deciding to use such strips that at San Francisco both floors and strips were burnt out completely. More Tables. Another set of expanded metal tables is given below. As will be noticed, there is considerable difference in the loading of these as compared with the set already given. There is no definite, accepted standard of loading as yet among the expanded metal men. SLAB TABLES, EXPANDED METAL REINFORCEMENT How to Use the Tables Example 1. What expanded metal reinforcement and thick- ness of slab are required to sustain a live load of 150 pounds per square foot with beams spaced 7 feet 6 inches center to center, allowing a factor of 4 on both live and dead loads? Answer. Beginning with Table 1, in the column under 7 feet 6 inches span, read down until the load nearest 150 pounds is reached. This is 154 pounds. Read across the table to the first column, " Slab Thickness," where a 5y 2 -inch slab is indicated. Table 1 is based on the use of Expanded Metal, Style No. 2, which is the reinforcement required. If a slab thinner than 5% inches is desired refer to Table 2, which is based on the use of heavier Expanded Metal, Style No. 3. Follow down the column under 7 feet 6 inches span and find the load nearest 150 pounds, which is 158 pounds. Refer across to the first column, where a 4%-inch slab is indicated. In Table 3, under the 7 feet 6 inches column, we find 151 pounds is the nearest the required live load, and that a 4-inch slab is indicated in the first column. This table requires the use of Expanded Metal, Style No. 4. Example 2. (A) What load will a 5-inch stone concrete slab sustain over 7-foot span, center to center, reinforced with CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 281 Style No. 2 Expanded Metal providing factors of safety of 4 on both live and dead loads? (B) Find the thickness, and reinforcement required, for other slabs than given in (A) to sustain the same load, and on the same span with the same factors of safety. Answer. ( A ) Table 1 provides the required factors of safety and is based upon the use of Expanded Metal, Style No. 2. Read down the column under the 7-foot span to the line opposite "5-inch slab" and we find 164 pounds per square foot, which is the load that the slab described would sustain under given conditions. (B) Refer to Table 2 and read down the 7-foot span column. The nearest load is 167 pounds, which appears in the line opposite 4-inch slab. The reinforcement is Expanded Metal, Style No. 3 (shown at the top of table). Example 3. Given a 5% -inch slab reinforced with Ex- panded Metal, Style No. 2, a live load of 125 pounds per square foot, and a factor of safety of 4 on both live and dead loads required. What is the maximum distance, center to center, of supports? Answer. The factors of safety and the style of mesh refer us to Table 1. On line with 5%-inch slab, reading to the right, we come to 125 pounds, which is the given load. Read- ing up this column to the top we find the span given, center to center, between supports, as 8 feet. Allowance for Laps In. designing with expanded metal, the usual practice is to allow 6 inches lap on ends of sheets over supports, or 12 inches when the sheets lap between supports. No laps at sides of sheets are necessary. The exact percentage of laps can readily be calculated by reference to the standard sizes of sheets for the style of reinforcement used in the following table: 282 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK WEIGHTS, SECTIONAL AREAS, WORKING LOADS, AND STANDARD SIZES OF SHEETS EXPANDED METAL Style No. Size of Me.ih Short Way (in.) Gauge of Metal Appro*. Weight per sq. ft. (Ibs.) Working Load at 16,000 )bs. per sq. in. Standard Size Sheets in Ft. Long Way of Diamond Short Way of Diamond 1 3 10 [LIGHT] .495 2.320 8-10)6 4-7 2 3 10 [STANDARD] .60 2,816 {% 4-6 3 4 5 6 3 3 3 3 10 [PLUS 25] 10 [PLUS 50* ] 10 [PLUS 75%] 10 [PLUS 100#J .75 .90 1.05 1.20 3,536 4,224 4.944 5,648 g 7-7g-8 1 J 4-6 8 3 12 .408 1,920 / 4^-5-5^-6-6^ \ \ 7-7^-8-10- 10)6 / 11 3 16 .235 1,104 4-5}4-6 13 2 12 .547 2,576 1 4^-5-5)6-6 I 4-4)6 15 2 16 .351 1,648 6-7-8 3)6-4 16 I 12 .625 2,944 / 4)6-5-5)6-6 \ I 6)6-7-7)6-8 / 3)6-4 18 IMS 16 .401 1,888 6-7-8 6-7 19 * 13 .80 3,760 1 4)6-5-5)6-6 | ) 6)6-7-7)6-8 1 4)6-5 22 N 16 .703 8 812 6-7-8 3^~4 23 3 18 .5 2,'S52 8 5 EXPANDED METAL SLAB TABLES Showing safe live loads in pounds per square foot. Stress of steel in tension, 16,000 pounds per square inch. Extreme fiber stress of concrete in compression, 600 pounds per square inch. Concrete in shear, not over 60 pounds per square inch. Ratio of moduli of elasticity taken as 12. Straight line formula. Bending moment, one-tenth WL. SLAB TABLE NO. 1 FACTORS, LIVE LOAD, 4; DEAD LOAD, 4. 3" No. 10 Expanded Metal, Standard, (Style No. 2.) SPAN. 1 5 ' to * to ^ 9 * to : i to t 5 t S o to *o * ^. ^ fe> US co to i i i i i 7 ^ JP ^, . *. ^ T< * ur 115 o to t- t- oo oo en ID 5> CO 1= ? *f J CO T ^ rx ^x ta la CO CO t- t- oo 00 0) 0> o O 3 H H 3 422 312 236 182 143 114 91 73 59 47 37 3% 628 465 354 276 220 177 144 117 96 79 65 53 4 832 617 472 370 295 239 195 161 133 111 92 77 64 53 4% 1066 791 608 478 382 311 256 212 176 147 125 105 88 74 62 52 42 5 1310 975 750 590 475 386 319 265 222 187 159 134 114 97 82 70 58 6% 1514 1129 870 686 552 450 372 310 260 220 187 159 135 115 98 84 70 6 1678 1253 964 762 613 500 413 344 290 245 208 177 151 129 110 95 79 6% 1852 1387 1067 842 678 554 458 382 322 272 232 198 168 144 123 105 89 7 2016 1496 1156 916 736 601 496 416 349 296 252 215 183 156 134 116 97 7y 2 1630 1250 990 800 653 540 450 380 322 274 234 200 171 146 126 106 8 1734 1334 1054 854 695 575 480 404 342 292 249 213 182 156 134 114 284 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK SLAB TABLE NO. 5 FACTORS, LIVE LOAD, 4; DEAD LOAD, 4. 3" No. 10 Expanded Metal, Plus 100 per cent. (Style No. 6.) SPAN. 1 H | V 5 ? I s JP *n (2,240 Ibs.) etre *. . . 9144 MEASUEES OF LENGTHS Metric Denominations and Values Equivalents in Denominations in Use 10,000 metres. 1,000 metres. 100 metres. 10 metres. 1 metre. 1-10 of a metre. 1-100 of a metre. -1000 of a metre. 6.2137 miles. 0.62137 mile, or 3,280 328 feet 1 inch. 393.7 inches. 39.37 inches. 3.937 inches. 0.3937 inch. 0.0394 inch. ft. 10 in. Kilometre Dekametre Metre Decimetre Millimeter 1 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 363 MEASURES OF SURFACE Metric Denominations and Values Equivalents in Denominations in Use Hectare 10,000 square metres. 2.471 acres. 119.6 square yards. 1,550 square inches. Are 100 square metres. Centare 1 square metre. MEASURES OF CAPACITY Metric Denominations and Values , Equivalents in Denominations in Use Names Num- ber of Litres Cu. Meas. Dry Meas. Liquid or Wine Measure Kilolitre or stere Hectolitre . Dekalitre 1-000 100 10 1 cu. metre 1-10 of a cu. metre 10 cu. deci 1.308 cu. yds 2 bush.& 3.35 pks. 9.08 quarts 264.17 gals. 26.417 gals. 2.6417 gals. Litre 1 1 cu deci 908 quart L 0567 qts Decilitre ... Centilitre ... Millilitre ... 1-10 1-100 1-1000 1-10 of a cu. deci. . 10 cu. centi 1 cu. centi 6.1022 cu. in 0.6102 cu. in 0.061 cu. in 0.845 gill. 0.338 fld. oz. 0.27 fld. drm. WEIGHTS Metric Denominations and Values Names Number of Grams Weight of What Quantitj of Water at Maximum Density Avoirdupois Weight Miller or tonneau Quintal 1,000,000 100 000 1 cu. metre 1 hectolitre 2204.6 Ibs. 220 46 Ibs 10,000 10 litres 22 046 Ibs 1 000 1 litre 2 2046 Ibs 100 1 decilitre . . 3 5274 oz Dekagram 10 1 10 cu. centimetres 0.3527 oz. 15 432 grains 1-10 1-10 of a cu centimetre. . 1 5432 grains Centigram 1-100 10 cu. millimetres 0.1543 grain Milligram . 1-1000 1 cu. millimetre 0154 grain Equivalents in Denomi- nations in Use " In Germany it is becoming the practice to leave out of account all but the principal measures, such as the kilometre, the metre, the centimetre, and the millimetre; and in measures of weight the kilogramme, the gramme, the centigramme, and the milligramme; and these are written decimally." For ex- ample, we should write 3471.927 metres. If we want to know how many kilometres that is all we have to do is to move the point 3 figures to the left, thus dividing by 1,000 3.471927. Contracts. The British are losing so many contracts for 364 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK engines, boilers, and machinery of all kinds, owing to retaining the present system, that they are between two fires. A change means expense; and the loss of trade hurts also. Book. A former member of the British Government, Mr. Arnold Foster, has written a book entitled, " The Coming of the Kilogram," Cassell & Co., New York, 25 cents. What he says applies to us here also. In the United Kingdom the Educational Department has made a knowledge of the Metric System compulsory. We are told that an ideal system should be, " Uniform, accurate, easily understood and used, widely known, and simple in calculation." " Measurements are now made to the one-millionth part of an inch, and quantities as small as the ten-thousandth part of a grain are weighed." " At one time nearly all civilized people used the Roman figures, and were accustomed to write LXXXVIII for 88, and CCCCLIX for 459; but fortunately the common sense of the world got rid of the Roman figures and adopted the Arabic ones in their stead." How would you like to multiply LXXXVIII by CCCCLIX? Yet the Roman architects used that system. If Germany, Turkey, and all the other nations changed, why can we not? "There is really only one way (of changing), and that is to fix on one set of weights and measures by law," and forbid the use of any others. " No German would now think of going back to the old German weights and measures, which were stupid and complicated." " One after another the different civilized nations of the world have made up their minds to get rid of the bad, com- plicated weights and measures, and adopt a new system. In every single case, after carefully considering all that could be said on the point, they have decided to use the Metric System." " It is an acknowledged fact that calculations in the Metric System necessitate less than one-half the number of figures required by the present system." Mr. Balfour, the leader of the British Conservatives, said: " There can be no doubt, I think, whatever, that the judgment of the whole civilized world, not excluding the countries which still adhere to the antiquated system under which we CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 365 suffer, has long decided that the Metric System is the only rational system." With the adoption of this system and a reformed spelling two wasted years would be saved to all English-speaking children. For the United States there is a free pamphlet published by the Department of Commerce and Labor, entitled, " The International System of Weights and Measures." It is meant to save the Department from making special answers on this interesting reform. There is first the legalizing in 1866. Post-Office. The Postmaster-General is to furnish certain post-offices with balances to weigh the mails. Coinage. The weights and accounts are now given in the Metric System. Electric Work. The legal units of electrical measures in the United States are based on the Metric System (1894). Medical. " The Metric System shall hereafter be employed in the medical department of the Navy." April 15, 1878. And also in the War Department, 1894. Public Health and Marine Hospital. For .certain purposes, November 21, 1902. Beyond. In Porto Rico and the Philippines the system is obligatory. THE HEIGHT OF BUILDINGS The " Sky-Piercer " is now " in our midst." It runs up from 600 to 750 feet, with more than 50 stories; and the latest one proposed is set at 1,200, or higher than the Eiffel tower. The Singer Building has 41 stories, a capacity of 6,000 people, a tower that weighs 23,000 tons, and a weight of 1,600 tons on one column. The Metropolitan Life Insurance Company has another of the same high type. They are to the ordinary sky-scraper what the Dreadnaughts are to the former type of battleship. Will 1,200 feet be the limit? We used to think the 20-story Masonic Temple of Chicago about the highest building that would ever be erected. Is it really necessary to rise so high in the air? Does it pay? Is there not too much space lost by the elevators? There is an excellent article on the subject of the Piercers in The Saturday Evening Post, for November 13, 1909. A 366 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK few extracts will be of value, for builders should stand on the side of the Piercer if it is desirable, or change their codes to forbid it if it is not. When we read the following it is clear that every owner cannot put up a Piercer even if he has the money: " If Man- hattan Island, from Fourteenth Street to the Battery, were entirely occupied by buildings 20 stories high, and all the offices were occupied by an average working force, it would, in the morning and evening, require 7 times the present street area to allow all of them to reach and leave their offices promptly." They would have to get 7-deck streets, or make them wider. "As a rule, one building of 14 stories occupying one-fourth of a square, and 6-story buildings over the remaining three- fourths, will give ample accommodation to all the people who will transact business Avithin that square." " If builders in lower New York had limited themselves to structures not over 15 stories high, business in that city, so far as it relates to rental and management of office-buildings, would be in better shape than it actually is at the present time." The writer of the article thinks that just as the Tower of Babel was a mistake in the sky-piercing line, so the present structures also are. At the time the article was written there were 1,815 vacant offices in New York about 10 acres of space without tenants. Cost. This mounts up in a discouraging way as >ve get near the stars. The cost per rentable square foot, not the con- structive cost, is put on a high building at $10 for the ground floor and basement combined, $5.25 for the second floor, $5.75 for the third, $6.30 for the fourth, and $123.75 for the sixty- second. Another building is detailed for cost by Mr. Beach, the writer, as follows: " Following is the method by which the ground value may be determined from the rental revenue, provided the building is of proper size for the ground upon which it stands. " This hypothetical building is 20 stories high and occupies the same area on lower Broadway as that upon which the 62-story building previously mentioned was to stand 49,250 square feet. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 367 " Although such is seldom the case, it will be assumed that the earnings of the basement will equal 6 per cent, of its cost. The construction cost of the ground floor is $20 per rentable square foot; the average rental per rentable square foot is $10. Deducting the operating charges and the interest on the cost of the building from this amount, we find the net revenue as income to the ground value would be $6.95 per rentable square foot of building space. The ratio of rentable area in the building to the total ground area is 60 per cent., giving, therefore, to 1 square foot of ground a rental value of 60 per cent, of $6.95, which is $4.17, and a total value per square foot of ground of $69.50, based upon the earnings of the first floor. " The construction cost per rentable square foot of the second story will be $18, the average rental revenue per square foot will be $8, the net revenue as income to the ground will be $5.37, and the net revenue to 1 square foot of ground will be, estimating the ratio of rental area to total ground area at 50 per cent., $2.68, giving a ground value of $44.50, based on the earnings from the second floor. " Assuming that the construction cost per rentable square foot of the 18 upper stories will be $14 which is not exact, as every floor above the second costs more than the floor immediately beneath and estimating the average income per rentable square foot at $2.50, and the ratio of rentable to ground area at 45 per cent., we haye a net revenue to 1 square foot of ground of 42 cents, or a ground value per rentable square foot of $7 from all of the upper eighteen floors. This gives a ground value of $240 per square foot, or $11,820,000 for that tract of ground." Elevator Service. Here we come to another trouble with the high building that makes us think of those owners who al- ways maintain that the lower floors are the ones that really pay. " For example, in a building 12 stories high the cost of elevator service is, per square foot, up to the tenth or twelfth floor, about 12 cents per annum, while it is not over 7 cents to the fourth floor." New York and Philadelphia have no limit to height; Chicago allows 260 feet; Denver, 125; Underwriters, 125; Omaha has no limit. At this writing one sixteen-story building is finished; and another of 18 stories is about to be begun. Model City. In a model code I compiled several years ago 368 CONTRACTORS* AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK for an ideal city plan a limit of 7 stories was set. This is high enough for any city, no matter what its population. But now I should revise that requirement. Leaving the 7-story height for the city at large, a good idea would be to permit any height at certain points, such as small parks near the center of the city, or corners of streets. This would be a good advertising idea. People go hundreds of miles to see the Singer Building and the Metropolitan. Every city ought to have a Babel Tower for the neck stretchers. It pays. In an old city, however, it would be hard to establish a rule that allowed one to use his property for a high structure, and restrict another. The truth is that all Western cities are glad to get sky-scrapers, and the higher they are the better they like them. But in the long run a 7-story limit would pay everybody better. The best plan, the ideal plan, would be a limit to height in general, but an exception in particular for the benefit of our country cousins, and our own, when we scrape in their dollars over the hotel and other counters. " THE ISLES OF GREECE, THE ISLES OF GREECE " In a former chapter Mr. Humphrey stood on the side of the reinforced concrete work of San Francisco. The following interview from the Plain-Dealer shows that he believes it is possible to equal Greece if we will only accept the new material. Greece had such fine buildings that this is good news. "Until the concrete era, Humphrey says, Cleveland will not be safe, either from fire or from disease. When that time comes Cleveland will be like a Grecian city of marble, bril- liantly white. One will speed past it on trains running on concrete beds. One will see clean, light-colored farmhouses of concrete, artistic barns, windmills, water towers, even pigpens, all white and clean. " Mr. Humphrey was picked out by the United States government as being best equipped to investigate the building material problem, and has been investigating it for years. The government has put a large testing station at St. Louis at his command. CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK 369 " ' Cleveland at present is full of fire traps,' said President Humphrey, Thursday. ' There's hardly a building here really fireproof. The so-called fireproof buildings of steel and terra cotta are not fireproof. They are all liable to be burned. " ' In case of a big fire Clevelanders down town could escape with their lives, for the streets are wide. In New York, however, a big conflagration would kill thousands in the nar- row streets. What they should do there is to double deck the streets. " ' But concrete, cheap and beautiful, will be the building material in 1919. Everything will be made of concrete then. In 1893 there were only about 300,000 barrels of cement manu- factured. Last year 50,000,000 barrels were made. You can imagine what the output will be 10 years hence, with lumber decreasing in quantity and increasing in price. (In 1910 the total output of Portland cement was 64,200,000 barrels. ) " ' Ten years from now all the sky scraping buildings will be of concrete, and they will be fireproof. No matter what the weight is above, the concrete on the steel reinforcements is sufficient to protect the steel so the building will not be injured. " ' Ten years from now Clevelanders will come down town part of the way over concrete streets and part of the way in a clean concrete subway. They will walk on concrete stairs and sidewalks to their offices, which will be concrete. Their homes will be of concrete. Both office and house rent will be less, by reason of the smaller original investment and the reduced cost of upkeep. There will be practically no insurance to pay. Houses will last forever, nearly. " ' The rent saved in Cleveland alone will probably mount into the hundreds of thousands in a few years. The taxes will be less by reason of the absence of an expensive fire department. Just an occasional engine house will be required to take care of fires inside the buildings. " ' Clevelanders will ride out of the city on safe trains. They will find the country beautified by concrete houses yes, even to the pigpens. Out West even now farmers are building concrete pigpens, for they find that it is cheaper; they save the feed that is ground into a mud pen and lost. " ' If Cleveland were rebuilt to-day with concrete $53,000,000 370 CONTRACTORS' AND BUILDERS' HANDBOOK would be saved the people. On municipal buildings, sewers, paving, sidewalks, and bridges, the saving, if they were built of concrete, would be about $6,800,000, and figuring from the tax duplicate for this year that $231,500,000 represents build- ings, the saving would be about one-fifth that, or about $46,000,000. The fire loss in Cleveland, I understand, will amount to something like a million for the year. Of this, the loss of some $700,000 on buildings would be entirely saved and the loss of some $400,000 on contents would be but one-tenth of that. " ' Cleveland is a beautiful city now, but 10 years from now, if you were to come here from a foreign land, you might think you had come to Greece of several thousand years ago, it would be so changed by the concrete architecture.' " Mr. Humphrey is not the only one who is dreaming rein- forced concrete dreams. In the Cosmopolitan for February, 1911, Mr. Edison says we are foolish in sticking to old materials. " Builders who stick to brick and steel are behind the times. Within thirty years all construction will be of reinforced concrete." The age of reinforced concrete is certainly before us, but the age of stone, steel, and brick is not gone. " Never prophesy unless you know," is an old maxim, and all we can do is to make a guess. Here is mine: Granite, marble, stone, brick, terra cotta, steel, and rein- forced concrete will be the coming materials, and the old- timers will be used more than they are now. There is room enough, and glory enough for all, including the newcomer, at which the stone journals might as well stop jeering to please their advertisers, who will not let them tell the truth. But granite, marble, and limestone Avill be used more for useful buildings than for useless mausoleums. That memo- rial business will die out as it deserves to. Properly under- stood, Egypt and the Taj Mahal were the end of it size for Egypt, and beauty for the Taj. There will be splendid work for stone workers in the future, but it will be useful as well as beautiful. To wood houses and tombs the age says, FINIS. INDEX Ability, 28 Abstract, 80, 126 Acceptance of work, 12, 115, 116 Adding machine, 88 Adjoining building, 118 Alhambra, 357 Allowances, 118 Amount invested in buildings, Preface Anchors, 212, 298, 299 Ancient triumphs, 348-357 Architect, definition, 1 Architects, two kinds, 2 Architects' Union, 10-12 Areas of circles, 160, 161 Areas of polygons, 182 Areas of segments, 183 Ashlar, measurement, 41 Automobile, fire, 312 Auxiliaries, 82 Average bid, 58, 59 B Babylon, 349, 350 Bank checks, 30, 75, 97, 130, 131 Banking ethics, 19, 24, 25, 51 Barrel, 167 Basement floors, 290 Base plates, 265, 266 Beams, steel, 215, 216, 218, 228 Beams, table of steel, 252 Beams, table of wood, 237 Bearing of soil, 191 Bells, 356 Best work, 76 Bids: acceptance of, 108 as contracts, 108 average, 58, 59 by schedules, 59 complete or separate, 64 extras on, 48 on government work, 108 opening of, 3 percentage on, 47 time limit on, 16 too many, 3 unbalanced, 59 when to hand in, 48 written, 23, 48, 107 Bill of material, 72 Blame, assuming, 4 Bolts, 69 Bonds, masonry, 217, 275, 278 Bonds, surety, 19, 62, 142, 143 Bookkeeping, 89-100 Books, 340, 342-347 Borrowing from bank, 24, 51 Borrowing from dealers, 23 Borrowing on a lien, 19 Brainwork, 321, 333 Bribery, 13 Brick, soft, 41 Brickwork measurement, 40, 41, 102 Brickwork, general, 15, 349 Bridges, 239, 347, 351 Broadgauge men, 332 Buddhas, 356 Builders' Exchange, 83 Builders' danger, 106 Builders' law, 106-137 Buildings, distance between, 307 Business college, 328, 329 Buying material, 71, 72, 80 371 372 INDEX Cap stones, 218 Card index, 88, 98 Card, master, 98 Carpentry, estimating, 44 Carpentry, time on, 102 Carving, 147, 352, 355, 357 Cast iron, 257 Cast iron columns, 235, 243, 244, 257 Cast iron columns, rectangu- lar, 246-251 Cast iron columns, weight of, 245, 246 Cast iron lintels, 259-264 Catalogues of iron, 266 Cathedrals, 357 Caution about churches, 76 Ceilings, weight of, 187, 189 Cement : capacity of barrel, 272 kinds of, 206 production, 267 sidewalks, 287-289 Census reports, 316, 319 Central America, 356 Certificate of payment, 8, 9 Certified check, 75 Channels, load on, 251 Chattel mortgage, 128 Cheap labor, 104 Checks, 30, 75, 97, 130, 131 forged, 131 - raising, 85-87 writing of, 86 Chimney stacks, 221, 222 steel, 222 Chinese wall and bridge, 351 Circles, 160, 161, 255 Cities, choice of, 317 Cleveland, an ideal, 368-370 Climate, 318, 319 Closed shop, 2, 10, 11 Codes, building, 212, 307, 314, 368 Color, 348 Color for stucco, 295 Colosseums, two, 356 Columns, pipe, load on, 251 Columns, C. I. (See Cast iron) Commas, 106 Commission on repairs, 20 Competition, 58 Concrete : bonding, 275 cinder, 285-287, 301 city of, 368-370 facades, 275 floor weights, 187 footings, 39 foundations, 206 freezing, 274 general, 267 hardening, 16 lintels, 220 measurement, 39 mixing, 146, 273 piles, 39 placing, 274 proportions, 272, 273 reinforced, 16, 40, 274 slabs, 276-279, 280-284 time on, 101 walls, 309 Contractors' Union, 58 Contracts : cost plus, 55-57 finished, 135 for " repairs " dangerous, 115 informal, 25 laws, 107-114 lump sum, etc., 54, 56, 58 model forms, 50, 51 percentage, 55 uniform, 50, 51 what is included, 7 written, 52 Cord, 167 Correspondence schools, 331 Cost guarantee, 57 Cost keeping, 101-104 Cost, net, 46 Cost of 40 per cent., 105 Cost per sq. ft., 366, 367 Cost plus, 55-57 Courtesy, 26 Cranes, 82 INDEX 373 Cubic measurement, 40 Curbs, 290 Currency or checks, 29 Cyclone insurance, 113 Czarlets, 21, 26-29 D Damage suits, 118 Damp, 16, 17 Dangers, 15, 139 Day's work, 29, 64 Death list, 139 Decimals, 154-157, 180-182, 196 Deeds, 126, 127 Defective work, 115 Delay, 64, 70, 73 De Pontibus, 347 Depreciation, 81, 124 Details, 4, 5, 36, 75 Direction, joists, 43 Divisions of U. S., 316 Doing, by, 32 Dombey & Son, 322 Doors opening out, 311 Dotted lines, 35 Drawing, 322 Dreams of concrete, 368-370 "Dunces," 338 Duodecimals, 184, 185 E Edison, 33, 239, 370 Education, 321-341 Egypt, 351-353 Electric work, 312 Elevators, 35, 311, 367 Ellora, 355 Engineers, 29, 99 Environment, 315 Estimate, to be doubled, 14 Estimating carpentry, 44 Estimating, method, 39-49 Europe, 334 Excavation, 37, 38, 101, 323 Expanded metal and concrete slabs, 276-284 Expanded metal lath, weight of, 284, 285, 294 Expenses, 48, 98 Explanations, 15 Extras, 13, 14, 18, 117 Fagades, concrete, 275 Failures in business, 61 Files, 87, 103 Finish, time on> 103 Fire: damage, 105, 298, 300, 305, 306, 370 department, model, 307 doors, 309 escapes, 314 fighting, 312 floor, 312 general, 27 limits, 314 number of, 307 stops, 313 Fireproof office, 83 Fixed sum contracts, 58 Flagstones, 42 Floors : concrete, 42, 267, 290 damp-proof, 238 fireproof, 312 hardwood, 44 loads, 195, 198, 200-202, 223- 225, 235, 236 strips, 279 weights, 185-187 Flue dangers, 311 Flushing for excavation, 38 Footings, 68 Foreclosure, 128 Foremen, 28, 29, 100 Forged checks, 85, 131 Forms, 69, 102, 267-271, 279 Foundations, 12, 191-197, 205 dangers, 115 piers, 198-200 pile, 202 post, 204 Free literature, 346 F. O. B. (Free on board), 72 Frost, 218 374 INDEX G Gas, 313 Gasoline danger, 313 engines, 146 Gentleman, definition, 26 Girders, wood, 225, 227, 228, 231-233 Glass sizes, 310 Government work (bids on), 78, 108 Grades, 72 Grand Opera House, Paris, 358 Guaranteed cost, 54, 57 Guaranty, title, 127 Hall, largest, 353 Hand labor, 145-147, 321, 322, 333 Handling material, 68 " Handling men," two ways, 26, 29, 31 Hardware, 46 Hardwood floors, 44 Harvard, 321 Hauling, 43, 190 Headers, brick, 299 Heating, 302-304 Height of stories, 41 High Schools, 323, 328, 335- 339 Hobson, 57 Holidays, legal, 107 Houses, not desirable, 75 Hurry in building, 15-17 Ice houses, 309 Inferior work, 298 Insurance : cash, 30 fire, 51, 128-130, 138, 139, 305 general, 113, 114 liability, 119, 139, 141, 142 rent, 126 Iron and steel, 45 Iron shutters, 310 Iron, weight of, 153, 154, 164 Irrigation, 317 Jewels, 357 Jobbing, 76, 77 Joists, direction, 43 in general, 228-230, 232 school, 224 standards, 231 K Keeping costs, 99 Kerosene dangers, 313 Keys, keeping of, 18 Killed and wounded, 10, 139 Land, high cost of, 317 Landlord and tenant, 124 Languages, 323-327 Law, in general, 19, 50, 56, 107, 127 Laying out building, 66, 67 Leaning towers, 358 Leases, 124 Ledger, 95, 97, 98 Level, builders, 67 Liability, 62, 64, 65, 119, 136, 139, 141, 142 Libraries, 83, 339, 340, 342, 344 License for architects, 11 Liens, 19, 50, 68, 74, 119-121 Lightning rods, 221, 314 Li Hung Chang, 33 Lincoln, 336 Lintels, stone, 220, 228 Lintels, cast iron, 259-264 Liquor, 30 Loads on beams, 237 Loads on floors, 195, 198-202. 215, 223, 224 Loan associations, 179 Location in U. S., choice of, 316-320 INDEX 375 Location of lots, 77 Location of shop, 77 Lot and building values, 80 Lot line, 68 Lumber reckoner, 165 seasoning, 16, 17 strength of, 229 Lump sum contracts, 15, 54, 56, 58 M Mail order houses, 71, 72 Machines, 145-149 Manhood, 27, 28 Marble block, largest, 353 Master card, 98 Matches, danger, 313 Measurement of concrete, 39 ashlar, 41 trade, 42 Men required, number of, 69 Mensuration, 158, 159, 183 Metal columns, thick, 239 ordinary, 235, 243-246 frames, 309 Method of buying land, 79, 81 contracting, 61-63 taking off quantities, 37, 39 Metric system, 360-365 Mexico, 318 Milan, 357 Mill construction, 233, 234, 238 Millwork, 44 Mind training, 327, 347 Model city, 367 Money making, 83 Mortar, 14, 213, 217, 299, 311 Mortgages, 50, 125, 127, 128, 143 "Mr.", 28 Mud, 38 Municipalities, model, 339 N Name or number, 29 National and state contracts, 10, 21, 78, 108 Nineveh, 350 Notes, 131, 132 Novels, 339 Number engaged in building, Preface Office equipment, 82 expenses, 100 Old structures, 118 Openings for contractors, 4, 316-320 Overcoating, 293 Paint, 45, 103 Papers, trade, 34 Parnell, 33 Partition, plaster, 238 Partition, weights, 186 Partnership, 121-123 Party wall, 211, 212 Patents, risk, 118 Pay day, weekly, 31 Payment, certificate of, 8, 9, 17 Payment in cash, 72 to subcontractors, 18 to supply men, 18, 23 Pebble dash, 291 " Peddling bids," 22 Percentage work, 55 Percentage of profit, 47 Perches, 40, 167 Perseverance, 32 Photographs, value of, 13 Piers, 198-200, 215, 217, 242 Piles, 39, 202-204 Pipe, weight of iron, 47 Pipes, hot, 312 Pittsburg Survey, 105 Planing mills, 146 Plan reading easy, 34 Plans and specifications in one, 7 Plans, hints on, 35 Plaster cracking, 229 dust, 34 376 INDEX Plaster measurement, 45 time on, 103 weights, 187 Plates, bearing, 253, 265, 266 Platform for concrete, 273 Plumbing, 6, 47, 72 Popular-technical books, 340 Post-graduate course, 334 Posts, wood, boring, 242 loading, 240, 241 Power, mechanical, 68, 146- 149 Power, personal, 2, 22, 26 Practical men, 34 Precedence of specifications, 7 Price book, 84 Profit, 31, 46, 61, 75, 79, 117 Prophecy, 368-370 Pyramids, 351-356 Q Quality, material, 14, 15 work, 6 Quantities, taking off, 37, 49 Questions, 33 Raising checks, 85-87 Rats and health, 290 Reading plans easy, 32-34 Ready-made houses, 79-80 Ready reckoners, 83 Real estate men, 20, 80 Records, 94 Reinforced work. (See con- crete ) Reinforced work at San Fran- cisco, 298-301 Reinforced concrete city, 368- 370 Repairs, commission, 20 Repairs, risky, 115 Reserve on extras, 18 Retaining walls, 218, 219 Risks, 62, 63, 80, 115, 118, 140 Rock, 38 Rods, steel, 253-255 Romans, 356 Roofing, 46 Roof plans, 35 Roofs, plank, 238 Roof, slope of, 238 Roof weights, 187, 190 Ropes, 256, 257 Rough cast, 291 Rubble, 41, 102, 206 Rust, 285 S Safe deposit vault, 84 Safes, bad, 84 St. Peter's, 354 Saloon payment, 30 San Francisco, 298 Saracens, 357 Scales, 36, 37, 71 Schedule bids, 59 Scholars, number of, 337 Scuppers, 232, 235 Sections, 35 Security for two, 19 Self-government, 27 Settlement, 117 Sewer pipe, 47, 190 Sewers, 207, 208 Sharing, 31, 61 Sheet piling, 38 Shingles, 308, 339 Shoring, 213 Shorthand, 32, 328 Shrinking lumber, 17 Shutters, iron, 310 Sidewalks, concrete, 42, 287- 289 Siding, 308 Sills, 42 Sizes, 118 Sky-piercers, 358-359, 365-368 Slab tables, 276-279, 280-284 Smoking-room, 313 Soils, 192, 193 Solomon's Temple, 354 Specifications : and plans combined, 7 coming before plans, 7 conditions in, 52, 53 INDEX 377 Specifications : dangerous, 36 final authority, 5 general clauses, 6, 7 numbering, 7 Spheres in building, 2 Sphinx, 352 Square, builders', 46, 167 Squaring, 67, 169 Square root, 167-169 Squares, tables of, 170-180 Stacks, chimney, 221, 311 Stairways, 35, 310 Standards, 5, 103, 266 Statements, 94, 95 Statesmen, 27, 29 Status of architect, 1 Steel beams, 215, 216, 218, 228 Stickability, 32 Stone bids, 42 Stone bridge, 351 Stone, cut, 72 Stone lintels, 220 Stone road, 352 Stonework, 352, 354 Stories, height of, 211 Strikes, 27 Strips, floor, 279 Stucco, 291-294 Sub and general contractors, 48 Subcontractors, 22, 25 share of estimates, 18, 22, 23, 31 Subcontract, model, 52 Subletting, 61, 62, 64 Substitutes, dangers of, 117 " Success," 13 Superintendent, 10 Supplies, 23, 24 Surety bonds, 19, 62, 142, 143 System, 69, 82, 87, 99 Tables, for whom, 151 general, 152-166 of beam loads, 237 of slabs, concrete, 276- 279, 280-284 of squares, 170-180 Taj Mahal, 354 Tanks, capacity of, 162, 163 Taxes, 335 Teaming, 1, 190 Technical schools, 329, 330 Telephone, 68, 88 Terra cotta, weight, 187 Testing soils, 193 Texas, 76, 318, 320 Theory, 1, 2 Thermometer, 38 Tiling, weight, 189 Timbuctoo, 58, 60 Time in building, 15, 17, 57, 112, 113 Time in estimating, 43 Time sheets, 104 Title guaranty, 126 Title to ground, 109 Toise, 167 Tombs, 354, 355, 370 Too many helpers, 100 "Tr.", 33 Trade course, 331, 332 Trade measurements, 40, 42 Trade papers, 34 Trade schools, 337, 338, 341 Trees, cutting, 101 Trees at sidewalk, 290 Trial balance, 88 Trusts, 59 Typewriter, 88 Tyranny, petty, 27, 28 U Uniform Contracts (U. C.) best, 50, 52 Union, architects', 10, 11, 12 Union, contractors', 58 Unit price, 59 Upsetting, 256 Useful numbers, 157 Verbal agreements, 5, 53 W Wages in checks, 30 378 INDEX Wagon load, 190 Wainscoting, 313 Walls, thickness, etc., 209 Waste, 27, 31, 43, 146 Wasting time, 22, 49 Washing and pointing, 42 Water, cost, 43 Waterproofing, 296, 297 Water supply, 207 Weights: business building, 194 foundation, 192 Weights: frame house, 194, 196 iron, 153, 154, 164 special, 185-190 various substances, 165, 166, 188, 189 Weights and measures, 152, 153 When to build, 14 Wills, 132-135 Wood girders, 225-227, 237 Wood plugs, 311 Workmen and fair dealing, 26 SOME USEFUL BOOKS Selected from the List of Live Up-to-date Work Published and For Sale By DAVID WILLIAMS COMPANY Publishers of The Building Age 239 WEST 39 TH STREET, NEW YORK. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND SUPER- INTENDENCE, CARPENTRY, JOINERY, ETC. Kidder's Building and Construction and Superinten- dence. Size of volumes, 7x9 3-4 ins. Sold separately. Part i Mason's Work. Ninth Edition; Revised and Enlarged by Thomas Nolan. 992 pages; 628 illustra- tions. Cloth bound. Price, $6.00 Treats broadly on everything comprised under the heads of Foundations on Firm Soils; Foundations on Compressible Soils; Masonry Footings and Foundation Walls; Shoring and Underpinning; Limes, Cements and Mortars Building Stones; Cut-stonework; Brick and Brickwork; Architectural Terra Cotta; Fireproofing of Buildings; Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Construc- tion; Iron and Steel Supports for Masonwork-Skeleton Construction; Lathing and Plastering; Specifications. Special attention is given to fireproofing and concrete, both reinforced and plain. Foundations has received careful consideration, and many examples of the latest and most approved work in recent structures on difficult soils are shown. Part 2 Carpenter's Work. Seventh Edition; 544 pages; 537 illustrations; 14 tables. Cloth bound, Price, $4.00. This work is much more than a treatise on carpentry. It covers the work and manipulation of materials, in con- nection with any character of construction that ^could be included in a set of carpenter's specifications, including interior trim and equipment, light and heavy framing, etc., all well illustrated. Part 3 Trussed Roofs and Roof Trusses.. By F. E. Kidder. Second edition. 300 pages; 306 illustrations. Cloth bound. Price, $3.00 This work is designed more particularly for the use of architects. It is therefore not so well suited to the re- quirements of builders and carpenters as the author's "Strength of Beams, Floors and Roofs," but it describes plainly nearly every type of roof construction commonly met with in buildings, and points, out the advantages of the different types of wooden and steel trusses for differ- ent spans and building requirements. It explains the process of computing the loads, drawing the stress dia- gram and proportioning the members and points to the stresses. The mechanical principles are clearly set forth and the method of obtaining the stresses. Kidder's Strength of Beams, Floors and Roofs. 230 pages. Size, 51-2x8 ins.; 164 engravings; 21 tables and diagrams. Cloth bound. Price, $2.00 It explains the mechanical principles of all ordinary types of wooden trusses, and the methods of computing the stresses and proportioning the members. Gives new light on making and estimating the strength of truss joints. Illustrates a variety of types of approved wooden trusses. Points out common mistakes in designing which often result disastrously. Dustman's Book of Plans and Building Construction. 238 pages. Size, 9 x 13 ins. Oblong. Bound in cloth. Price, $2.00. A practical treatment of all phases of construction, with many tables and diagrams, and including comprehensive articles on estimating time, labor and material, specifica- tion writing and plan reading. There is also given an excellent collection of designs of attractive cottages and double houses of moderate cost, with exterior views, floor plans and details. Building Superintendence. By Edward Nichols. 200 pages. Size, 63-4 x 93~4 ins. Cloth bound. Price, $1.50 This is a working guide to the requirements of modern American building practice and the systematic supervi- sion of building operations. The Architects' and Builders' Pocket Book. The Fif- teenth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 1700 pages; 1000 engravings; morocco binding. Price, $5-<>o. In the author's own words, it is "a general index to the many lines of work, methods, materials and manufactured products entering into the planning, construction and equipment of buildings." The new edition contains extended chapters on fire- proofing and reinforced concrete. A modern construction handbook, indispensable to the professional man and the student of to-day. Martin's Details of Building Construction. Containing 33 quarto plates with sectional views, working details and full memoranda, for the construction of doors, windows, casements, gutters, cornices, and other finish. Large quarto. Cloth. Price, $2.00. DESIGNS FOR HOUSES, BUNGALOWS, CHURCHES, STORES, SCHOOLS, BARNS, ETC. The following books afford invaluable suggestion on the design and construction of modern dwellings, etc., showing views and plans of successful structures that have been designed and built by able, praticing archi- tects. No class of books give more for so little, or serve so many useful purposes to builders and those intending to build. The Carpentry and Building Series of Designs, com- prising the five following volumes, are very complete, giving perspectives, elevations, floors, plans and details of construction drawn to scale. Each of the volumes of this series contains 200 or more pages on fine plate paper. The size of pages is 9 x 13 inches, oblong. Price, $1.00 each. Per set, Delivered, $4.50. No. i Cottage Designs with Constructive Details. Containing 25 designs of simple cottages originally costing from $600 to $1500. No. 2 Low-Cost Houses with Constructive Details. Containing upward of 25 designs of cottages costing originally from $750 to $2500. No. 3 Modern Dwellings with Constructive Details. Containing plans costing approximately from $2800 to $7000. No. 4 Suburban Homes with Constructive Details. Containing plans costing approximately from $5000 to $20,000. No. 5 Cement Houses and Garages with Constructive Details. Containing about 30 designs of artistic structures. Approximate cost of house from $2500 to $10,000. PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE, CEMENTS, MORTARS, ETC. Treatise on Concrete, Plain and Reinforced, Materials, Construction and Design of Concrete and Rein- forced Concrete. New Edition. By F. W. Taylor and S. E. Thompson. 807 pages; 237 figures. Cloth bound. Price, $5.00. Designed for the use of architects and engineers. Treats the manipulation and uses of concrete for con- structive and engineering purposes. Special chapter on concrete building construction, page 608 to 636. Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Construction. By Homer A. Reid. 906 pages; 715 illustrations; 70 tables. Cloth. Price, $5.00. The largest work on the subject modern and author- itative in every respect. Contains a special chapter on building construction, pages 465 to 572. Among the con- tents are 200 working drawings of buildings and founda- tions, including shops, roundhouses, etc., with descrip- tions. Reinforced Concrete. A treatise on Cement, Concrete and Concrete Steel and their Application to Modern Structural Work. By Walter L. Webb, C. E., and W. H. Gibson. 129 pages; 57 illustrations. Substan- tially bound in cloth. Price, $1.00. This book is designed for the architect, builder, con- tractor and engineer, who will find it to contain a concise treatment on the manipulation and uses of reinforced con- crete, based on recent construction work, with descrip- tions and illustrations of typical practice. The contents are arranged in five divisions, as follows: Cement and Cement Testing; Mixing and Measuring Concrete; De- positing and Finishing Concrete; General Theory of Flexure in Reinforced Concrete; Structural Applications. Cement and Concrete. By L. C. Sabin. 504 pages; 161 tables of tests. Cloth. Price, $5.00. A treatise designed especially for American engineers, covering the manufacture, properties and testing of ce- ment, and the preparation and use of cement mortars and concretes. Special attention is given to the costs of cement and concrete for different uses and under various conditions. Hand-Book for Superintendents of Construction, Archi- tects, Builders and Building Inspectors. By H. G. Richey. 742 pages; 357 figures. Morocco. $4.00. Treats all divisions of modern constructive practice, in- cluding extended sections on stone masonary, brickwork, concrete and fireproofing construction, terra cotta, lath- ing, plastering, lime, cement, sand, mortar, etc. Cost Data. By H. P. Gillette. Second Edition. 1900 pages. Illustrated. Morocco binding. Price, $5.00. Contains representative data on costs of concrete and concrete steel structures and the best methods of con- struction. Every detail of contract work has been des- cribed and recorded, and the cost of labor and materials carefully noted. Concrete Construction, Methods and Cost. By H. P. Gillette and C. S. Hill. 700 pages; 306 illustrations. Cloth bound. Size, 6x9 ins. Price, $5.00. A valuable aid in estimating concrete work of all kinds. The various designs of forms and centers and the layout of plant for mixing, conveying and placing concrete re- ceive the most complete treatment ever given these im- portant subjects. Modern Cement Sidewalk Construction. By C. Palliser. 64 pages. Cloth. Price, 50 cents. Full directions for testing and mixing materials; laying finishing, seasoning and coloring sidewalks, curbs and gutters. Cement Workers' Hand-Book. By W. H. Baker. 98 pages. Cloth Price, 50 cents. A handy pocket guide to the mixing and handling of cements, mortars and concretes for building and other purposes a book for the workman, covering more than fifty of the most important subjects on cement and its uses in construction. Instructions to Inspectors on Reinforced Concrete Con- struction and Concrete Data. By G. P. Carver. 124 pages. Pamphlet. Pocket size. Price, 50 cents. A book of important data relating to the best forms of construction and the proportioning, mixing and compact- ing of materials. How to Use Portland Cement. By S. S. Newberry. 29 pages. Pamphlet. Price, 50 cents. A practical treatise on the testing and uses of Portland cement, prepared chiefly for contractors and masons. Practical Concrete Block Making. By C. Palliser. 75 pages. Cloth. Price, 50 cents. Everything from making of molds and selection of material to the laying of the seasoned block is simply ex- plained. Concretes, Cements, Mortars, Plasters and Stuccoes; How to Make and How to Use Them. By F. T. Hodgson. 520 pages; 150 illustrations. Substantially bound in cloth. Price, $1.50. An extensive compilation of valuable material, cover- ing recent methods and improvements in the mixing, pro- portioning and application of plaster, mortar, stucco and cement. Contains a considerable amount of matter on reinforced concrete work. A serviceable handbook for the builder. Practical Stone Masonry Self-Taught. By F. T. Hodg- son. 300 pages; 180 illustrations. Cloth. Price, $1.00. An invaluable book for the operative mason, treating methods of building walls in rustic rubble, ashler square, uncoursed, random coursed, irregular corners, snecked and square rubble, polygonal ragwork, and other styles of masonry and stone-cutting are explained and illus- trated. Finished stones, such as window sills, window heads, coping, arch stones, keystones, and similar dress- ings, are described and illustrated. Stone arches and joints are described and illustrated, with ample instruc- tions for working them. Masonry Construction. By A. E. Phillips and A. T. Byrne. 145 pages; 44 illustrations. Cloth. Price, $1.00. A handbook of practical information for stonemasons, stonecutters, bricklayers, cement and concrete workers, etc., describing the various kinds of building stone; man- ufacture of brick, cement and mortar; methods of test; foundation work, pile-driving; dam and wall construc- tion; arch and bridge construction; reinforced concrete, etc. Practical Bricklaying Self-Taught. By F. T. Hodgson. 277 pages; 330 illustrations. Cloth. Price, $1.00. This book is one of the latest on the subject, treating bricklaying in such a way as will enable the attentive student to execute almost any kind of practical and artis- tic work. Covers all important subjects, such and bond, ornamental brickwork, damp courses, quality of brick- work, forming of pilasters, quoins, skew arches, splay work, brick joints, chimneys, fireplaces, flues, brick pav- ings, etc. DRAWING: ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND STRUCTURAL. Architectural Drawing. By C. F. Edminster. Size, 7x9 inches. 242 pages, including 105 full-page plates. Cloth bound. Price, $2.00. Presenting a practical and complete course in the ele- ments of architectural drawing, designed to meet the re- quirements of tradesmen, draftsmen and students. Practical Lessons in Architectural Drawing. By W. B. Tuthill. 61 pages n 1-2x7 i~4 inches. 33 full page plates and 33 illustrations. Cloth. Price, $2.50. This work contains scale drawings of plans, elevations,. sections and details of frame, brick and stone buildings, with full descriptions and specifications. A Manual of Mechanical Drawing. By P. D. Johnston. 224 pages; 134 illustrations; 69 full-page plates and 2 folding plates. Cloth bound. Size, 9 1-4 x 7 1-4 inches. (Oblong.) Price, $2.00. This work is widely known and recommended for its simple and comprehensive treatment of the subject. Structural Drawing. By C. F. Edminster. Size, 7x9 ins. 153 pages, including 71 full-page plates. Cloth bound. Price, $2.50. An important aid to the student who aims to acquire a knowledge of the fundamental principles of structural drafting, with a well-graded course of instruction as ap- plied to the drawing of standard forms, columns, girders, trusses and framing details. The subject matter and scope of the chapters are as follows: Blue-Print Making. 28 pages. Paper. Price, 25 cents. Embracing directions for constructing the printing frame, preparing the paper, and making prints of various kinds. How to Read Plans. 104 pages; 81 figures and a complete set of plans for a frame cottage. Price, 50 cents. A simple, practical explanation of the meaning of vari- ous lines, marks, symbols, etc., used on working drawings. ESTIMATING AND SPECIFICATION WRITING. Estimating the Cost of Building. By Arthur W. Joslin. 192 pages. Illustrated. Cloth. Price, $1.00. This book presents in compact and handy form the author's serial articles which were recently published in the columns of "Carpentry and Building," where they at- tracted wide interest and approval. The work is practical, analytical and thorough in style. It will be an excellent prompter and guide to every one who has to do with building costs and superintendence, constituting as it does a systematic treatise on the sub- ject. There are important chapters on "Estimating the Cost of Building Alterations" and on "Systems in the Execu- tion of Building Contracts." Hicks' Builders' Guide. By I. P. Hicks. Revised 1910; twentieth thousand. 168 pages. Size, 5x6 3-4 ins. 114 illustrations. Cloth. Price, $1.00. Presents a system of simple and practical application for estimating materials and labor chiefly as applied to suburban residential work. One of the most serviceable books for contractors and builders as well as for car- penters, who will find it to contain also a very complete treatment on framing roofs of all descriptions. The "Guide" was designed by a man who understood the needs of the young carpenter and builder, and the knotty problems of the daily work are solved in the sim- plest and best ways. Estimating Frame and Brick Houses, Barns, Stables, Factories and Outbuildings New Edition, 1910. By Fred T. Hodgson, architect. 248 pages. Illustrated. Size, 5x63-4 ins. Cloth. Price, $1.00. The book aims to give a careful consideration to all the items and elements of cost in construction, beginning at the foundation of the building and progressing to the finished structure. Young contractors and builders es- pecially will find it to cover the subject in a plain, practi- cal way, with detailed consideration of cost factors, items and quantities. There is a detailed estimate of a $5000 house and addi- tions; detailed estimates of kitchen, dining room, parlor, den, halls, bedrooms, conservatory, basement, bath room, closets, etc., all figured out and measured by the quickest and simplest methods. The author also tells how to es- timate by cubing, by the square of floors or walls, and by the process of comparison, and gives hints and prac- tical suggestions for taking measurements and making tenders for work. Estimating. By Edward Nichols. 140 pages. 14 full- page plates. Cloth. Price, $1.00. Tells how to go about making an estimate intelligently. As a practical example, a complete plan of a house is given, and the estimates of cost are worked out from this, with bills of material and working data. Handy Estimate Blanks. By Kittredge & Sibley. 28 pages, 9 1-2 x 12 ins. Valuable tables of Board Meas- ure, Quantities and Weights of Materials, etc. Paper. Price 25 cents each; $2.50 per dozen. These blanks have been prepared with the idea of fur- nishing to contractors and builders a convenient form upon which to make an estimate and record of cost of work which they figure on and execute. Contracts and Specifications. % J. C. Plant. 130 pages. Fully illustrated. Cloth. Price, $1.00. A practical working guide for the contractor, architect and owner. With forms and an explanation of duties and responsibilities incident to public and private con- tracts. Hicks' Specification Blanks for Frame or Brick Build- ings. 18 pages; size, 8 x 13 3-4 ins. Single, 35 cents; per dozen, $4.00. Covers everything in the building; carpenters' work, masonry, hardware, plumbing, heating, painting, tin and sheetmetal work, etc. Eureka Building Specifications. Class B For frame Dwellings of Moderate Cost, with Plumbing and Heating. Price, 40 cents. Class D For Brick Dwellings, with Plumbing and Heating. Price, 50 cents. Embraces all the labor and materials necessary in the erection and completion of the building in all its parts. Send for our complete catalogue and let us help you find what you want. All books listed are sent post or expressage paid on receipt of price. by DAVID WILLIAMS CO. RETURN TO the circulation desk ot any University of California Library or to the NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station University of California Richmond, CA 94804-4698 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 2-month loans may be renewed by calling (510)642-6753 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books to NRLF Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date. DUE AS STAMPED BELOW NUV 1 2 1996 12,000(11/95) w /: 241309 'At